WE ARE MONSTERS

WE ARE MONSTERS
An Original Screenplay Written for The Screen

By
Ivo Byrt
Based On The Stories:

“Marco”
“Javier”
“The Family Of The Red House”
&
“The Girl With The Red Eyes Who Lives On The House On
Front”
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Even though it's not mentioned, this film takes place in the
past day. Let's say...1988. THE VAMPIRES IN THIS SCREENPLAY
DON'T LOOK GOTHIC. THEY LOOK NORMAL, WITHOUT ANY SORT OF
GOTHIC MAKEUP ON THEM. ALSO: The male vampires don't have
their hairs standing. They have their hairs falling down. And
the eyes of the family are RED. Plus, their ears are pointy.
IMPORTANT NOTE: It is the author's intention that this film

will be animated, cause that's how the author/writer of this
story likes to work on his stories. And it will also be
presented in Black-And-White, but the main details like RED,
GREEN, ORANGE, ETC, will be presented in THOSE COLORS.
BLACK SCREEN.
VOICE (V.O)
What is a vampire? A corpse supposed to leave his or her
coffin to feed of the blood of the people surrounding her or
him. But what is it to you? Is it a demon or a corpse
condemned to spend his eternity and his life as a beast? A
demon commanded to spray hell on earth? A soul condemned to
wander around the world taking other souls from others on its
way? What is it to you? In your opinion, in your own choice of
words, what is the meaning of a vampire? Someone good? Someone
bad? Someone evil? I believe in the third term.
FADE TO:
A WALL.
A white wall. It's almost decomposing. Like if we're inside of

an soon-to-be-abandoned house.
On the wall, we see nothing but a drawing. We see six figures,

with their eyes colored red, and they're smiling. They have
sharp fangs on their teeth as they're smiling maliciously and
viciously, on a psychopathic way. Each one is attacking other
figures.
Human figures. The human figures scream in sheer terror as the
monster figures are killing, attacking and biting the human
figures.
On top of the male monster figure, we see the message:
DADDY.
On top of the female monster figure, we see the message:
MOMMY.
On top of the oldest monster figure, we see the message:
MY BIG SISTER.
On top of the oldest monster figure, we see the message:
MY BIG BROTHER.
On top of the first youngest monster figure, we see the

message:
MY LITTLE BROTHER.
On top of the youngest monster figure, we see the message:
ME.
On top of the drawing, we get to see the clearest message,
marked with red glorious blood:
ME AND MY FAMILY.
FADE TO BLACK.
OVER BLACK:
A raindrop falls from the sky, and lands on the ground. Then,
another one, lands on a house's roof. Then, another one. Then,
another one. Then, another one. The rain strongly pours on the
ground. With some thunder and light storm with it. The rain
hits hard on wherever it falls into, it hits hard like rocks.
SMASH TO:
THE RAIN
is strongly pouring on us, and on the dark night. Lightning is

emerged. The sky shines briefly in white as thunder sounds are
strongly emitted. We slowly go down and see we're on a
deserted FOREST ROAD.
The DREADFUL, MOANING, HOWLING WIND is now BLOWING.
Then, HAZY, BLURRY GLOWS of RED AND BLUE are being illuminated
on the BACKGROUND, far from us. It's A COP CAR. It races
through the rainy night with all speed. The siren sounds out
loud. The COP CAR -- RACES on THE DESERTED FOREST ROAD.
CUT TO:
EXT. COP CAR. SAME.
As we follow the COP CAR, the RAIN FLIES TO US WITH SUCH FURY
AND SPEED, as the COP CAR expels water and dirt on its path.
INT. COP CAR. SAME.
THROUGH THE COP CAR WINDSHIELD,
the car's driving through a dark, rainy night. Rain strongly

pours and falls to the windshield. HEAVY BREATHING is heard.
THE DRIVER, who drives with a hell of a speed, BREATHS HARD
AND OUT LOUD. The RADIO starts to beep. Interference is
emitted. Voices are heard on the radio.
LUIS (ON RADIO)

Andres!
Andres -- Where are you?
Tell me you're getting closer!
The DRIVER, ANDRES, the CHIEF, 48, grabs THE RADIO WALKIE and
starts to talk.
ANDRES
I'm right here Luis! Is the ambulance
there?
LUIS (ON RADIO)

They already arrived. The others are
on their way. Where are you?
ANDRES
I don't -- I don't know. I'm in the
middle of fucking nowhere!
LUIS (ON RADIO)

Please hurry up!
Then, he sees some floodlights on a crime scene, on a quarry.

It seems like he's getting closer to wherever he's going.
ANDRES
Hold on! I think i found you! I'm
close to the scene! I'm approaching!
CUT TO:
INT. QUARRY. SAME.
ANDRES arrives. THE COP CAR arrives to A CRIME SCENE on a

QUARRY.
INT. COP CAR. SAME.
THROUGH THE WINDSHIELD,
Andres pulls over the car next to an ambulance. A group of

people are outside. Something's happening.
ANDRES
Jesus Christ.
He RUSHES OUT of the car, into --
INT. QUARRY. SAME.

ANDRES rushes out of the COP CAR, and runs to THE QUARRY with
the OTHER COP, his sidekick and partner: LUIS, 38 years old.
ANDRES runs front, then stops and pants. He gets shocked. The
lights flash on the scene. Andres walks around as he sees --
-- TORN BODY PARTS! TORN LEGS, TORN ARMS, A TORN TORSO, A

DISMEMBERED CORPSE, A FACE RIPPED IN HALF, ETC! Turns out
these parts used to belong to various teenagers.
ANDRES
(shocked)
Jesus, Mary and Joseph...
Then he turns.
ANDRES
Is that him? Is he alive? Please tell
me he's alive.
CUT TO:
UNDERWATER.
The lights flash on a blurry way. Then, A HAND -- floats on

us. A LIFE-LESS HAND of a TEENAGER.
Then, A BODY -- OF A TEENAGER floats on us. A LIFE-LESS

TEENAGER! Like 18 years-old.
Then, THE BODY is being dragged to the surface by a couple of

people. It's being PULLED OUT OF THE WATER.
ON THE SURFACE.
The BODY of the TEENAGER is being put on a small boat as TWO

PEOPLE start taking the boat to the edge.
Andres and Luis are devastated, shocked, horrified by just

looking at this event.
LUIS
What do you think it happened? A wild
creature?
No answer.
CUT TO:
INT. MORGUE. LATER.

THE BODY of the TEENAGER is being covered by a white blanket.
OUTSIDE OF THE ROOM, THE MOTHER OF THE TEENAGER watches

devastated. ANDRES watches her. LUIS walks to ANDRES.
ANDRES
Let's talk.
CUT TO:
INT. HOSPITAL HALLWAY.
ANDRES and LUIS walk to a coffee spot. They start ordering

coffees in plastic glasses.
LUIS
(sighs)
What a night.
ANDRES
So, who was our guy?
LUIS
From what i remember, the kid was
Sebastian Santana. 18 years old. 1.80
of measure. Probably the tallest of
his class.
ANDRES
Ok, any investigation on his case?
LUIS
On the quarry case or on the "how in
hell did he got in the quarry in the
first place" case?
ANDRES
On both cases.
LUIS
He, uhh -- He went on a forest trip
with his three friends two days
earlier. Only he was found. Nobody
knows about the others. Maybe they
got lost. There are people out there
checking on the zone. They told me no
good result. Probably they got
missing. Maybe they'll find them
there.
ANDRES
What if they threw him to the quarry?
What if they threw him and then ran
away?
LUIS
Well, you might get surprised that
the boy had a bite mark on his neck.
ANDRES
A bite mark?
LUIS
Yeah. A wild one. Like, he was bitten
all over his neck. It's like if
someone ripped that part off him. So
maybe, someone bite him and then
what, threw him into the quarry??
I mean you know what they say.
Smaller the town is, bigger the
problems are, right?
ANDRES
(takes out a box of cigars
out of his pocket)
Christ. I can't imagine what's worse.
The town or the problems.
He pulls a cigar from his pocket. He's about to light it. A

NURSE notices, alarmed, disrupted.
NURSE
Excuse me? Sir?
ANDRES
(looks at her)
Yeah?
NURSE
You can't smoke in here.
ANDRES
(realizes)
I -- I see. Well -- Jesus -- I'm
sorry, i just had a long stressful
night and I -- I need some air. I
need some fresh air
(at Luis)
I'll wait for you outside if you want
to talk.
LUIS
OK. Yeah.
That's a good idea.
ANDRES walks out.
CUT TO:
EXT. HOSPITAL. MOMENTS LATER.
FRONT OF HOSPITAL - WIDE SHOT.
ANDRES exits the hospital. It stopped raining like a while

ago.
ANDRES stops and lights a cigar. He smokes, the smoke is

slowly expelled from his mouth.
Then, he looks at the sky, at the dark night sky.
WE SLOWLY MOVE, like CRANE UP to THE NIGHT. And from the

night, everything FADES TO BLACK.
SMASH TO:
INT. SNOWY NORTH TOWN. NIGHT.
The wind is slowly and softly blowing. That serves as an

ambiance music for the town.
So quiet. So peaceful. So beautiful. Bathed in the most

beautiful and vivid moonlight shining on the sky. Maybe it's
Christmas time. But there are no kids screaming and cheering
for their Christmas presents. But there are no Christmas
decorations settled in the houses. And if it was Christmas,
the houses would have been shining from the inside with its
glorious glowing lights.
Anyways, where were we?

The roofs of the houses are covered in snow. The trees and the
ground also.
Snow is slowly falling to the town. This looks like a peaceful

set up for a Christmas movie and not a horror movie.
The small graveyard with the tombstones are also covered in

rich white snow.
We see various shots of the town, with some cars parked close
to the houses.
Told you it wasn't Christmas.

CUT TO:
INT. HOUSE. SAME.
ON THE LIVING ROOM, we see a big window that makes us look at

the outside.
Then, VROOOOOOOM! A BLACK FIGURE! A SHADOWING FIGURE! It

appears outside the window and walks somewhere near the house.
Then, ANOTHER, AND ANOTHER, AND ANOTHER!
INT. HOUSE - PARENTS'S ROOM. SAME.
A MAN and A WOMAN, probably on their 40s, obviously HUSBAND

and WIFE, are sleeping together on a big king-sized bed.
Then, KNOCK KNOCK KNOCK. Three knocks are emitted on the main
door. The HUSBAND doesn't wake up to this. He doesn't react to
this. Neither does the WIFE.
The three knocks are emitted again. And again. And again. And
again. The HUSBAND groans. He begins to wake up. The three
knocks are emitted again. As the three knocks are emitted one
more time, the HUSBAND wakes up and rises from the bed. He
turns his light on. THE WIFE wakes up also.
WIFE
What is it??
HUSBAND
Someone's knocking on the door.
WIFE
Who could that be?
HUSBAND
I'll see.
INT. HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. SAME.
The HUSBAND walks to the door. He hears the three knocks one
more time.
EXT. HOUSE. SAME.
He opens it, and sees nothing. He wonders. He walks outside.

He looks everywhere.
He turns and sees THE SAME SHADOWING FIGURE WE SAW AT THE
WINDOW FROM INSIDE THE HOUSE. THE SHADOWING FIGURE HAS CLEAR
RED EYES. RED EYES LIKE A WILD ANIMAL'S EYES.
The HUSBAND is THROWN inside the house. He grunts. He sees how

THE SHADOWING FIGURE enters the house.
THE SHADOWING FIGURE HAS A YOUNG MAN APPEARANCE. The man looks
young. His two eyes are red.
The HUSBAND starts to stand up. The SHADOWING FIGURE then

grabs his leg --
-- and TWISTS IT!
The HUSBAND screams in a harrowing, hollowing, endless pain.
INT. HOUSE - BEDROOM. SAME.
The WIFE wakes up, startled as she hears those painful,

depressing screams coming from her husband.
WIFE
Honey?
No answer.
The HUSBAND,
now with his two legs twisted in a grotesquely horrifyingly
and utterly grotesque and graphic way, is thrown at the dining
room. He tries to crawl away. The SHADOWING FIGURE walks
slowly to him. The HUSBAND tries to crawl as strongly as he
can.
Then, he is grabbed by the hair by the SHADOWING FIGURE. The
figure grabs a knife, and with it --
-- he CUTS THE SHIT OUT OF THE HUSBAND'S NECK! It is cut on a

grotesque and obviously bloody way.
The figure then proceeds to feed on the husband's blood. As

the figure finishes after a couple of seconds, he rises. He
looks at the husband. Then --
-- HE STRONGLY STEPS ON THE HUSBAND'S HEAD SEVERAL STRONG

TIMES, HE STEPS ON IT SEVERAL TIMES UNTIL HE STOMPS ON IT AND
THEN --
-- THE HUSBAND'S HEAD EXPLODES IN A GROTESQUELY WAY, BRAIN
MATTER AND A HUGE AMOUNT OF BLOOD ARE SPREADING ON THE DINING
ROOM'S FLOOR.
WIFE
Honey? Honey! HONEY?!
The WIFE arrives at the scene. She finds the male shadowing
figure and her husband's headless leg-broken throat-slit body.
She begins to be upset, disgusted and horrified about this.
Suddenly -- A FEMALE SHADOWING FIGURE, with her two eyes red,

enters the house. She has the appearance of a very young lady.
The WIFE gasps.
WIFE
Who are you?!
As the WIFE backs away slowly, the female shadowing figure

starts to follow her.
WIFE
Don't come any closer! This is my
property--!
Then, the FEMALE SHADOWING FIGURE stabs the Wife several times
with a box cutter. The Wife begins to cough blood as the
Female Shadowing Figure stabs her strong repeated times.
Outside of the kids' room, the DAUGHTER (10) opens the door.
Only to find her Mom being stabbed alive by the FEMALE
SHADOWING FIGURE.
The DAUGHTER is horrified. The WIFE can barely catch her

breath.
WIFE
Hide, Lilly!
The WIFE screams as the female shadowing figure begins to feed

on her neck. The WIFE screams the same way as her husband
screamed when he got his legs both broken in such a grotesque
way.
Then, THE TWO BIG CHILDREN OF THE SHADOWING FIGURES walk to

the DAUGHTER, who gasps as she enters back into the room.
INT. HOUSE - CHILDREN'S ROOM. SAME.
The DAUGHTER locks the door. The LITTLE BROTHER (7, almost 8)
wakes up from his bed.
LITTLE BROTHER
What's happening?
He hears his Mother screaming from outside the room.
LITTLE BROTHER
Is that Mom?
He rises.
LITTLE BROTHER
What's happening?!
DAUGHTER
Mario, go hide!
LITTLE BROTHER
What? Why?
Then, STRONG BANGING is emitted on the door. No matter how the

door is locked, it will be open by breaking.
DAUGHTER
Go hide! Quickly!
The DAUGHTER takes the LITTLE BROTHER'S hand as she gets him
inside the closet.
INT. HOUSE - CHILDREN'S ROOM - CLOSET. SAME.
The LITTLE BROTHER is hiding on the closet. Through the lines

of the closet door, he can see what's going on outside the
closet.
LITTLE BROTHER'S P.O.V: HE SEES HOW TWO OLDER BROTHER, ONE A

BOY AND THE OTHER A GIRL, ENTER INTO THE ROOM BY BREAKING THE
DOOR WITH ALL THEIR STRENGTHS AND INNER DEMONS.
The OLDER BROTHER and SISTER enter into the room, looking for
the daughter.
The OLDER BROTHER, whose eyes are also red, looks around. He
looks everywhere he can.
THE OLDER DAUGHTER, whose eyes are also red, also looks
around. Then, she hears some sniffing. She stops looking as
she hears those sniffing noises. She tries to get close to
them. As she does, she hears them
under the LITTLE BROTHER'S BED.
UNDER THE LITTLE BROTHER'S BED
The DAUGHTER can't stop silently crying. She sees two boots in
front of the bed. They stop. A moment of the daughter looking
at the boots. Then,
AAAAARRRRRRGGGGHHHH! THE OLDER DAUGHTER scares the DAUGHTER
with an insanely scary and horrifying face. The DAUGHTER
screams like hell. The OLDER DAUGHTER drags the DAUGHTER out
of the bed.
The LITTLE BROTHER watches how his older sister is being

dragged out of the bed. THE OLDER DAUGHTER and THE OLDER
BROTHER hold her down. Then, the two start to feed on the
DAUGHTER so savagely, so wildly, it's impossible to tell if
these two are actually people, or animals. The DAUGHTER
screams like hell as her neck keeps getting bitten and fucked
by the two brothers.
The LITTLE BROTHER watches, silently crying and horrified, how

his older sister is devoured by the two brothers.
We hear the hollowing screams of agony of The DAUGHTER. Then

we see two more brothers entering the room. They are like the
older ones: One is a boy, the other a girl. They're both
young. The girl looks like in her 18s, while the boy looks
like he's 14 years old. Both their eyes are red.
The LITTLE Brother's silent laughter accidentally drops a loud

strong sniff.
The two young brothers heard that. They turn to the closet.
The LITTLE BROTHER watches how the two young brothers approach
to the closet. They stay still. So does the LITTLE BROTHER.
Then --
-- WHAM! CRASH! The Youngest Brothers break the closet door
with all their strengths and all their inner demons. The
LITTLE BROTHER screams like hell.
After they break the closet door, The LITTLE BROTHER stops
screaming. The Two Younger Brothers look at him. They grab
him.
LITTLE BROTHER
No! NO!
They drag him out of the closet.
CUT TO:
EXT. HOUSE. LATER.
We see how the sun slowly falls to the house. We slowly

approach to the house as we enter it.
INT. HOUSE.
We slowly turn to the dining room, where we see the dead body
of The Husband. We turn back front as we keep advancing. The
crying and screaming of the baby is heard from inside the
bedroom. We slowly turn down to see the Wife's dead body.
Then, we turn right, to see the children's room. We enter it
as we see the two lifeless corpses of the two children. It
should be as upsetting as it is shocking.
CUT TO:
INT. HOUSE - BEDROOM. LATER.
ON SOUNDTRACK - THE SUN AIN'T GONNA SHINE ANYMORE by FRANKIE

VALLI and THE FOUR SEASONS
Inaudible.
THE BABY
is crying and screaming like hell. He just won't stop crying.

We slowly back away from him as he keeps crying. All of this
is inaudible. We can only hear the music sounding on the
background.
SMASH TO BLACK.:
OPENING CREDITS - BLACK SCREEN.

The song sounds on the opening credits. As both the credits
and the song end --
SMASH TO:
INT. THE FAMILY'S HOUSE - MATEO'S ROOM. SUNDOWN.
We see a figure, floating above a comfy bed. The figure is A

BOY. He looks like on his 17s.
The curtains are covering the scene so that Mateo can't get
burnt by the sun.
The figure, MATEO, probably the sexiest 17-year-old-looking

boy, slowly starts to float down.
Note: This film is (and will be) animated. So we don't have to

bother to find a sexy 17 year old looking boy.
Anyway, where were we? Oh yeah.
Mateo starts to float down slowly and gently.
After a moment of him slowly descending down, he finally lands

on the bed gently.
He slowly opens his eyes. They are red, looks like he's got
the strong blazing blood on his two eyes.
He rises from the bed and walks to the window. He slowly opens
the curtain. And realizes the sun ain't shining no more.
He sighs in relief.
SECONDS LATER:
Waiting for his entire family to wake up, Mateo turns on the
TV. He switches through various channels. A moment of him as
he keeps switching through various channels.
Suddenly, the door knocks. Mateo turns off the TV.
MATEO
Yeah?
His big sister, VANIA, probably the sexiest 20 year old girl
alive, also with red eyes, opens the door. She looks at Mateo.
VANIA
It's almost time, are you ready to
go?
MATEO
(nods)
Yeah.
VANIA
Alright.
She exits the room and closes the door. Mateo turns the TV
again.
CUT TO:
INT. THE FAMILY'S HOUSE - HALLWAY. SAME.
Vania walks on a hallway. She then turns right, to a door.

Another room. She stands in front of the door. She knocks the
door three times.
LUNA (FROM INSIDE THE ROOM)

Yeah?
VANIA
It's me.
Luna opens the door. SHE LOOKS LIKE SHE IS 18 YEARS OLD. BUT
SHE'S NOT 18 YEARS OLD. HER AGE IS SOMETHING MORE THAN THAT.
SHE'S ALSO SEXY, BY THE WAY.
LUNA
What is it?
VANIA
We're almost about to leave. Are you
ready?
LUNA
Yeah. I am. You?
VANIA
I think so.
LUNA
Well, are you fully ready or do you
think you are fully ready?
VANIA
I don't know, but i think i am.
LUNA
It's so awful to move again, right?
VANIA
Yeah, i know. But, this will be a new
beginning for us. Think of this as a
new way to start all over again.
LUNA
(thinks about it)
Yeah, I guess.
CUT TO:
MINUTES LATER:
Vania is walking on the hallway. She turns left. To another

door. She stands in front of it and knocks on it three times.
Then, A 14 YEAR OLD LOOKING VAMPIRE BOY named VINKO opens the
door.
VINKO
Hey, Vania.
VANIA
Hey. We're about to leave very soon.
I'm just telling you that so that you
could know.
VINKO
Alright. Thanks for telling me.
VANIA
No problem.
He closes the door. She walks off.
OFF SCREEN, we hear some humming. Humming coming from a female

delicate soft beautiful voice.
CUT TO:
INT. CAR. SAME.
ON THE DRIVER’S SEAT, we see A MAN, whose face we can’t fully

recognize. The MAN looks pale. He has his eyes on the road. It
is clear that the humming is emitted from inside the car.
We slowly turn and see A WOMAN, whose face we can’t fully

recognize. She is also pale. She is softly humming a song.
Then, her guts emit a GROWLING sound. She grunts in pain.
MAN
You ok?
WOMAN
Yeah, i’m just -- i’m starting to get
hungry.
From the spot in which you keep the bottles in the car, The
MAN takes a bottle, full of a red liquid:
BLOOD.
MAN
(offers bottle to woman)
Here.
The woman takes it. She opens it and starts to drink from the
bottle. She drinks the half of it. She tastes the blood. She
finishes drinking and closes the bottle.
MAN
Why the half?
WOMAN
In case if you were hungry too. You
want some?
MAN
No. I'm driving. I can't get wild for
it on the road. It's like having a
fucking seizure on the middle of the
road.
WOMAN
For later then.
(turns to the backseat)
Kids, you want some?
We hear four young voices saying “No”. The Woman keeps the
bottle.
WOMAN
For later, then.
LATER:
David, the DRIVER and MAN OF THE FAMILY, switches through

various RADIO STATIONS.
ON RADIO
--continuing our breaking news story.
There's still no reports about the
responsible for the bloody massacre
at the Macarena Asylum. Reports
indicate that there are no survivors
at the massacre--
David switches it.

The radio station changes to another.
ON RADIO
--brand new car--
He switches it again. The radio station changes to another.
ON RADIO
--thank god we have--
He switches it again. Then, he lands one one station and the

song "Who's Afraid Of The Big Bad Wolf?" by Henry Hall sounds
on the radio. It stays there. David looks focused as he drives
on the road.
FADE TO:
LATER:
The RAIN STRONGLY pours on the CAR. On the windshield. We see

A YOUNG DRIVER who drives on his car. On the rainy night. On a
deserted road. Then, he sees A TRUCK, parked on the road, and
A MAN indicating him to stop. THE YOUNG DRIVER sees the truck.
THE YOUNG DRIVER stops the car.
EXT. CAR. SAME/INT. DESERTED ROAD. SAME.
The car parks in front of us. And THE YOUNG DRIVER exits the
car. He walks to THE MAN: BERNIE. 44. With a big black beard
on his chin. A father of two children. Someone who looks
charming.
THE DRIVER IS INTRODUCED TO US: DAVID. LOOKING LIKE HE'S 29

YEARS OLD. CHARISMATIC, HANDSOME, DAPPER, WHITE SKINNED, BLUE
EYES. Here it is ladies. Here's your prince charming from the
movies. He's got everything of what a prince charming has:
Good look, a strong muscular body, red eyes, everything. He's
got this look that drive us crazy about him. There's this
scent he's got that attract us more and more to him. He is
this combination between Trevor Belmont and Alucard of the
Netflix show "Castlevania".
DAVID
Evening sir. Can i help you with
something?
BERNIE
Yeah. I -- Uh. OK, how can i start?
This is bad. I was on my way home and
then the motors failed and then the
truck failed. I tried to fix it, but
with the rain here. It's just -- I
don't know what to do --
BERNIE seems anxious at the moment. Marco tries to calm him

down.
DAVID
Calm down. It's alright.
BERNIE
No, it's not. I got the truck all
bad. And my wife's waiting for me at
the hospital. She's giving birth.
She's been pregnant for like 7
months. I want to be there for her. I
don't know how to get there now. If i
get on my feet, that'll be like
suicide.
DAVID
Calm down. Maybe i can help you with
the motors. And if the motors are all
screwed up, I can take you there for
you if you want. You just tell me
where to go, where to drive to, and
done. Mission accomplished.
BERNIE
Really? Would you do that for me?
DAVID
Yeah, sure. Of course. Can i take a
look at the motor?
BERNIE
If you please, sure. All yours.
DAVID
Alright then.
DAVID goes to the front part of the truck.
DAVID
May i?
BERNIE
Sure.
DAVID opens the hood of the truck.
BERNIE
You know anything about trucks?
DAVID
I've been taught some things about
them.
BERNIE
You and your family are not from
around here are you?
DAVID
No sir.
BERNIE
Where you guys from, cowboy??
DAVID
Texas. We're here to help my Dad with
something. You? Where are you from?
BERNIE
Albuquerque, New Mexico. It's pretty
down there. I wonder how's the state
there now on this days. I haven't
visited on months. Since i got
married and all.
DAVID
Listen, I'm gonna look for something
in my car i hope i can help you with.
I'm gonna come back here and i will
keep helping you out, ok??
BERNIE
Great. Sure. I'll just wait here.
David walks to his car.
WOMAN
What are you doing?
DAVID
Getting the icing of the cake.
He opens the car's trunk and grabs something that he takes

from the car: A PIPE WRENCH. He grabs it. He holds it. David
stays still.
DAVID
Can i tell you something?
WOMAN
What is it?
DAVID
No, honey. I wasn't talking to you.
Sir!
BERNIE
Yeah?
DAVID
Can i tell you something?
BERNIE
Sure. What is it?
DAVID
I've always wanted to visit
Albuquerque.
BERNIE
Really?
DAVID
Yeah sir. Turns out i never had time
to do it. You know with all this
family thing.
David finally closes the trunk door of the car. He approaches

to BERNIE, who wants David to help him get out of his mess.
BERNIE
Well, you should visit it.
David finally approaches to BERNIE.
BERNIE
It's very pretty--
Then, WHAM! DAVID HITS BERNIE WITH THE PIPE WRENCH ON HIS
HEAD! BERNIE falls to the ground. Hurt.
DAVID lunges at him and hits him again and again and again and
again with the pipe wrench. DAVID hits him to death. Then,
finally, BERNIE passes out. He dies. David then proceeds to
have a wild feast with BERNIE'S BLOOD. He sucks it for a
moment. Then, as he finishes, he breaks Bernie's head. He
rises, gets on the car, and drives off. A moment of us seeing
how David and his family drive off, as the red car lights
start to disappear on the road.
INT. TOWN. LATER.
We see the car, slowly advancing through a town. We see a

sign:
WELCOME TO TAVERNER'S HILL
The Car drives through the town.
INT. NEIGHBORHOOD. MINUTES LATER.
The car slowly approaches to a RED HOUSE in a neighborhood.

This is THE ONLY RED HOUSE in THE WHOLE NEIGHBORHOOD. THE
HOUSE'S NUMBER IS
1260. The car slowly pulls over next to THE RED HOUSE.
INT. CAR. SAME.
David stops the car in front of the red house. He sighs. He

turns to his children.
DAVID
Wait here. We’ll be right back.
THE FOUR CHILDREN

Okay.
Maria and David get out of the car. They get out of the car
and walk towards the house.
EXT. THE RED HOUSE. SAME.
David and Maria walk towards the small black gate of the red
house. They open it by pushing it with their hands. They enter
the interior part of the entrance to the house.
David walks to the front door. When he is about to kick the

door open, Maria stops him.
MARIA
Wait.
David obeys. He stops and looks at his wife.
DAVID
What? What is it?
MARIA
What if someday - somehow - we get robbed?
David thinks about this for a moment. Then he realizes.
DAVID
Fuck, you’re actually right about that.
He walks to his wife. He walks with her to the back of the
house. They reach the back, where they see the second door.
That is the door that leads to the kitchen. David is ready to
kick it. He looks at his wife before doing so. She nods. David
turns his head towards the door. He inhales and exhales. He
kicks the door very fucking hard, breaking it.
CUT TO:
INT. CAR. SAME.
The four children hear nothing. They are calm. Suddenly....

desperate screams begin to be heard inside the house.
The four children turn their heads towards the red house.
Inside the house, the screams of pain and agony continue to be
heard.
Author's Note: The screaming has to be and must be realistic.
After a long moment, the screaming stops. The four children

still look at the red house.
After a long moment, the two parents leave the cabin through
the front door. They leave it open. The two parents, with
their mouths covered in red blazing blood, walk towards the
family car.
INT. THE RED HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. SAME.
The family enters and takes a look at the house.
MARIA and DAVID also enter the house, without cleaning the
bloods from their mouths.
The two parents walk to the bedroom of those who lived there.
The four children continue to look around the house.
Suddenly Luna turns towards ...
.... David, who drags the body of AN OLDER WOMAN towards the
front door. The body has several stab wounds to its body, and
has her entire neck cut off and its head broken. Luna stares
in shock at the scene.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - GARDEN IN THE BACK PART. SECONDS LATER.
David is digging a hole in the garden.

He finishes. Then he begins to drag a body. The body of an
older man. Maria looks from behind. David puts the body in the
burial place. He begins to bury it underground.
Later, he begins to make another hole in the garden. Another

hole located next to the first burial place. When finished,
David drags the body of the older woman we saw earlier, and
puts the body in the second burial place. He begins to bury it
underground.
Maria begins to slowly approach him. She rests her head on her
husband's back, as a kind of comfort. So she hugs him. For
some reason, she doesn't want to let her go. David reacts to
this with surprise and with all the calm in the world. He
holds her hand, stroking it gently.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - BEDROOM. SECONDS LATER.
David and Maria choose the bedroom, that's composed with a big
king-sized bed.
INT. THE RED HOUSE - LUNA'S ROOM. SAME.
Luna chooses her own room. A room of her own.
INT. THE RED HOUSE - VANIA'S ROOM. SAME.
Vania chooses her own room. A room of her own.
INT. THE RED HOUSE - VINKO AND MATEO'S ROOM. SAME.
Vinko and Mateo choose their own room. A bunk-bed room.
VINKO
I call the bed from above.
CUT TO:
EXT. THE RED HOUSE. DAY.
It's day.
INT. THE RED HOUSE - LUNA'S ROOM. SAME.

Luna is sleeping under the covers. The window is covered with
pieces of newspaper that are sticking to the window with
scotch tape.
INT. THE RED HOUSE - VANIA'S ROOM. SAME.
Vania is sleeping under the covers. The window is covered with

pieces of newspaper that are sticking to the window with
scotch tape.
INT. THE RED HOUSE - BEDROOM. SAME.
Maria and David are sleeping under the covers. The window is
covered with pieces of newspaper that are sticking to the
window with scotch tape.
INT. THE RED HOUSE - VINKO AND MATEO'S ROOM. SAME.
The window is covered with pieces of newspaper that are

sticking to the window with scotch tape.
FADE TO BLACK.:
EXT. VACATION HOUSE IN THE FOREST. LATER.
The place is quiet.
INT. VACATION HOUSE IN THE FOREST. SAME.
A PREGNANT WOMAN, on her early 30s, is reading a book while

sitting on a chair. She's seven months pregnant.
Then, KNOCK KNOCK KNOCK. Three knocks are emitted on the door.
The WOMAN heard it. She looks somewhere else.
PREGNANT WOMAN
Who could that be?? Honey??
PREGNANT WOMAN'S HUSBAND

Yeah?
PREGNANT WOMAN
Somebody knocked on the door.

Yeah, i know. I realize. It's
probably the neighbors.
PREGNANT WOMAN
Could you check who is it? Please?

(sighs)
Sure. I'll go. Hold on.
INT. VACATION HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. SAME.
The HUSBAND walks to the door. The HUSBAND takes all the locks
off. He finally opens the door. Then, SLASH! MATEO just
slashed the husband's neck with a switchblade. There's a large
bloody line on his neck, with blood coming out.
INT. VACATION HOUSE - ROOM. SAME.
The PREGNANT WOMAN heard that and gasps. She looks at the
door.
PREGNANT WOMAN
(alarmed)
Honey?!
No answer. Then, she leaves the book and rises from the chair.
The PREGNANT WOMAN runs to the scene. The next thing she sees
is --
-- her husband's dead corpse lying on the ground, with the

switchblade stabbed right on his head, with blood coming out.
The PREGNANT WOMAN gasps and reacts to this with sheer terror.
Then, she turns to see MATEO, with his face splattered in
blood. The Husband's blood. LUNA, VINKO, DAVID, VANIA and
MARIA enter into the house. They all enter. But Luna stays
still as she watches the scene.
LUNA watches the pregnant woman, she has that face, she makes
that face:
Don't kill her. Let's get out of here. Let her live. Think
about the life inside of that life.
MATEO
(smiling on a macabre way)
Hello.
He then stabs her on her pregnant tummy. LUNA gasps in terror
as the pregnant woman grunts in pain. There's a bloody hole on
her pregnant tummy. LUNA just watches. Then, MATEO stabs her
again, now on the woman's stomach. The knife penetrates the
Woman's spine, paralyzing her in the moment.
Then, she falls to the ground. She can't move her legs. She is
paralyzed.
MATEO turns to LUNA.
MATEO
Search inside the house. See if
anybody else is inside. Now!
LUNA obeys. She begins to search inside the house with her
family.
MATEO approaches to THE NOW-HURT PREGNANT WOMAN. He lunges at

her.
MATEO
Oh. Poor little woman. SO helpless.
So fragile. So...perfect.
So...beautiful.
He caresses her cheek. She is hurt. She has tears streaming

down her eyes.
MATEO
Did you knew that women are more
beautiful when they are hurt, beaten,
kicked, and most of all, ready to get
raped?? I didn't knew that. I just
found out years ago.
PREGNANT WOMAN
Why -- Why are you doing this? Why
are you doing this to me??
MATEO
I don't know. But i like doing this
to people. Especially women. And I'm
sure that you're gonna like what i am
about to do to you. I know you're
gonna love it too.
He begins to undress her until she’s fully naked. This makes

Mateo get fully aroused. He flushes when he sees the naked
body, especially when it's covered in blood. He takes the
blood from the knife stab wound and spreads it everywhere on
the body. He quickly takes his pants off.
MATEO
Don't worry. I'm not here to hurt
you. I just -- hope you like this. I
know you will. Trust me. I’ll go
slow.
Luna walks to the scene.
LUNA
There's nothing in here.
MATEO
(not looking at luna,
looking at the hurt pregnant
woman)
Nothing?
LUNA
No, nothing.
MATEO
Well...search again!
LUNA
I already did.
MATEO
Search with the family then!
LUNA
What about you?
MATEO
I'm busy here!
LUNA
Raping a woman after you killed her
husband is not exactly a meaning to
say "I'm busy here!".
MATEO
Luna...Please...Just, go search
again, alright?
Luna sighs. She goes back to the same place where she looked
at things.
Mateo then proceeds to put his penis inside the hurt woman's
vagina. He penetrates her. She grunts in pain. He moans. He
begins to thrust.
Mateo keeps thrusting. For some reason, he looks so sexy when

he is thrusting. I know it sounds fucked-up, but it's true.
And like I've said before, this is an animated film. We don't
have to bother on finding a sexy boy to do a fucking sexy
vampire role.
CUT TO:
EXT. VACATION HOUSE. LATER.
We see the house, with the lights turned on from the inside.
We back up a little bit, until --
-- the house begins to be illuminated and shined by the police

car’s lights. We slowly turn and see two cop cars arriving to
the scene. As we slowly approach to them, we see the cops
exiting the cars.
All the cops arrive to the scene. They find the dead body of
THE HUSBAND. Then, they also find the naked dead raped body of
THE PREGNANT WOMAN. But she’s not pregnant anymore. Her baby
just died due to the stabbings Mateo did to her.
COP
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - BEDROOM. DAY.
It is day. Or night, like the vampires like to call it.
LUNA slowly approaches to the side of the bed in which her Mom
is.
She uncovers the sheet off her mother's face. We see her
mother, sleeping peacefully and quietly on the bed, quietly
breathing and quietly inhaling and exhaling.
Luna shakes her Mom slowly.
LUNA
(whispering)
Mom. Mom. Mama. Mama. Mom.
MARIA groans. It is so cute when she groans.
Luna keeps shaking Maria on a slow way.
LUNA
Mom. Mommy. Mom, please wake up. I
need to talk with you.
Maria opens her eyes and sees her daughter.
MARIA
(smiles)
Hey.
LUNA
Mom, please wake up. I really need to
talk with you.
MARIA
(groans)
Oh, please. Let me sleep.
LUNA
Mommy, please. It'll be only for a
while.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - LUNA'S ROOM. MINUTES LATER.
Maria and Luna are lying on the bed, the sheets are covering
their non-naked bodies.
MARIA
What is it that you wanted to talk
with me?
Luna waits for a moment. Then, she talks:
LUNA
Mom.
MARIA
Tell me.
LUNA
Can i ask you a question?
MARIA
Sure. Yeah. You can ask me anything
you want. What is it?
LUNA
Why do we have to kill people?
Maria is thoughtful.
MARIA
I don't understand.
LUNA
I said: Why do we have to kill
people?
Maria is left on silence. She thinks of her answer. She looks

at her daughter.
MARIA
You're talking about...our nature?
LUNA
Yes. Our nature. Why do we have this
nature with us?
MARIA
Look....It's not our choice, alright?
It's not anyone else's choice either.
We don't do it because we want to. We
do it because we have to. To survive.
To live.
LUNA
I don't want to live my life doing
nothing but...just...killing people
for survival. I don't want that.
MARIA
Then, what is it that you want?
LUNA
I want a perfect life.
MARIA
Lu, no one can have a perfect life.
Not even humans, not even vampires.
Even with a prefect life, you are
still gonna regret that it all
happened to you.
LUNA
I just don't want people to suffer.
That's all.
Silence.
MARIA
Is there anything else you want to
ask me? Remember, like I've said, you
can ask me anything. Anything you
want.
Luna thinks about her question. She now has one:
LUNA
How did you met Dad?
MARIA
You really want to hear that story?
LUNA
Yeah.
MARIA
Ok. It was a long time ago. Around a
thousand years ago.
LUNA
Were you my age when you met him, or
you were older?
MARIA
I was i. I was still i. I still had
this face. This appearance. This
eyes. This young woman's body. I've
had this young woman's face for a
very long time. We met on a small
town, far from here. We both were
wandering on our owns in the night.
Then suddenly, we exchange stares.
And when i see him on the eyes, i saw
--
LUNA
The love of your life?
MARIA
I saw my future on his eyes. I saw
the two of us forming a family.
That’s when i realized that when i
saw him, i knew that this is the
person i want to spend the rest of my
life with. And i’m glad i did.
LUNA
What happened after?
MARIA
We just spent all of our nights
together. We lived on separate
houses. Every night, we go out, fly
on the roofs of the houses, and just
feast on people together. It was fun.
Years later, we married. And then we
had the most beautiful children a
mother could ever have.
LUNA
Was it like when you saw Dad in the
eyes? Or it was different?
MARIA
It was like when i saw your Dad in
the eyes.
LUNA
Are you happy you had this life? Are
you happy you formed a family?
MARIA
So happy.
LUNA
Why can't you repeat it?
MARIA
Hmm?
LUNA
Why can’t you try doing what you did
with Dad? Fly on the roofs of the
houses? Go out at night?
MARIA
Now it's different. We're both
parents. I can't leave you all alone.
If i go out, who’s gonna take care of
you and the the kids? I have to take
this responsibility.
LUNA
Mom? Can i ask you a question?
MARIA
Sure. What is it?
LUNA
How does someone falls in love? You
just look at that person in the eyes
and you know it's the right one?
MARIA
It just happens. You don’t fall for
that person just by his or her
expression. You fall for that person
because of who he or she is. Someone
good. Someone who loves you for who
you are. Someone who promises to
protect you and guard you.
LUNA
Should i do it like you? Looking into
somebody’s eyend looking at my future
through them?s a
MARIA
You’ll see. And if you have any
problem with it, i’ll help you, ok?
LUNA
And what happens if soon enough i’m
on a relationship with someone?
MARIA
If you’re gonna be on a relationship,
you have to be very careful on the
one who you’re falling in love with.
That’s the hardest part. All i’m
saying is that you don’t know if that
person cheats on you or hurts you. If
you’re on a relationship with
someone, good. You did it. But the
hardest part, the hardest of them
all, is keeping the relationship.
You’ll know it better when you grow
up. There’s still a lot of years
coming ahead.
LUNA
And how do i know? How do i know that
i’m in love?
MARIA
You’ll just know. When you’re ready.
I want you to look at something, ok?
She extends her hand, showing a ring on her finger. Her hand
lies on the bed next to the mother and daughter. LUNA looks at
it.
MARIA
Do you like it?
LUNA
Uh-huh. It's pretty. Very pretty.
MARIA
Your Dad gave it to me, before you
were born. He never told me where he
got it from. If he stole it from a
store, he would have told me how. You
know what he said to me the moment he
presented the ring to me?
LUNA
What did he said to you?
MARIA
He said: “I will protect you with all
my life and the life i can give. I
can be a better husband, a better
father, a better everything to you.
If we want to be more eternal, if
we’re gonna keep loving each other
the way we do, i need you to allow me
to attach this ring on your finger.”
It feels like if he said those words
yesterday.
LUNA
You said yes?
MARIA
Of course. And after i said yes I
cried of happiness. I jumped on him,
he held me strongly with his arms.
LUNA
Where did you had the wedding? On a
church?
MARIA
On an abandoned church, in a small
town. Years later, you were born.
Before i met your dad, i was scared.
LUNA
Of what? Of the sun?
MARIA
I was scared of loneliness. I was
scared of spending my life alone. But
the moment i met him, when we started
our family, that's when i realize
that i was not scared anymore.
LUNA
That sounds cute. Will i get married
someday? Sure, after i fall in love.
MARIA
When you get older.
LUNA
But i'm about to be 350 soon.
MARIA
I know, but when you grow up some
more, you will fall in love, you will
get married and i will be the
happiest grandmother in the world.
LUNA smiles.
LUNA
Mom, are we monsters?
MARIA
Of course we aren’t. It’s just our
nature, that’s all.
LUNA
But -- if we are not monsters, and if
we are not humans, then what are we?
MARIA
We are a family. Still. We were a
family yesterday. We are a family
today. We will be a family tomorrow.
No matter what the cost is, no matter
if we’re still monsters or not, we
are still a family.
Maria then takes the ring out of her finger. She gives it to
LUNA.
MARIA
You can keep it if you want.
LUNA
Really? Thanks.
MARIA
Put it on. See if it fits.
LUNA puts the ring on her third finger from her right hand. It
fits perfectly.
LUNA
It does fit. It fits perfectly.
MARIA
Yeah.
Then, she yawns. She cuddles next to her mother. Maria closes
her eyes. Now there's a mother and a daughter sleeping
together.
We turn to outside the room, where A SHAPE, A BEING, A FORM, A

FIGURE, A MAN is standing, looking at the mother and the
daughter.
DAVID.
DAVID slowly walks to the scene, and he just lays next to

LUNA, looking at Maria. DAVID sleeps. Now there's a mother, a
daughter and a father sleeping together. With their eyes
closed.
FADE TO BLACK.
INT. MARCO'S HOUSE. 2:30 AM.
A BOY, 10 YEARS OLD, looking young, innocent and fragile,

wakes up from a nightmare. He is MARCO.
He looks around. Then, he rises from his bed and begins to

look under his bed. There's nothing in there. Marco sighs as
he goes back to bed.
Then, he sighs and looks up. To the ceiling. He looks

melancholic.
He's a depressed boy and he's sick of the everyday routine.
He wears a short white shirt as an every night pajama. And

boxers. We don't see the boxers. Marco is not your typical emo
teen.
Then, he hears his neighbors complaining and arguing. Who the

hell can be arguing at...2:30 in the night?
Marco sighs as he looks up.
CUT TO:
INT. GRANDPA'S CAR, FRONT-SEAT. LATER - MORNING.
MARCO is at the front seat. He looks at the window.
His GRANDPA, 75 years old, a neglectful old fuck, is driving

his car. He is transporting Marco to school.
Marco, with a look of an endless melancholia on his face,

keeps looking at the window.
CUT TO:
INT. SCHOOL. MINUTES LATER.
Marco walks with his backpack on his back to the inside of the
school.
Then, THREE BULLIES, also 10 years old, VICTOR, RAYMOND and

BRUCE stumble across Marco. Victor pushes him.
VICTOR
Out of the way, faggot.
Marco freezes.
VICTOR
What's the matter? You waiting for
your boyfriend or something, you
fucking little fairy?
(scoffs)
Look at him. He thinks he is so
special.
RAYMOND
He's such a fucking loser. That's
what he is.
VICTOR, RAYMOND and BRUCE run to the inside of the school,

pushing everyone in front of them. Marco sighs as he begins to
walk inside as well.
CUT TO:
INT. CLASSROOM. LATER.
All the students are sitting on their spots. Looking front.

The TEACHER is telling something on front.
TEACHER
Got any historical real life event?
One that was inspired by a movie or a
book? Anyone?
MARCO raises his hand.
TEACHER
(getting to notice him)
Uh yes MARCO.
MARCO
The Sharon Tate Incident.
TEACHER
Alright, tell us about it.
MARCO
You know Roman Polanski?
TEACHER
I've heard from him. Is he a
director?
MARCO
Yes, he's a director. Back in 1969,
Mr. Polanski went on a trip to
London. Probably to promote his new
film or something like that.
TEACHER
Okay.
MARCO
Well the thing was that Sharon was
two weeks pregnant with her baby. On
a night, a terrible night, she went
to have dinner at the El Coyote Cafe,
with some people. Her friends. Jay
Serbing, Wojciech Frykowski and
ABigail Folger. They returned home at
10:30 PM. After midnight, they were
all murdered by three members of The
Manson Family.
TEACHER
How?
MARCO
Stabbing.
TEACHER
And how it was reported?
MARCO
I'm sorry?
TEACHER
How did it made it to the news? To
history?
MARCO
Tate's housekeeper Winfred Chapman
found the bodies the next morning.
TEACHER doesn't know what to say. He
doesn't know if he should be shocked
or interested. At least he should be
proud that one of his students
actually reads and knows something.
TEACHER
Alright, everyone, let's give a huge
clap to MARCO here. Come on.
They all start clapping. All except
for Victor and his goons.
CUT TO:
INT. SCHOOL BOYS BATHROOM. LATER
MARCO enters the bathroom. He walks to the washer. He looks at

himself in the mirror. Then, someone STRONGLY pushes him.
Victor. His two friends are there with him.
VICTOR
Well well well. How's it going you
fucking little bitch?
MARCO
Leave me alone.
BRUCE
Check it out, he's washing his little
faggie face.
Bruce tries to touch MARCO's face,
but he strongly aparts the hand off
him.
BRUCE
Hey, easy there.
MARCO
Don't fucking touch my face.
BRUCE
You don't want me to fucking touch
your face? Well don't you dare trying
to fucking touch my hand. I'm not
your fucking boyfriend and i don't
want to be.
(scoffs)
He even fights like a faggot.
VICTOR
He even talks like a faggot. Watch
this.
(mockingly)
"The Manson Family, Mr. Teacher"
(normal)
Nobody fucking cares of what happened
to those people.
A PEER, 8 years old, enters the bathroom. MARCO, Victor,

Raymond and Bruce look at him. An awkward silence fills the
scene.
PEER
Am i missing something??
Silence. Nobody speaks.
PEER
I'll come back later.
He leaves. Victor turns at MARCO.
VICTOR
You fucking faggot. Try touching me
and I'll fuck you up.
They all leave. MARCO looks at them go. He looks at himself on

the mirror. He suddenly starts to feel sorry and embarrassment
and shame for himself.
THE RING BELLS.
CUT TO:
Marco, as he's writing on a notebook, can't help but

notice...MARTINA, who's writing on her notebook. She's really
cute when she's focused and concentrated.
Martina is Marco's crush. She has always been his crush.
Marco looks at her, with full attention. Secretly.
MRS. MATUTE (O.S.)

Marco. Marco.
Roaring:
MRS. MATUTE
MARCO!
Marco gasps. He jumps out of his chair, falling to the ground.
Everyone, including Mrs. Matute, start to laugh at him.
Marco, embarrassed, rises up and goes back to sit on his spot.
MRS. MATUTE
Oh that's so funny.
MARCO
Oh yeah?! That's so funny?! Tell me,
what is so funny?!
Beat.
MARCO
The fact that i fell from my fucking
chair?! Really?! Is that so fucking
hilarious to you, you old fucking
putrid cunt?!
Beat. Everyone is quiet. Mrs. Matute is stunned.
CUT TO:
EXT. PRINCIPAL'S OFFICE. LATER.
MRS. MATUTE and THE SCHOOL PRINCIPAL are arguing with MARCO,
who's sitting, looking down. GRANDPA is also with him.
CUT TO:
INT. GRANDPA'S CAR. LATER. AFTER SCHOOL.
Marco is on the front seat, looking at the window, thoughtful.
GRANDPA is driving, with an obvious face of disappointment on

his face.
Marco turns to his Grandpa.
MARCO
Grandpa--
GRANDPA
Shh!
MARCO
Grandpa, please. I just want to talk
to you--!!
GRANDPA
Shut up! You've already said enough
today. And please, just...Don't call
me Grandpa anymore, are we clear?
MARCO
Grandpa...
GRANDPA
ARE. WE. FUCKING. CLEAR. ?!.
MARCO
Yes, yes we are.
GRANDPA
Say it.
MARCO
Say what?
GRANDPA
What you've just said.
MARCO
But i've just said it.
GRANDPA
Well, say it again.
MARCO
(sighs)
We are clear.
GRANDPA
Louder.
MARCO
We are clear!
GRANDPA
Louder!
MARCO
WE ARE CLEAR! WE ARE CLEAR! WE ARE
FUCKING CLEAR! WE ARE FUCKING CLEAR!
GRANDPA
Good.
He keeps driving. Marco looks at the window. He cries

silently.
CUT TO:
INT. MARCO'S HOUSE - DINING ROOM. LATER THAT DAY. 6:30 PM.
Marco is gathered on the dining room with Grandpa. Both have

plates with dinner on their spots on the table.
Grandpa is eating perfectly while Marco isn't. Grandpa notices

him.
GRANDPA
What's wrong?
MARCO
What?
GRANDPA
What do you mean "what"? I said
what's wrong. Why aren't you eating
your food. The delicious food made by
your poor old Grandfather--
MARCO
You're not my grandfather.
Silence erupts on the scene. Grandpa
is stunned by just hearing those
words.
GRANDPA
Apologize. Right now.
MARCO
I don't want to.
GRANDPA
Oh yeah? And why you don't want to
apologize to your poor old grandpa?
Huh? Why don't you want to apologize-
-?
MARCO
(softly)
Fuck's sake.
(loud)
I SAID YOU'RE NOT MY FUCKING
GRANDFATHER! YOU ARE NOT MY
GRANDFATHER! AND YOU WILL NEVER BE!
Grandpa is still stunned.
GRANDPA
I'm gonna count to five. And if you
still haven't apologized by the time
when i counted 5, you will be in
serious trouble. One...Two...
He rises from his spot and walks to Marco.
GRANDPA
Three...Four...
MARCO
I'm sorry...
GRANDPA
FIVE!!!
Then, he pulls Marco out of his spot. Marco yells and screams
for help. Grandpa then proceeds to beat, punch, and kick Marco
in such a strong, violent, brutal and vicious way to see.
CUT TO:
INT. SCHOOL HALLWAY. THE NEXT DAY. DAY.
MARCO is walking on the school hallway. He's about to walk to

the stairs. He's about to walk downstairs.
Then --
WHAM! VICTOR pushes him as MARCO falls down the stairs. As he

lands to the ground, he grunts. All the students from there
erupt in strong laughter. Everyone laughs at him. MARCO
realizes that all of the students around him, including his
bully, are laughing at him.
VICTOR
Hey MARCO! You walk much?
The laughter continues. MARCO rises, and runs away, crying.
INT. BATHROOM. SECONDS LATER.
MARCO arrives, crying. He begins to wash his face. He keeps

crying. Then, VICTOR, RAYMOND AND BRUCE arrive to the
bathroom. MARCO gasps. He turns to them.
VICTOR
Hey there you fucking pussy!
VICTOR PUNCHES MARCO, WHO FALLS TO THE GROUND. THEN, VICTOR,

RAYMOND AND BRUCE BEGIN TO KICK MARCO, BEAT MARCO AND PUNCH
MARCO WITH ALL THEIR STRENGTHS AND INNER DEMONS. THIS SHOULD
BE SHOWN IN A GRAPHIC, DISTURBING, UPSETTING, BRUTAL, VICIOUS
AND SAD WAY.
MARCO is weak, he can't stop them, nor he can't stand up to
himself.
GRANDPA (O.S)
Stand up you fucking little bitch!
CUT TO:
INT. MARCO'S HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. LATER.
GRANDPA is beating, punching and kicking the living shit out

of MARCO.
MARCO can't stand up and defend himself. He just lays there,

waiting for the pain to end sooner.
FADE TO BLACK.:
INT. TOWN'S HOSPITAL - THE HEALTH CENTER PART. LATER THAT DAY.
NIGHT.
This is the town's official health center. It's located in a

hospital. It's a long and extended hallway full of doors that
lead to rooms. On the center of the hallway, we can find this
dining room with a large TV hanging from above the room.
The patients, people who are dressing in normal clothes and

who are hospitalized for a reason (could be suicidal
depression or drug abuse), are eating their dinners while the
news are being projected on the TV.
In Between the patients, there are adults, old people, grown

ups and teenagers.
The caretakers of the patients are all waiting for them to

finish their dinners.
One of the caretakers, an african-american male, walks deep to

the hallway, holding a box full of cigarettes on his hand.
CARETAKER #2
Where are you going?
CARETAKER #1
I'm just going to smoke for a while.
As he walks to the emergency stairs, located on the end of the

hallway, we turn to the window, where we see the weather is
raining.
We then begin to see...

...FOUR RED EYES, looking at the scene. Some shit's about to
go down.
WE TURN TO...
...THE EMERGENCY STAIRS.
INT. HOSPITAL - THE EMERGENCY STAIRS. SAME.
The African-American Caretaker walks upstairs.
Then, from inside the health center, we can hear nothing

but...
...HOLLOWING AND HARROWING SCREAMS OF TERROR AND PAIN!
The Caretaker quickly begins to hear those screams of pain and

sheer horror.
He walks downstairs. To the health center. As he keeps walking

downstairs, those depression-inducing screams keep continuing.
He opens the door of the emergency stairs...
INT. TOWN'S HOSPITAL - THE HEALTH CENTER PART. SAME.
...where he finds...
...MUTILATED, DISMEMBERED, DISEMBOWELED, OBVIOUSLY DEAD,

BLOODY AND RAPED CORPSES.
The corpses, that used to belong to the patients and the

caretakers are lying all over the hallway, with strong red
blood coming out of their necks.
Their heads are broken. The reason of that is because they

won't turn into vampires and then infect the whole fucking
town.
The caretaker looks at the bloody mess of the hallway, as he

keeps venturing into the hallway. He looks traumatized,
disgusted, horrified.
Then, as the terrified Caretaker turns,...
...Mateo attacks him. He sucks on the Caretaker's blood,

making him yell and scream in pain.
As Mateo finishes, he breaks the Caretaker's head and leaves

him to die on the ground.
Mateo has his whole mouth covered in red blood. Just like the
family. They all have their mouths covered in red blood.
DAVID
Let's go.
David and his family go off flying on the broken windows. They
jump on the broken windows and they fly off.
FADE TO BLACK.:
EXT. THE RED HOUSE. NIGHT. THE NEXT NIGHT.
The family is gathered outside the house.
DAVID
Alright, so you know the rules. We'll
go separated this time. Are we clear?
MATEO
Yeah.
VANIA
Yeah.
LUNA
Yeah.
VINKO
Yeah.
MARIA
We're clear.
DAVID
Inside the house, that will be the
place where we will encounter,
alright?
MARIA
Sounds good. Kids?
THE KIDS OF THE FAMILY

Yeah / Yeah / Alright / Inside, got
it.
DAVID
Alright. Vinko, Mateo, let's go.
David, Vinko and Mateo walk off. Maria, Vania and Luna walk on
the other direction.
CUT TO:
INT. STREET. LATER.
NOTE: THE THREE GIRLS HAVE ALREADY KILLED SOMEONE. THIS IS THE
AFTERMATH OF THE KILLING.
Vania, Maria and Luna are walking on the street.
Then, Maria hears a boy crying. She stops. Her two daughters
notice.
LUNA
What is it? Mom?
She keeps hearing the boyish crying.
MARIA
Don't you hear that?
LUNA
Hear what?
MARIA
That.
LUNA
What?
VANIA
What's that?
MARIA
That. Someone crying. Sounds more
like a boy crying or something like
that.
She then turns to an alley. She walks
deep into it.
She hears the crying noises inside the alley. She keeps
walking deep into the alley.
Then, she sees...
...A BOY. Sitting on the alley, facing his back on the wall of
the filthy alley.
The BOY keeps crying.
Maria begins to sympathize for the boy. She looks worried.

Luna and Vania enter the alley too and notice the boy.
Truth is that no one else outside the alley gives a shit about
it. They're all moving on with their lives.
Maria gets on her knees.
MARIA
Are you okay?
The BOY,
MARCO, completely battered and with multiple bruises on his
body, uncovers his face from his hands. He sees Maria for the
first time.
He gets scared. He slowly starts to back off to the other way
of the alley. Maria, calm, stops him.
MARIA
Hey, hey, hey. It's alright. It's
alright. It's fine. Look at me. I'm a
good person, alright? I'm not gonna
hurt you, alright?
Marco pants as he keeps looking at her. He doesn't talk.
Maria uses her fingers to dry Marco's tears. Something that

she had never done before, not even to a human.
Maria can't help noticing Marco's right eye: He's got a purple
eye on his right eye.
MARIA
Christ, what happened there?
Marco doesn't even answer.
MARIA
You're not gonna talk to me?
VANIA
Mom?
MARIA
(not even turning back to
see her daughter)
Yeah?
VANIA
Dad, Mateo and Vinko must be waiting
for us.
MARIA
So?
VANIA
Look, let's just leave him here,
alright? Someone will do something.
MARIA
Someone? Someone? Has someone done
something to him right now? Do you
think that people are giving a shit
about him right now?
LUNA
Mom, i know what you're trying to do,
alright?
MARIA
Really? You know? And what am I
trying to do?
LUNA
You're trying to bring him with us.
MARIA
Exactly.
VANIA
Mom. We're not like this. You know
we're not like this.
MARIA
(to marco)
Listen, we need to go now. You are
more than welcome to come with us, if
you want. What do you say?
No answer. Maria sighs.
MARIA
Alright. Suit yourself.
Maria then rises and walks off with her two daughters.
We're only focused on Marco, who looks at them go. He starts

to think for a moment.
INT. STREET. SAME.
Maria and Vania and Luna walk off the alley.
Then, Marco starts to exit the alley and he follows them.
Marco walks to Maria. She turns and notices Marco. The four
stop.
Maria gets on her knees, to Marco.
MARIA
What? What is it?
Silence. Beat.
Then, she realizes:
MARIA
You want to come with us?
Marco nods, without saying anything coming out of his mouth.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. LATER.
Maria, Vania and Luna arrive to the house....
....with Marco with them. Marco looks around.
MARIA
Honey, we're home!
Silence. No answer.
Maria then takes Marco to the bathroom.
LUNA
What are you doing?
MARIA
What do you think? I'm gonna give
this poor creature a bath. He looks
like he didn't took a bath in days.
LUNA
What about us?
MARIA
Wait outside. Wait for the boys to
come home.
They enter the bathroom.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - BATHROOM. MINUTES LATER.
Maria is giving Marco a bath. She puts shampoo and spreads the
shampoo on Marco's hair.
Marco likes this. He feels comfortable and safe now.
Truth is that he feels happy now. Only his mother made him
baths like this. For some reason, this brings him back to the
memory of him and his mother.
MARIA
Close your eyes.
Marco obeys. He closes his eyes.
Maria fills an empty plastic container with water. He washes

Marco's hair with it. The shampoo dissolves slowly. It spreads
on Marco's face as it slowly goes down. She rinses his hair
with the water from the plastic container.
Maria then notices...
...SCRATCH MARKS on MARCO'S BACK. Like if someone just

attacked him, or even worse, raped him then scratched him.
Maria can't help notice the scratch marks.
MARIA
What happened there?
MARCO
Nothing.
Maria then realizes about something:
MARIA
You can talk?
MARCO
(nods his head)
Yes. I can talk.
MARIA
I thought you were mute.
MARCO
If i was mute, i would have answered
your questions from earlier on the
alley with sign language.
MARIA
I don't know anything about sign
language.
MARCO
Yeah, me neither.
Maria chuckles. Marco does the same.
MARIA
Well, now we've got one thing in
common.
MARCO
Yeah.
MARIA
All Right, turn.
Marco turns and Maria's smile fades away when she sees Marco's
purple eye.
MARIA
MARCO
I fell on the street...
MARIA
What's your name?
MARCO
Marco.
MARIA
Well, Marco. I've seen people fall on
the streets all the time. And none of
those time i've seen people get a
purple eye. I know you're lying to
me.
MARCO
I'm not lying.
MARIA
Yeah, you are.
MARCO
I'm not lying. I hit my eye with
something---
MARIA
Did someone did that to you?
MARCO
...No...
Then:
MARCO
...Yeah...
MARIA
Who did that to you?
MARCO
My...My...Grandpa...
MARIA
Your Grandpa did that to you?
Marco nods.
MARCO
Yeah, that scumbag.
MARIA
"Scumbag"? What's a "scumbag"?
MARCO
It’s a word to a person that’s...bad.
You know...a bad guy. An idiot. A
stupid person. Someone who you cannot
trust. Understand?
MARIA
"Scumbag"....I get it. Was he the
responsible for those scratch marks
on your back? He did them to you?
MARCO
Yeah.
MARIA
Oh, you poor little thing...Want me
to call your parents to come get you?
Marco doesn't answers. He looks down. Tears streaming off his

eyes.
MARIA
What? What is it? You don't want me
to call your parents to come get you?
You don't want me to help you--??
MARCO
My parents are dead.
Maria realizes.
MARCO
I've been living with my Grandpa ever
since they died.
MARIA
Well...Do you want me to call
somebody to come get you? Want me to
get you home---??
MARCO
No. I don't want you to get me home.
If i go there again, I'll die,
understand?
Maria realizes.
MARIA
Oh.
MARCO
I appreciate the offer, alright? I
really, really do. But I just don't
want you to call anybody. Alright? If
you do, they'll send me with him and
i'll be gone within seconds.
Maria understands that Marco doesn't want to be sent home.
MARIA
Oh. Okay. Alright. You can stay here.
MARCO
Really?
Marco, happy, hugs Maria,

the same way he used to hug his mother. He does it like if she
was his mother. Maria hugs him too.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. SECONDS LATER.
Luna and Vania wait in the living room. David, Mateo and Vinko
arrive at the house.
DAVID
We’re home!
But he only notices Luna and Vania on the living room. He

wonders.
DAVID
And your mother?
VANIA
She’s in the bathroom?
DAVID
What is she doing in there? Is she sick or something--?
VANIA
(cutting him off)
She brought somebody to the house.
David wonders. “Brought?” “Somebody?” “To the house?” “Who

could that somebody be?”
DAVID
What?
VANIA
Mom brought somebody to the house.
DAVID
Who?
VANIA
A human.
David realizes. He walks faster to the bathroom. They all look

at him go.
INT. THE RED HOUSE - BATHROOM. SAME.
Maria keeps giving a bath to Marco. David enters the bathroom

and sees the human boy. Marco gasps. Maria turns to David, who
looks furious.
MARIA
Uh, hello? Can i help you with something?
DAVID (O.S)
I can't accept this!
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - BEDROOM. LATER.
David and Maria are arguing on the bedroom.
DAVID
I can't accept a human child on this
house! I will not accept it!
MARIA
You have to do it!
DAVID
And why do you think i should accept
this?
MARIA
The boy had nowhere to go. He has
nowhere to live now. Please, let's
just give him a home, at least for
once.
DAVID
That boy?! THAT FUCKING BOY?! HE'S A
THREAT! WHAT IF HE EXPOSES US?! WHAT
IF HE RISKS THE FAMILY?!
MARIA
I...Look, i know what you're trying
to say. But I have already made up my
mind.
DAVID
Jesus Fuck. Where did you found him?
Did you stole him? Is it someone
else's boy?
MARIA
He was. But not now. Not anymore.
DAVID
Honey, where did you found him?
MARIA
On an alley.
DAVID
On an alley?
MARIA
Yes, on an alley. An alley. A fucking
alley.
DAVID
(turns to the door)
Great.
David walks to the door. Maria wonders. She stops David.
MARIA
Jesus FUCKING CHRIST!!! What are you
planning to do to him? You're gonna
kill him?
DAVID
I'm gonna return him to the same
alley where you found him. You're
coming with me.
MARIA
I'm not coming with you.
David stops and turns to her.
DAVID
You want to keep him, don't you?
MARIA
I'm just trying to help him. He's had
a rough time on his life. Have you
seen the bruises on his body? The
purple mark on his eye? He's got a
purple eye, David. A fucking purple
eye. And no, he didn’t fell on the
fucking street. Someone did that to
him, alright? Someone bad.
DAVID
(softly, to himself)
...kidnapping. This is kidnapping.
This is kidnapping. This is
kidnapping...
MARIA
What's that?
DAVID
(not to himself; normal)
This is kidnapping, alright? This is
kidnapping, alright? You just
kidnapped someone's son.
MARIA
Jesus Fucking Christ, how many
fucking times do i have to fucking
tell you this? I found him on an
alley, all alone. Imagine what could
have happened to him if nobody else
appeared. He would have died.
DAVID
Yeah, good riddance.
MARIA
Babe, just think about it for a
second. I just saved somebody's life.
DAVID
Yeah, by kidnapping him and bringing
him into our home. Our home, Maria.
Our fucking home. What if he goes to
the police? What if he tells on us?
You know what would happen if he does
that? We would all get fucking
exposed. They will discover us. And
they're gonna kill us. All of us.
MARIA
Babe...
DAVID
I'm just saying, we can't stay with
him.
MARIA
Oh yeah? And why not?
DAVID
Because...What if the father or the
mother of the boy end up searching
for him? What if they end up
searching the boy without rest? We
could get in some serious shit. We
could get in big trouble---
MARIA
His parents are dead.
David freezes for a moment. He can't quite believe what he

just heard.
DAVID
What?
MARIA
He told me the whole thing. His two
parents died when he was little.
After that, he moved with his
Grandfather. And after that...
DAVID
...you found him on the fucking
alley.
MARIA
...I found him on the fucking alley.
David doesn't know what to do: Either get rid of the boy or
allow him on his house. He sighs, thoughtful.
MARIA
Babe, think about it. We can give him
food, shelter, a good place to live.
Don't you think he deserves it?
David sighs.
DAVID
Alright.
MARIA
(happy)
Really?!
DAVID
Really...
She quickly hugs him.
DAVID
But under one condition. One.
Alright?
MARIA
(breaks the hug)
Alright. And what would that one
condition be?
DAVID
If he turns on all of us, if he
accuses us to the police, if he
exposes us to the public, he's dead.
I'm not joking. He will be dead for
real.
Maria understands now.
MARIA
Alright.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - BATHROOM. MINUTES LATER -

DAWN.
The bathtub is all clean and dry. Marco is lying on the

bathtub with bed sheets covering him. There's a pillow behind
his head.
Since they couldn't find any more rooms for Marco, they
decided to go for the bathroom instead.
Maria is covering Marco with the blankets.
For some reason, Maria is behaving like a mother towards

Marco. She treats him like a son.
Truth is that Marco didn't, and never, had a normal childhood.

He never had real parents, nor a real grandfather.
Maria accommodates Marco on the bathtub bed.
MARIA
There. All set.
MARCO
Why am I sleeping on the bathroom?
MARIA
Because we couldn't find another room
for you.
MARCO
Why can't i sleep with the others?
With you?
MARIA
Aren't you big enough to be sleeping
with grown-ups?
MARCO
I don't know.
Maria chuckles. She lunges and kisses Marco on the cheek.
MARIA
Goodnight.
MARCO
Goodnight, miss.
Maria walks to the bathroom door. She turns off the lights and
exits the room.
MARCO
Miss?
Maria turns.
MARIA
Yeah? Tell me. What is it? What do
you need right now?
MARCO
(silence)
No, nothing. I...I forgot.
MARIA
Oh, alright. Whenever you remember
it, you tell me, alright?
MARCO
Okay.
MARIA
I think you should rest for now. You
must be tired.
MARCO
Yeah, i am.
MARIA
Alright then. Goodnight.
Marco, without any sort of wonder, without any sort of

hesitation, goes to sleep. He sleeps comfortably on the
bathtub bed.
CUT TO:
INT. TOWN'S SUPERMARKET. NIGHT.
MATEO, VINKO AND MARCO are on the supermarket. Mateo is

holding tight on a shopping cart, Vinko is on the shopping
cart and Marco is looking for some stuff.
Vania, Luna, Maria and David are out there, hunting for food
for Mateo and Vinko. Mateo and Vinko are hunting for food for
Marco.
Mateo then turns and sees something that attracts his

attention. He keeps looking at it. He stops the shopping cart
and walks to that something that keeps attracting him. He
finally arrives to it...
...IT'S A HALLOWEEN HORROR VAMPIRE MASK. More like, a set of

HALLOWEEN HORROR VAMPIRE MASKS. Looks like Halloween is
approaching.
Mateo grabs one of the masks and looks at it. He feels wonder
for it.
MATEO
Hmm.
Interesting.
Mateo puts the mask on one spot. He looks at it. He shares at
it for a beat. He starts to examine it.
Then, he opens his mouth. Revealing his fangs. He touches

them.
Then, he introduces two fingers of his two hands to his mouth.

And he opens his mouth in a grotesque way.
He takes his tongue out. Now there's a vampire trying to mimic

a vampire mask.
Mateo turns and sees A MOTHER with her TWO LITTLE KIDS,
watching him. Mateo stops doing what he was doing.
He goes back to the cart with the vampire mask on his hand.
INT. TOWN'S SUPERMARKET - CASHIERS SECTION. LATER.
Mateo is paying the stuff with a shitload of money. Money that

he recollected from the victims he killed with his own family.
The SUPERMARKET CASHIER is stunned by the quantity of money

that Mateo is paying the stuff with.
SUPERMARKET CASHIER
That's a lot of money you got on your
hand.
Mateo chuckles.
MATEO
Lady, I just robbed a bank.
He gives the money to the SUPERMARKET CASHIER.
CUT TO:
INT. TAVERNER'S HILL TOWN. LATER.
Mateo, Vinko and Marco are walking on the town of Taverner's

Hill.
It's a quiet town. But that doesn't mean that there aren't any
cars or people around. There are people minding their own
business, there are others who are talking to others. There
are vehicles driving and passing by. A perfectly normal-
looking quiet small town.
Mateo is wearing the supermarket-bought Vampire mask.

VINKO
Mateo, did you realize what just
happened?
MATEO
What? What just happened?
VINKO
We just bought in the supermarket
like humans. It's the first time we
ever do that.
MATEO
You're right. That moment was
amazing. We should have bought so
much shit in there. Maybe even buy
the entire fucking supermarket.
Vinko and Mateo laugh their asses off.
MARCO
Mateo?
Mateo turns to Marco.
MATEO
Yeah?
What is it?
Tell me.
MARCO
Where did you get that money from?
MATEO
What money?
MARCO
That money that you got from your
pocket and gave to the lady on the
supermarket.
Where did you get it?
MATEO
I stole it.
MARCO
You stole it? Really? From who? The
people you killed?
MATEO
That's right. I stole it from the
people that I...that we killed.
MARCO
We? Who is we?
MATEO
Me and My Family.
MARCO
Oh, right. You kill people. I forgot.
MATEO
It's okay.
I wonder what they could be doing
right now.
They're out there, hunting blood for
us while we're hunting food for you,
Marco.
CUT TO:
INT. APARTMENT - BEDROOM. SAME.
A YOUNG COUPLE is roughly making love in bed. Both are fully

barefoot naked.
The NUDE YOUNG COUPLE keeps kissing and making out.
Suddenly, WE HEAR A WINDOW BREAKING SOUND FROM OUTSIDE OF THE

ROOM!
THE NUDE YOUNG WOMAN gets startled. THE NUDE YOUNG MAN doesn't
get startled.
NUDE YOUNG WOMAN

Did you hear that?
NUDE YOUNG MAN

Hear what?
NUDE YOUNG WOMAN

That.
NUDE YOUNG MAN

What?
NUDE YOUNG WOMAN

That.
NUDE YOUNG MAN

What?
NUDE YOUNG WOMAN

That. That sound. That noise.
NUDE YOUNG MAN
What sound? What noise? I don't hear
anything.
The YOUNG MAN tries to keep it up with the sexual tension and
the sexual action that he shared with her. But she just aparts
from him.
NUDE YOUNG MAN

Okay, what the hell is wrong now?
She rises from the bed and puts a robe on.
NUDE YOUNG MAN

What are you doing?
NUDE YOUNG WOMAN

I'm going to see what that noise was.
NUDE YOUNG MAN

Babe...
NUDE YOUNG WOMAN

Not right now.
She walks to the door. The YOUNG MAN lays back to the bed,
frustrated.
A few seconds pass by...
Then, he hears footsteps approaching. He quickly sighs.
NUDE YOUNG MAN

Finally.
He sees the door.
NUDE YOUNG MAN

It's about god-damn...
Then, he sees something that confuses him and horrifies him at

the same time.
NUDE YOUNG MAN

...time?
He sees his FULLY NAKED GIRLFRIEND, with her THROAT SLICED

OFF, WITH RED BLAZING BLOOD COMING OUT OF IT.
The YOUNG MAN is horrified, scared, confused by all of it.
NUDE YOUNG MAN

Baby?
The YOUNG WOMAN, as she opens her mouth, makes blood to come
out of her mouth.
She quickly gets on her knees and drops herself to the ground.
NUDE YOUNG MAN

BABY?!
He quickly rises up from bed and goes to check her. His hands
gets stained with her girlfriend's blood.
NUDE YOUNG MAN

Oh, fuck.
Fuck. Fuck.
Fuck. FUCK!
Babe! Babe! Please! Please, wake up!
Babe? Babe!
He desperately and frantically tries to revive and wake up his

girlfriend. But no good result comes out of it. Her throat
slit wound keeps bleeding. He tries to fix it, but he can't.
He begins to cry.
Then, DAVID quickly approaches and hits THE NUDE YOUNG MAN
with A HAMMER ON THE HEAD VARIOUS SEVERAL STRONG TIMES. The
NUDE YOUNG MAN falls to the ground, dead. David keeps hitting
him wildly and strongly.
Then, he stops. He grabs two empty water bottles and begins to

fill them with the blood of the couple. It is as gruesome as
it sounds.
David finishes collecting the blood for Vinko and Mateo.
He and his family walk off. They fly off on the broken window.
They fly off the apartment.
CUT TO:
INT. NEIGHBORHOOD. SAME.
Vinko, Mateo and Marco are walking on the neighborhood. Then,

they spot a car moving to the house next to theirs.
It seems that there are some people moving to the house next
door.
Then, VINKO sees a GIRL, an angel, a beautiful angel, FEDERICA

(FEDE, 14), walking with her stuff to the house.
VINKO stops. He's attracted by her beauty and her sensuality.

He inhales and exhales. He makes a move. He walks to her.
MATEO
What are you doing?
VINKO
I'm just gonna do something real
quick.
Fede is walking to the car to get some more stuff.
VINKO
May i help you with something?
FEDE finally meets him.
FEDE
I'm sorry?
VINKO
I said, may i help you with
something?
FEDE
Can you get some boxes and put them
inside the house, please?
VINKO
Sure.
VINKO now acts like a gentleman. He helps FEDE to put some

boxes inside the house.
INT. HOUSE NEXT DOOR - FEDE'S ROOM. MINUTES LATER.
AS THEY FINISH, VINKO and Fede put the final boxes on her
room.
VINKO
Jesus, that much stuff you bring with
you?
FEDE
As you can see, I'm obsessed with
stuff.
VINKO
Huh. I see.
He extends his hand.
VINKO
VINKO.
Fede shakes it.
FEDE
Federica.
VINKO
That's a pretty name, Federica.
FEDE
You've got a pretty name too, VINKO.
The two hands separate.
FEDE'S DAD, JULIAN (39), enters the room.
JULIAN
Have you finished with the unpacking?
FEDE
Yeah, we delivered the last box.
JULIAN
We?
He sees VINKO for the first time.
JULIAN
I'm sorry, who are you?
FEDE
This is VINKO, Dad. He helped me with
the unpacking.
VINKO
(extends his hand to Julian)
Nice to meet you, sir.
JULIAN
(shakes it)
Likewise.
cut to:
INT. NEIGHBORHOOD. LATER.
VINKO walks to his house. He stops and turns...and just

smiles. He is in love.
Vinko enters his house. He sighs of love.

MATEO
(walks to vinko)
Hey. There you are.
Vinko can't stop smiling.
MATEO
(notices he's smiling)
Why are you smiling? What are you
smiling for?
VINKO
(doesn't stop smiling)
Nothing, nothing.
MATEO
Come on, stop smiling.
VINKO
I don't want to.
MATEO
Hey, i told you stop smiling.
Mateo pushes Vinko, but Vinko just doesn't stop smiling. He

just doesn't stop.
MATEO
Are you gonna tell me what's wrong
with you?
VINKO
No.
MATEO
Oh yeah? And why not?
VINKO
Look, it's a private thing, alright?
It's private.
MATEO
Private how?
VINKO
Private like...i just don't want to
talk to you about it. That's how
private it is.
MATEO
Really? That private it is?
Then, he realizes about something.

MATEO
Oh, i see.
It's about that new girl in the
neighborhood. Is that right?
You're in love with her, right?
You plan to fuck her, right?
VINKO
(walks to his room)
Shut up.
Mateo chuckles as he sees Vinko walking to his own room.
MATEO
I hope I'll get to be the fucking
godfather!
CUT TO:
LATER:
Marco is eating yogurt with cereals. Vania watches him. She's

sitting on the table with him.
Marco finishes his plate. He picks it up and goes to the

kitchen with it.
VANIA
What are you gonna do with that
plate?
MARCO
I'm gonna wash it.
VANIA
No, no, no. Nonsense. Here, give it
to me.
Marco wonders.
VANIA
Please, give it to me.
I'm not gonna break it or anything
like that.
Marco gives her the plate. She walks with it to the kitchen
INT. THE RED HOUSE - KITCHEN. SAME.
where she begins to wash the plate on the dishwasher. Marco

approaches, confused.
MARCO
Why did you do that? I could have
washed by myself.
VANIA
Marco, you're the guest in our house.
We always must treat our guests with
kindness and honesty. That's this
home's rules.
MARCO
I thought that this home's rules were
"kill everything that is a human".
VANIA
Well...yeah. Plus that.
Vania looks at Marco, she smiles to him. He smiles back.
MARCO
But seriously, why did you wash the
plate and didn't let me wash the
plate?
VANIA
Look, I'm not supposed to talk to a
human, alright?
This is, like, the first time that i
ever talk to a human. And now, I'm
just trying to be nice to you,
alright?
Marco understands.
MARCO
Alright. I get that you're trying to
be nice to me. And i appreciate it,
alright? I appreciate that you're
being nice to me.
VANIA
Thank you.
Vania then stops washing the plate. And gets on her knees, as
she looks at Marco.
VANIA
Just so you know. By far, you're my
favorite human, of all time.
MARCO
(smiles)
Really?
VANIA
(nods)
Really.
Then, something unexpected happens. She lunges and kisses him

on the cheek. Marco gets surprised. He gasps and blushes.
Vania backs off, embarrassed and blushing.
VANIA
Sorry.
MARCO
What for?
There's nothing to forgive.
Silence. The two look at each other, they smile to each other.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - BATHROOM. HOURS LATER - DAY
Marco is sleeping on the bathtub bed.
CUT TO:
INT. PARK. LATER.
FEDE is lying on a bench, looking at the stars.
Then, footsteps approach to her. It's Vinko himself.
VINKO
Hello.
FEDE looks to see Vinko.
FEDE
Oh, hi there.
Your name is Vinko, right?
VINKO
That's right.
Your name is Federica, right?
FEDE
That's right. But people call me
Fede, so you can decide that you can
call me Fede or Federica.
VINKO
I like Fede. I’m gonna call you by
that.
FEDE
Okay.
VINKO
Why were you lying on the bench?
Were you sleeping or something?
FEDE
No, I....No, no, I...I wasn't. I was
just relaxing and looking at the
stars.
VINKO
That sounds great.
Can I relax with you?
FEDE
Of course you can.
VINKO
Really?
FEDE
Yeah, really.
VINKO
Alright.
He lays on the floor next to the bench. Both look at the stars
together.
FEDE
Stars are weird, don't you think?
VINKO
I don't know about stars.
FEDE
They're so...magical, yet so weird.
VINKO
Really? How's that?
FEDE
What do you mean?
VINKO
How do you explain that they're
magical, yet so weird?
FEDE
I don't know it yet. But I know that
I know they are.
Vinko looks at the stars. And thinks that maybe what Fede is
saying might be true.
VINKO
Maybe you're right.
FEDE
About what?
VINKO
About the stars.
I mean, look at them. They're so
weird, yet so magical, yet so
profound.
Fede smiles. She is impressed. Impressed that someone thinks

the same thing as her. Impressed that someone has such an eye
for something like the stars.
FEDE
Wow. You do have the eyes for this. I
knew you would get it.
Suddenly, FEDE closes her eyes, and starts moving her hands,
as in some sort of conducting an orchestra. Vinko notices how
she moves her hands like if she was conducting an orchestra or
something like it. She is flowing her hands, moving them
slowly and carefully. The hand movements are elegant,
entrancing and alluring. Vinko is entranced. He wants to know
why she's doing it. And most of all -- What she's doing.
VINKO
What're you doing?
FEDE
I'm dancing.
VINKO
Why do you say that? You're not even
moving your body.
FEDE
(chuckles)
No, I'm not dancing like that.
I'm...dancing with the stars.
VINKO
Dancing with the stars?
FEDE
(nods)
Mm-hm.
VINKO
And....how do you do that?
FEDE
You just close your eyes and then you
move your hands on a slow, elegant,
careful way. Then...you'll feel it.
VINKO
Feel what?
FEDE
The dance.
VINKO
With the stars?
FEDE
(nods)
That's right. The dance with the
stars. Go on. Try it.
Vinko looks at the stars. He inhales and exhales. He closes

his eyes and then he starts to move his hands the same way
Fede just moved them. He's slowly composing an orchestra with
the stars. We can clearly notice that he learned from her. He
is flowing his hands, moving them slowly and carefully. The
hand movements are elegant, entrancing and alluring.
Then, he feels it. He just feels it. The dance with the stars.
VINKO
(not opening his eyes)
I can feel it.
FEDE
You feel it right there?
VINKO
Yeah.
Vinko can't believe this. This interaction between him and the
stars. This dance. This everything he's sharing with a human.
FEDE
Do you see it now?
That's the place where we belong now.
On the stars.
Above everyone.
Above everything.
Now, Vinko and Fede seem to be dancing with the stars
together. They're not letting go of this moment, this
experience, this endless good feeling, this interaction, this
dance, this everything.
Vinko laughs. He hasn't felt this alive in years. Both, he and

Fede, smile.
FEDE
You're feeling it? You're feeling
that experience? You're feeling it
all?
VINKO
I am.
Holy shit.
FEDE
I know.
Holy shit.
Then, they hear footsteps approaching. Fede opens her eyes and
gasps. Vinko keeps dancing with the stars. He just doesn't
stop.
FEDE
Vinko?
Vinko then stops as he opens his eyes. He turns to see Fede

looking at someone. Vinko then turns and looks at that someone
Fede is looking at: Mateo.
MATEO
It's time to go to the house. Come
on.
VINKO
Can I stay in here for a little
longer?
MATEO
Now, Vinko. Those are Mom's orders.
You need to come to the house, right
now.
Vinko understands. He sighs. He rises.
Vinko turns to Fede.
VINKO
Bye, I suppose.
FEDE
Yeah.
Bye, I suppose.
Vinko walks to the house alongside with Mateo. Fede looks at

Vinko go. Then, she smiles at him.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - VINKO AND MATEO'S ROOM. DAY.
Vinko is sleeping. And as he sleeps, he gradually begins to

smile.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. NIGHT. LATER THAT DAY.
The family is out. The only members who are inside the house
are Marco and Vania.
Marco is watching the TV. He's watching the news. He's sitting
on the couch.
Vania approaches to him.
VANIA
Hey.
Marco turns to her.
MARCO
Hey.
She sits next to him.
VANIA
What're you watching?
MARCO
Just some other random reporting on
the news.
VANIA
You like watching the news?
MARCO
It's not that i like to watch them.
But it's the only thing i have to
watch.
VANIA
Really?
It's the only thing you have that you
can watch?
You never watch cartoons?
MARCO
They're so...How should i describe
them....typical.
VANIA
What do you mean by "typical"?
MARCO
It's always the same thing with
cartoons. Something goes right,
something goes bad and then something
goes right again in the end of it.
It's always the same thing.
Vania thinks about this for a second.
VANIA
So, what you're trying to say is
that....cartoons are....boring?
MARCO
It's not that they're boring, because
they're not. It's just, they need to
do something different this time.
Something less typical. Something
new.
VANIA
Speaking of something different and
something new, want to do something
else today?
MARCO
What do you mean?
VANIA
Instead of watching the same old
boring news of every night, why don't
we do something different today?
MARCO
Do something different?
VANIA
Mm-hm.
MARCO
Like what?
VANIA
Like...go out. Why don't we go out
today?
MARCO
Like...as in....like a date or
something?
VANIA
I wouldn't say that it's a date. I
would call it more a...brother and
sister hangout.
Marco thinks about this for a moment.
VANIA
Marco, think about it. Ever since you
have arrived here, you haven't got
the chance to exit the house, not
even for a smidge of time. Think
about it.
Marco still thinks about this for a moment.
VANIA
What do you say?
CUT TO:
INT. TOWN STREETS. LATER.
Marco and Vania are walking together.
The two notice a park. They walk there.
INT. PARK #2.
The duo arrives at the park. They sit on the swingers. They
decide to swing around.
VANIA
Tell me something about you.
Who were you, when you were little.
MARCO
Uh, i can’t remember much.
VANIA
That’s alright. From what you
remember. I’m not asking you to tell
me the whole thing. Just, tell me
what you remember.
MARCO
Well, I was a skinny boy. I didn’t
had a lot of friends in that time. It
cost me to socialize with people. I
was the one who always got bullied at
school.
VANIA
You were bullied?
MARCO
Yeah. I couldn’t defend myself. It
still happened to me now. All the
time my Dad talked to me, and said
stuff.
VANIA
What kind of stuff?
MARCO
He said: You are my son. You want to
become in a man? You must defend
yourself. I don't want my son to
become in a weak faggot! You fucking
pussy!
VANIA
How cruel. Did you hated him?
MARCO
All the time.
VANIA
Look, we don’t have to talk much
about it. Let’s talk about something
else. What about your family? What
can you tell me about them?
MARCO
My family? I never knew much about my
family.
VANIA
You don’t have to describe every
member of your family. Just --
describe me your parents. Your Mom
and Dad. Who are they? Who were they?
MARCO
My Mom and Dad. Uhhh, let’s see.
He takes a moment to talk about his life.
MARCO
My Dad was a cop. Was. He got fired
for insulting the others and for
drinking a lot. The only person who i
could talk to was My Mom. It was just
the two of us, against this little
depressing piece of work known as
Earth. One day, we were on the car,
and we --
MARCO doesn’t speak. Maybe this is something that concerns

him. We can tell from his expression that he doesn’t want to
talk about it.
VANIA
You don’t want to say it? Alright.
Fine for me.
MARCO
I lost my Mom in a car accident.
Vania is stunned and shocked just by hearing those words.
MARCO
It was just the three of us in the
car. I was on the backseat, Mom and
Dad were on the front seats. We were
going on a trip to spend some time
together. Then, the truck came and
crashed on her. And it killed her.
MARCO has tears on his eyes.
MARCO
My Dad didn't stopped saying "Why
didn't you saved her?! Why didn't you
saved her?!" And i could've done it.
I could have saved her. I could have
yelled Dad to stop the car, i could
have told them that there was a truck
coming. I could have saved her. And i
didn't.
He begins to cry.
MARCO
I didn't! I --
Vania comforts him. The two embrace as Marco keeps crying for
his Mom.
MARCO
If i wasn't so fucking silent, i
would have saved her. It's my fault.
I killed her.
VANIA
Don't say that.
MARCO
I loved her. I loved her with all my
heart.
VANIA
I know. I know.
Sniff.
MARCO
I kept living with Dad the next
months. And one day, he -- He arrived
late to the house, and he -- he -- He
died.
Vania is stunned by those words. She can't believe what she

just heard. "Died"?? How??
Marco breaks the embrace. Marco looks at Vania.
MARCO
He killed himself with a gun. After
what happened, i went to live with my
Grandpa, who became in my legal
guardian. We moved here and i started
to take care of him. And that’s all i
have to say about that.
Vania is on silence.
VANIA
Oh.
Vania then dries Marco's tears with her fingers. Her fingers
that include this almost-long and obviously sharp nails.
VANIA
Hey, it's alright. It's alright. I'm
here now. You can keep crying if you
want. I won't judge you.
MARCO
Thank you.
CUT TO:
INT. STREET. LATER.
Vania and Marco walk together. Then, she stops and looks at a
tall building. Marco notices she’s looking at the tall
building. He walks to her.
MARCO
What? What is it?
VANIA
It’s this thing. It’s so tall. I don’t know what is it.
MARCO
That’s a building.
VANIA
A building?
MARCO
Yeah, a building.
VANIA
Well, what do you do with it?
MARCO
You don’t do stuff with it. I mean, you do.
VANIA
What do you do with it?
MARCO
You know, you build it, you create either various homes in
there or you create an office there.
VANIA
Office?
MARCO
Yeah, an office.
VANIA
What’s that?
MARCO
It’s a place where people work their asses in there. From the
morning to the evening.
VANIA
That sounds boring.
MARCO
Yeah, it sounds boring.
Vania can’t stop admiring how tall the building is. Then, she
has an idea.
VANIA
Want to fly with me?
MARCO
What do you mean?
VANIA
Here’s what I’m gonna do. I’m gonna climb that wall with you
and we’re gonna jump out of that rooftop and we’re gonna fly.
MARCO
Okay. You’re crazy.
VANIA
Get on my back.
MARCO
What?
VANIA
On my back. Get on my back now.
Marco doesn’t know what to do. He gets on Vania’s back. Marco

is now like a backpack to Vania.
VANIA
Are you ready?
MARCO
No.
VANIA
I like that enthusiasm. Alright, here we go.
Vania jumps high, Marco screams. Vania begins to climb the

building. Marco holds on tight to her. A moment of Vania as
she climbs the building. They finally arrive
TO:
INT. BUILDING - ROOFTOP. SAME.
They finally arrive. They stand in there. Marco is no longer a

backpack to Vania. Marco looks at his town on the rooftop of
the building. He is amazed.
MARCO
Whoa.
VANIA
Yeah. Whoa. You ready to fly?
MARCO
Yeah. I’m ready.
VANIA
Alright then.
Vania then carries Marco like when a mother carries her baby
on her arms. Not literally, it’s just a reference.
VANIA
Do you trust me?
MARCO
Yeah.
VANIA
Alright then, LET’S FLY!
She jumps out of the rooftop and jumps on the streets, she
jumps higher. Marco screams and yells and laughs.
ON VANIA AND MARCO:

They’re both flying. Vania jumps on the roofs of the houses
while Marco yells, screams and laughs of excitement. A moment
of them flying and jumping on the roofs of the houses.
INT. OTHER STREET. SECONDS LATER.
Vania and Marco arrive to a street. Marco pants. His hair is
messy. He laughs. He slowly lands on the ground.
MARCO
Are we on another planet?
VANIA
(laughs)
No. We’re in the same Earth as always.
Marco and Vania look at each other. Then, they laugh.
CUT TO:
EXT. THE RED HOUSE - LATER.
Vania and Marco return to the house. They see the family
returning to the house as well. David notices Vania and Marco.
DAVID
Ah, there you guys are!
VANIA
Hey.
DAVID
What have you been doing out? You
could have been caught or something.
VANIA
We were just walking and talking.
That's all,
(to marco)
right?
MARCO
Yeah. That's right. Walking and
talking.
DAVID
That's good. Now, come. Enter the
house. It might be cold for you,
Marco.
MARCO
Weather's fine for me.
They all enter the house.
CUT TO:
INT. PARK - THE NEXT NIGHT. NIGHT (OBVIOUSLY)
Vinko is patiently waiting for Fede to come at the park. He's

sitting on a swinger. However, no good result comes out of it,
since she doesn't appear. She just doesn't appear at all.
Then, he sighs and gives up. He rises from the swinger, and as
he's about to walk out of the park---
FEDE
Vinko! Hey!
He turns to see Fede, walking to the park.
FEDE
There you are! Where are you going?
VINKO
I thought that...
FEDE
You thought? You thought what? What
did you thought?
VINKO
I thought that you got sick and tired
of me and you just didn't wanted to
see me.
FEDE
Ow, don't think things like that,
alright?
Off screen laughing of Fede:
LATER:
The two are sitting on the swingers.
Fede is laughing at the jokes Vinko is making for her.
FEDE
You're funny.
VINKO
Alright, I'm funny.
FEDE
Where do you get such funny jokes?
I'm impressed. I'm fucking blown away
by them.
VINKO
You should ask my Dad. He's the one
who comes up with jokes like that.
FEDE
Funny. My Dad doesn't make jokes like
your Dad.
VINKO
Really?
FEDE
Yeah.
Really. He's not the funny Dad I once
knew.
VINKO
The funny Dad you once knew?
Then, there must have been another
part of your Dad, right? A part
that's funny and warm and caring and
accepting, right? What I'm saying is
true, is it?
Fede then starts to be thoughtful. She looks down, a little

upset.
FEDE
Yeah, it's true.
VINKO
(notices she's upset)
What's wrong?
FEDE
Nothing, I'm good.
VINKO
Fede.
FEDE
Yeah?
VINKO
Something happened to your father,
right?
FEDE
Why are you asking me that?
VINKO
Well, it's what you've said before.
He used to be fun and warm and
charming and caring, and now he's
not. I think he's now depressed.
Something must have happened to him,
right? Did something happened in your
family?
FEDE
I really don't want to talk about it.
VINKO
Federica...
FEDE
Please.
VINKO
You know you can talk to me.
Please tell me what happened.
I promise that i won't tell anybody,
alright? I promise.
Fede is prepared to talk about it.
I mean, she should talk about it to him. He's a dear friend to

her. He helped her to unpack her stuff when she moved. She
danced with the stars with him. And he told jokes to her.
She's got to tell him.
FEDE
It....It was....It was my....My
little brother....He....
VINKO
Your little brother?
What happened to him?
What happened to your little brother?
FEDE
He um.....We got out of this
restaurant....
CUT TO:
EXT. RESTAURANT. DAY. FLASHBACK. A YEAR EARLIER...
Fede, now 13 years old, and her Little Brother, 6 years old,
exit a restaurant. They start to play on the street.
FEDE (O.S.)
Our parents told us that we can wait
outside the restaurant.
She starts chasing after him. He laughs as he's being chased

by his older sister.
FEDE (O.S.)
Suddenly, i got distracted....
Suddenly, an old friend from school comes across with Fede.

The two say their hellos and they start to talk.
Then, Fede looks back at her little brother, who's still

running. He's about to cross the street....on red light.
Fede's smile fades away. She runs to him. She screams to him
to stop, but he doesn't.
FEDE (O.S.)
And then, he.....Then,
he.....He....He just....
The Fede who's at the park begins to cry.
Then, the flashback Fede turns to see A TRUCK GOING FULL

SPEED! She gasps, she turns to her little brother.
Then....Then....THEN.....THEN......!!!!!
....the truck HITS FEDE'S LITTLE BROTHER! Fede stops, she

freezes. She gasps.
MATCH CUT TO:
INT. PARK. NIGHT. END OF FLASHBACK.
Fede keeps crying. Vinko understands her pain. He begins to

comfort her.
VINKO
I'm so sorry for what happened.
FEDE
Thank you.
Thank you so much.
The hug breaks. Fede is more calm now.
VINKO
What do you want to do now?
FEDE
I don't know.
Vinko then has an idea.
VINKO
I know. Want to take a walk
somewhere? We can go anywhere you
want.
FEDE
Really?
Well, alright. There's actually a
place i just discovered and i want to
show it to you.
VINKO
Really?
And what's this place you want to
show me?
CUT TO:
INT. ABANDONED BUILDING - LOBBY. LATER.
The two youngsters run on the lobby of the town's abandoned

BUILDING.
INT. ABANDONED BUILDING - HALLWAY. MINUTES LATER.
The two youngsters run on a hallway full of doors. They

finally arrive next to an almost open one. They enter into the
room.
INT. ABANDONED BUILDING - ABANDONED ROOM. SECONDS LATER.
The two youngsters arrive to the room.
SECONDS LATER:
Vinko gets the phone of the room.
VINKO
Yeah, hello? I would like...
FEDE
Room service!
VINKO
I would like the room service to come
to this room. The number? The room
number is...whatever the fuck this
room number is.
Fede laughs.
VINKO
I want...
(freezes; to fede)
What do you want?
FEDE
Two bottles of Pepsi.
VINKO
(into the phone)
Yeah, two bottles of Pepsi. Whatever
the fuck that is.
Fede laughs again.
FEDE (O.S.)
I can't believe i talked it to you.
CUT TO:
LATER:
The two are lying down on the bed, looking at each other. With
their bodies turn to see one another. They're not naked, by
the way.
VINKO
What do you mean?
FEDE
What i said earlier on the park. I
never talked it to anyone. And now, i
just happen to have talked it to you.
VINKO
I'm sorry, i shouldn't have brought
that up. I know it made you sad...
FEDE
No, no, no. That's okay. You needed
to know. It's nice of you to
apologize, by the way.
The two are left on silence.

Fede then turns her body and her head and her face to the
ceiling. She then starts to dance with the stars again.
VINKO
What are you doing now?
Dancing with the ceiling?
Fede laughs.
FEDE
(laughs)
Basically.
Vinko's smile then fades away. He's worried about something.

Fede notices him. She turns her head and body to Vinko.
FEDE
Vinko?
Are you okay?
Vinko looks like he doesn't want to talk about it. But he has
to.
FEDE
What is it? Is there something wrong?
Is there something you want to tell
me?
VINKO
Fede, there's something i need to
tell you.
FEDE
Sure, yeah. Tell me.
Vinko thinks "If i tell this to her, she'll think I'm crazy.
But she needs to understand"
VINKO
I.....I have....I have a disease....
FEDE
You're sick or something like it?
VINKO
Let's say that's almost the case.
FEDE
Okay, what kind of sickness are you
sick with?
Vinko freezes.
FEDE
Vinko, what's going on?
What do you want to tell me?
Vinko is prepared and at the same time, not prepared, to say

what he's about to say.
VINKO
What I'm trying to say is
that...I'm....I am.....
Fuck it. He has to say it now. It's now or never. Fede just
patiently waits for him to talk.
FEDE
You're what?
VINKO
I'm.....
(sighs)
I'm a fucking vampire.
He freezes. He closes his eyes. Fede is left there, unamused.
FEDE
No you're not.
Vinko opens his eyes. He looks at Fede.
VINKO
What?
FEDE
No you're not.
VINKO
Yes I am. I already told you I am a
fucking vampire.
FEDE
No, you're not. Is this some kind of
sick joke or something like it---?
Then, Vinko opens his mouth on a grotesque way to see.

Revealing his fangs. Fede freezes. She looks at them.
FEDE
Whoa. Are those even real?
She touches them. Then, she gasps and backs off. She covers
her mouth with her hands.
FEDE
Holy shit!
Vinko lets go of his mouth.
VINKO
Yeah.
Holy shit.
FEDE
Oh.
VINKO
Yeah.
Oh.
Fede is shocked, surprised, stunned, spooked, scared and most

of all, terrified. She's now scared and terrified of Vinko.
She sits on the bed. Fede removes her hands from her mouth.
FEDE
So it's true.
VINKO
Yeah. It's true.
FEDE
Are you dead?
VINKO
I don't know. Do I look dead? I don't
think I look that dead. I haven't
even checked myself in a mirror---
FEDE
(interrupting him)
Vinko.
VINKO
Yeah?
FEDE
You are a monster.
You kill people.
Right?
Beat. Vinko is frozen. He looks down, with a huge amount of

guilt inside of him, and he nods. Fede gasps. She has tears
streaming off her eyes.
And why the tears? Well, the person whom she trusted ever
since she moved into this town, turns out to be a killer. A
wolf in sheep's clothing. "How could you do this to me?" "I
thought that you were normal, like all the normal human beings
in here" “How could you do this to me?” “How could you?” are
Fede's main thoughts to Vinko.
Fede, spooked, rises up.
VINKO
What are you doing?
Fede doesn't answer. She just walks off. Vinko rises and
follows after her.
VINKO
Where are you going?
Fede turns at him.
FEDE
Just, don't follow me, okay?! Don't!
You're crazy!
VINKO
But....But...
FEDE
But nothing! Don't follow me! Don't
come to my house again, did you hear
me?!
Fede closes the door with all her strength. Vinko is left
there, stunned, upset and frozen. He begins to cry. He punches
a wall. He makes a hole on the wall.
Vinko, furious, walks to the window, opens it, and flies off.
CUT TO:
EXT. THE RED HOUSE. LATER.
Marco exits the house. Then, he hears a boy crying. He

freezes. He looks around everywhere he can, in order to find
the crying.
Then, he sees somebody on the roof of the house, sitting as

he's crying, looking down, to his feet.
MARCO
Vinko?
Vinko suddenly stops crying. He tries his tears and sniffs.
VINKO
Hey, Marco.
How is it going?
MARCO
I should ask the same to you.
What happened?
VINKO
What happened? To me? Nothing.
Nothing happened.
MARCO
Well....If nothing happened to you,
then why were you crying and why are
you sitting on the roof of the house?
You even look saddened. Something
happened?
VINKO
No, nothing happened.
MARCO
Vinko...
VINKO
Mm?
MARCO
Something did happened to you, right?
Vinko sighs. He has been catched.
VINKO
Can we talk about it on the park?
CUT TO:
INT. PARK. SECONDS LATER.
The two boys are sitting on the swingers.
MARCO
Alright, what happened?
Vinko is prepared to speak up to Marco.
VINKO
Well, days ago, I've met this girl.
MARCO
This girl. Alright, and then?
VINKO
Her name was Federica. But she liked
being called Fede.
MARCO
Because it's shorter?
VINKO
Because it's shorter.
MARCO
Uh-huh.
VINKO
Alright, so...We started to get
along. She showed me how to dance
with the stars.
MARCO
Dance with the stars? How the hell
does someone do something like that?
VINKO
You just move your hands as if you
were conducting a god-damned
orchestra.
(let's get back to the main
theme)
Anyway, we started to get along.
Then, we went to an abandoned
BUILDING. And i just....told her who
i really was.
MARCO
A vampire?
VINKO
Yeah, i told her i was a vampire.
Vinko sighs in disappointment. He knows he just fucked up real

bad.
MARCO
So...what happened after you told
her?
VINKO
She
(sighs)
didn't took it that well. She just
ran off. She said she never wanted to
talk with me again. She doesn't
wanted me near her now.
Vinko looks down.
MARCO
Oh.
VINKO
Oh.
MARCO
I'm sorry to hear about that.
VINKO
Thank you.
(silence)
Do you believe in magic, Marco?
MARCO
Some. You?
VINKO
I don't know. I mean, if i believed
in magic, i don't know what i would
do.
(scoffs)
Magic doesn't exist, and look at us.
Look at my family. Look at how they
are.
MARCO
I know, i know. They're vampires.
VINKO
Worse.
MARCO
Worse?
VINKO
We are not vampires.
(silence; sighs)
We are fucking monsters.
Marco realizes about it. About the nature of Vinko's family.

He starts to think that Vinko might be right.
MARCO
Oh.
VINKO
And even if....Even if we try to
change what we are...Even for a day
or two, for a minute or two, for a
second or two, we will always be the
thing we were born as. Monsters.
MARCO
Yeah. Monsters.
(silence)
It's funny. I didn't believed much in
vampires. But, look at you guys. You
just restored my faith in my belief
of them.
VINKO
You're welcome.
The two are left on silence.
VINKO
Can I ask you another question,
Marco?
MARCO
Yeah, sure, anything.
VINKO
Why us?
MARCO
What do you mean?
VINKO
Why did you chose us? That night at
the alley.
Marco starts to think.
MARCO
It's because...
VINKO
It's because...what?
MARCO
I thought that you guys were the only
ones who could take care of me. The
others just passed by, walking, not
giving a shit about me. I thought
that if i went with you, you would
give me a home, some nice place to
sleep, give me food...
VINKO
Yeah, i mean, look at us. We're
fucking monsters. Why did you picked
us? Why didn't you picked another
family instead of us?
MARCO
Because I wanted to.
VINKO
Because you wanted to?
MARCO
Because i had to. Because i needed
to. Because there was no one else i
could run off to but you guys. Or
maybe....
VINKO
Maybe what?
MARCO
Maybe i thought that you guys could
take good care of me.
VINKO
We were your first choice or you just
thought we could take care of you?
MARCO
Both.
Vinko is convinced with that answer.
VINKO
Alright.
MARCO
Does that solve your question?
VINKO
Yeah, kind of.
Marco chuckles. The two are left on silence.
CUT TO:
INT. SUPERMARKET. THE NIGHT LATER. NIGHT (OBVIOUSLY)

Vania and Marco are searching for food for Marco.
VANIA
What do you think? What should we buy from here?
MARCO
I’m still thinking.
VANIA
You have been thinking it for over 6 fucking minutes.
MARCO
I know that---
Then, a HAND GRABS HOLD ONTO MARCO’S SHOULDER. He turns, and

gasps, scared, as he sees....
....GRANDPA!
GRANDPA
Here you fucking are! Come on!
He tries to drag him out of the supermarket. But he refuses.

He tries again, and Marco refuses again.
MARCO
No! Stop! Leave me alone!
GRANDPA
You are grounded, did you hear me?! You will never go out the
house again! Did you hear me?! I’m gonna beat the living shit
out of you, you little fucking useless prick---
VANIA
Hey!
The two stop and turn to an angry Vania, walking to them.
VANIA
Leave him alone, right now.
GRANDPA
Who is this? Is this your new mommy? Is this your new bitch?
Then, VANIA BEGINS TO STRANGLE GRANDPA! Grandpa tries to

breathe, but he can’t. Vania keeps strangling him. All the
people in the supermarket watch them, shocked and scared and
horrified.
VANIA
Let go of him, RIGHT FUCKING NOW!
Grandpa lets go of Marco. Vania lets go of Grandpa’s neck.
Vania grabs Marco by the hand and, with him, storms out of the
supermarket.
MARCO
But Vania, the food.
VANIA
We’ll come back tomorrow.
CUT TO:
INT. NEIGHBORHOOD #2 - SAME.
The street is quiet and solemn. Nobody is around, except for

somebody. Mateo. He walks alone, wearing the supermarket-
bought vampire mask on his face.
Then, he turns to a house, where he sees....
....A LITTLE GIRL, WATCHING HIM ON THE WINDOW OF THE MAIN ROOM
OF HER HOUSE.
Mateo freezes and looks at her. He waves at her. From inside

the mask, he smiles. Even though we can’t see it.
INT. LITTLE GIRL’S HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. SAME.
The little girl waves back at him, slowly, creepily.
LITTLE GIRL’S MOM (O.S)

Andrea!
The little girl turns.
LITTLE GIRL
Yes, Mommy?
LITTLE GIRL’S MOM (O.S)

Time to go to bed, alright?
LITTLE GIRL
Ok, Mommy.
She turns back to the outside, where she notices that: MATEO
IS GONE. She wonders, and she closes the curtains of the main
room. She walks to her room.
INT. THE RED HOUSE - VANIA’S ROOM. DAY.

Vania is sleeping under the bed sheets of the bed. Then, Marco
quietly enters the room. He walks to the bed and gets inside
of it. He sleeps with Vania.
CUT TO:
INT. HOUSE #2 - BEDROOM. NIGHT. LATER THAT DAY.
A WOMAN is sleeping on the bed.
INT. HOUSE #2 - MAIN ROOM. SAME.
A MAN is sleeping on the couch of the main room, with covers

covering his non-naked body.
WE slowly turn to the window and see nobody in there. We

slowly turn back to the Man and we see him sleeping. We slowly
turn back to the window and see A SHAPE OUTSIDE THE HOUSE.
It’s DAVID. Red eyes of fury. We turn back to the sleeping
Man.
WOMAN
Bob?
The Man, BOB, doesn’t brisk. He doesn’t wake up. She tries
again.
WOMAN
Bob?
No answer. Bob is still sleeping. Then, she throws a pillow to

Bob, who briskly wakes up. He turns on the light and sees his
Wife, Mary, awake.
David, who used to be in the window, is now gone. Vanished.
BOB
Yeah? What is it?
MARY
I heard something outside.
BOB
You’ve heard something? Like what?
MARY
Like a walking sound. Like if someone was walking on our
garden.
BOB
It’s probably the neighbors.
MARY
Can you please go out and check who’s outside?
BOB
It’s probably just a drunk person.
MARY
Fine, fuck it then. I’ll see who it is.
BOB
No, no, no.
MARY freezes. Bob rises from the couch and walks to the main
door.
BOB
I’ll see who it is. Go back to bed.
MARY
Are you sure?
BOB
Yes, I’m sure. Go back to bed.
EXT. HOUSE #2. SAME.
Bob walks outside. He walks to the garden.
BOB
Hello?
And no answer. He tries again.
BOB
Is there anybody in here?
But no answer whatsoever.
As he walks deep into the garden, he comes across the light

sensor. The light illuminates above him.
Then, THE NEIGHBOR’S DOG BEGINS TO BARK OUT LOUD. Bob gasps.
As he realizes it’s just the dog from his fucking neighbors,
he scoffs.
BOB
Stupid fucking retard--
Then, DAVID APPROACHES AND ATTACKS BOB. The dog’s barking

intensifies. David stabs his fangs on Bob’s neck. He screams
in pain.
CUT TO:
INT. HOUSE #2 - BEDROOM. SAME.
Mary is awake. She doesn’t hear the screaming outside. She

can’t hear the screaming. She’s still awake.
Then, she rises from the bed, puts a robe on and walks to the
door. She exits the room.
CUT TO:
INT. HOUSE #2 - MAIN ROOM. SAME.
Mary walks down the staircase.
MARY
Bob? Bob? Are you there?
Silence.
Then, she freezes. She senses that somebody is watching her.

As she turns to the dark corner that leads to the kitchen, we
see....
....TWO DEMONIC RED EYES staring at her. They’re like two red
cat pupils. But very fucked up cat pupils.
Mary watches this, paralyzed. Gasping. Breathing for air. She
can’t even move.
Those two demonic red eyes keep watching her. Staring at her.
Looking at her. Peeking at her.
MARY
Hello--?
Then, THE WINDOW BREAKS! She screams. A BABY begins to cry

from inside the house’s baby room.
Something is thrown to the house’s main room. She slowly

approaches to it.
It’s a body.
She turns it around and gasps as she sees that it’s BOB’S
BODY. With severe cuts on his face, his tongue cut off and his
two eyeballs removed.
Mary watches this, paralyzed, shocked, terrified, horrified.
Then, MARIA APPEARS FROM BEHIND HER, and, WITHOUT MAKING ANY
SORT OF NOISE, STABS MARY ON THE BACK. Mary gasps.
Maria retrieves the kitchen knife out of Mary and begins to

stab her again. Over and over and over. Until Mary is thrown
to the ground. Hurt and paralyzed.
The baby keeps crying upstairs.
Then, OUT OF THE DARKNESS, MATEO, VINKO and LUNA APPEAR.
The dog’s barking continues outside. Then, he whimpers and we

can hear some breaking noises outside. The dog is dead, killed
by David.
David walks inside the house. Now there’s Luna, Vinko, Mateo,
Maria and David who are watching the hurt Mary.
The baby keeps crying. Mateo looks upstairs. He walks to the

stairs.
MARY
No. No, no, no, no, no, NO! LEAVE MY BABY ALONE, YOU FUCKING
PSYCHO--!
Then, MARIA slits on Mary’s throat. Blood erupts everywhere,

like when a volcano fucking explodes. Maria begins to suck on
Mary’s blood, instantly killing her.
INT. HOUSE #2 - BABY’S ROOM. SECONDS LATER.
Mateo enters the baby’s room. He finds the baby, crying and
screaming like hell.
Mateo looks at the baby. And he just smiles at her. The baby
is a she, by the way.
He begins to take the baby with his hands and he dances

maniacally with the baby. He dances with the baby on such a
dangerous way.
He laughs, she cries.
Then, Luna approaches to the room.
LUNA
Mateo. Put her down.
Mateo stops dancing.
MATEO
But she likes me.
She doesn’t.
LUNA
I know what you’re planning to do. And i know what you’re
thinking on doing. So, please, stop it, alright? Just stop it.
We’re not like this.
MATEO
And how do you think we are like? Huh? How do you think we’re
like? Look at us, we’re fucking bloodsucking beasts! That’s
what we fucking are! And i’m gonna prove it to you.
He turns to the crying baby. He drools. We can clearly notice
that he is both hungry and thirsty.
Now, we only focus on Luna, and we hear how MATEO DEVOURS,

KILLS, EATS AND SUCKS ON THE BABY’S BLOOD! It is so painful to
hear as it is so gruesome to hear. The baby screams and cries
for her life. But nobody can help her now.
Luna watches this, shocked, horrified, paralyzed, terrified of

her own little brother.
CUT TO:
INT. STREET. LATER.
Maria, David, Vinko, Mateo and Luna are walking back to the
house. They all have their mouths cleaned, with no blood
splattered on them.
Luna walks behind Mateo.
LUNA
Why did you do it?
MATEO
Do what?
LUNA
That.
MATEO
What?
LUNA
That.
MATEO
That what?
LUNA
I thought you knew.
MATEO
Luna, please explain yourself. I don’t want to ask you the
same thing anymore.
LUNA
Why did you killed the baby?
MATEO
Good question. I’ve got another question for you: And why not?
LUNA
What do you mean by that?
MATEO
Luna, look at me. Look at our family. Take a look at yourself.
You know what we are? We are not fucking humans, alright? We
are fucking monsters. We are condemned to be monsters for all
eternity. I killed that baby because she wouldn’t stop fucking
crying. I tried to stop her crying by playing with her. And as
soon as it didn’t worked, I....I just did what i had to do,
alright? Does that answer your question?
LUNA
I don’t know. I want a sincere answer this time--
MATEO
(scoffs)
How sincere do you want me to be? I already gave you my best
and most sincere answer to that case. So, why don't you just
stop complaining about our nature and just fucking get over
with it?
LUNA
You’re making me to be afraid of you.
MATEO
Good. It’s good that you’re afraid of me.
LUNA
I think it’s a bad thing--
MATEO
Luna, please. For my sake, for your sake, for the sake of the
family and everyone around, please....shut the fuck up for
once.
LUNA
All i’m saying is that you shouldn’t have killed that baby.
That’s all.
MATEO
Baby or not, that little shit deserved to die anyways. Let
those words sink in.
LUNA
You could have stopped it--
MATEO, angry, turns at her. Luna stops. Both come face-to-face

with each other.
MATEO
Look at me. What do you think you’re looking at?
LUNA
A vampire?
MATEO
Wrong answer.
LUNA
An immortal being?
MATEO
Wrong.
LUNA then has her answer.
LUNA
A monster?
MATEO
That’s right. I’m looking at another monster too as well. So
please, why don’t you just accept your nature for once? It’s
fun being a vampire. It’s fun to kill people. One day you’ll
understand it and you’ll wish to not have said those things to
me again.
LUNA
What things?
MATEO
“I hate to kill people”. “I hate to be a vampire”. “Why can’t
we just be normal for once?”. Those things.
(silence)
If you don’t want to be a monster just like me, then fuck you,
alright? Just fuck you. Get over with it and just move on with
your life.
Mateo turns and walks off. Luna stays there.
LUNA
I don’t even have a life!
Silence. Luna begins to walk to the family.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - BEDROOM. DAY.
Maria and David are laughing.
DAVID
Remember back at 79 when we
slaughtered that family on the snowy
town?
MARIA
Yes, i remember.
DAVID
How they were screaming, like "Oh no,
somebody help us".
Both laugh. Maria looks at David, David looks at Maria.
DAVID
What?
MARIA
Let's make a baby. Right here, right
now. The two of us. Let's do it.
DAVID
Uh...
MARIA
Come on.
DAVID
I don't know. Don't you think that
four is already enough?
MARIA
I want more. More babies.
DAVID
Why?
MARIA
So i can be a mother with a million
kids.
DAVID
I think four is already a million
kids for me.
Maria pretends to look upset. Then, David, convinced, slowly

touches Maria's leg with his hand. He touches it on a
delicate, slow, seductive way. Maria reacts to this with a
blush. David looks at her, she looks at him. The two approach
their faces to each other --
-- and they kiss. They do it slow at first, then the kiss

intensifies. It becomes into something much stronger, deeper,
fantastically erotic.
As David is laying his back on the pillow, he sees how MARIA

sensually sucks on his fingers. Over and over again. Then,
David grabs her by the cheek. The two have their faces
flushed. Their eyes sparkle when they meet each other. They
kiss. Their lips touch. They start to devour each other as
Maria sits on the lap of David. Then, they look at each other.
MARIA
I want you to fuck me.
DAVID
What if the kids wake up?
MARIA
Then let’s try to not make sound.
The two kiss again. David, quickly, throws Maria to the bed
and starts devouring her, while she reacts with a soft
pleasure, eyes closed, mouth open. They’re ready to do it.
They start to fuck. With passion. They try not to make sound.
EXT. BEDROOM. SAME.

Through the keyhole of the door, Luna watches the scene. She
slowly backs away. She is now on shock. But at the same time,
in confusion. She backs off slowly.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. HALLOWEEN NIGHT. NIGHTS LATER.
Marco is switching through the channels. In almost every

channel, a different horror movie is showing. It’s Halloween
night, of course.
Vania is watching the window. She sees with wonder and

curiosity how all the kids are disguised as many things.
They’re walking with adults and some are walking with
teenagers.
VANIA
Kids.
MARCO
I’m sorry?
VANIA
There’s kids outside the house. They’re doing something.
They’re disguised as something.
MARCO
It’s Halloween.
VANIA
Hallow-what?
MARCO
Halloween.
VANIA
Halloween? What’s that?
MARCO
It’s basically a celebration.
VANIA
A celebration? A celebration of what? What are those kids
celebrating?
MARCO
Well, i don’t know if it’s a celebration. It’s more like a way
to show the spirits of Halloween that we’re still respecting
the rules.
VANIA
What do you do in Halloween?
MARCO
You basically disguise yourself as anything and you go out to
ask for some candy in a stranger’s house.
VANIA
That’s it? That’s the whole purpose of Halloween?
MARCO
Yeah. That’s the whole purpose.
He then finally arrives on a channel, showing the film CHILD’S

PLAY.
MARCO
Oh sweet! Chucky!
Vania turns her head to Marco, who’s watching the film Chucky.
Vania sits on the couch next to him.
VANIA
What are we watching?
MARCO
Well, it’s this film about an innocent-looking doll who’s
possessed by the spirit of a serial killer.
VANIA
Possessed? Jesus, that sounds interesting.
MARCO
Trust me. It is.
They watch the film together.

MARCO looks at Vania, who looks focused as she watches the
film.
MARCO
Want to do something with me?
Vania turns at Marco, wondering.
VANIA
Do something? Do something like that?
MARCO
Explore what Halloween is.
CUT TO:
INT. NEIGHBORHOOD. SECONDS LATER.
Vania and Marco are walking on the neighborhood. Marco is

teaching Vania what is Halloween. The neighborhood is full of
disguised kids, who are disguised as anything. Monsters,
pirates, clowns, witches, vampires, werewolves, ghosts, etc.
MARCO
You see, one of the main rules of this tradition is always
wear a costume.
VANIA
Wear a costume. What’s the next rule?
MARCO
Uh, i don’t know. “Never go alone”, I guess?
VANIA
And is it like a game?
MARCO
What do you mean a game?
VANIA
You know, like, whoever gets most candies wins the tradition?
Is that what Halloween is all about? A game?
MARCO
No, it’s not a competition game. It’s more like a festivity.
VANIA
Festivity, got it. You know all the things about the humans
more than we do.
MARCO chuckles.
MARCO
I mean, of course, look at me.
Both chuckle.
CUT TO:
INT. NEIGHBORHOOD #3. SAME.
The rest of the members of the family are walking on another

neighborhood. There are some kids who are disguised as many
things.
Mateo looks around everywhere he can. He sees this thing

called Halloween.
Then, THE SAME LITTLE GIRL WHO HE SAW NIGHTS AGO stumbles on
him. Her toy pumpkin with candy inside falls off her hand,
landing on the ground. Mateo realizes about this.
LITTLE GIRL
Oh, crap! I’m so so sorry about it.
MATEO
No, no, no. It’s fine. It’s okay. Don’t worry about it.
He picks up all the candy and puts it on the pumpkin toy. The
Little Girl helps him too.
LITTLE GIRL
Sorry, i don’t usually stumble with a lot of people like that.
MATEO
Hey, i already said it’s fine. You don’t have to worry about
it, alright?
There seems to be an innocent moment between this older

vampire and this little girl. Truth is that Mateo isn’t like
this. He doesn’t behave like this that much when he’s around
kids.
The Little Girl and Mateo look at each other for a moment. He
smiles at her.
MATEO
What are you supposed to be?
LITTLE GIRL
A fairy. What are you supposed to be?
MATEO
A vampire.
LITTLE GIRL’S MOM

Andrea.
Both, Mateo and The Little Girl turn to see The girl’s mother
walking to them. She grabs her hand.
LITTLE GIRL’S MOM

(to mateo)
I’m so sorry. She usually don’t talk to strangers that much.
MATEO
It’s alright. I already told her it’s okay. She doesn’t have
to apologize for anything.
LITTLE GIRL’S MOM

Good.
(to her daughter)
Let’s go.
The Little Girl and her mom walk out. The Little Girl turns to
Mateo.
LITTLE GIRL
Bye, vampire!
Mateo smiles. He waves goodbye at her. He turns to his family

and walks off with them.
This clearly shows that Mateo is not good with babies, nor
with women, nor with humans. He’s only good with children.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. THE NIGHT LATER.
Mateo is about to walk to the door. Then, he spots a note on
the ground. A wrapped note. He looks at it and wonders.
The cover of the note says the message: “FROM FEDE, TO VINKO”.
INT. THE RED HOUSE - VINKO AND MATEO’S ROOM. SAME.
Mateo gives the note to Vinko, who wonders about it.
VINKO
What is this?
MATEO
I don’t know. Looks like You’ve got admirers.
Vinko does a sarcastic laugh at Mateo.
Vinko takes the letter. Mateo walks out of the room. Vinko
looks at the cover and quickly opens it.
FEDE (V.O)
Before you get mad at me, there’s something that you should
know. I’m sorry for how i talked to you the other night. The
reason of why i talked to you like that it’s because I was
scared shitless. And i didn’t know what to do at that moment.
I mean,
(sigh)
I know that vampires don’t exist. But look at you. You’re an
ancient being. And that’s kind of weird, but at the same time,
it’s amazing. Changing the theme, I know that all these past
nights and these past days I haven’t got the chance to visit
you, or to talk to you, or to dance with the stars with you. I
know you’ve been trying to visit me. My Dad told me that
you’ve been trying to see how i was. But he told you the same
thing: That i was sick or something. I get that you’re hurt,
that in that night i hurt you. I get it if you are angry at
me, if you’re mad at me, if you don’t want to talk to me
anymore. I get it. Alright? I deserve it. I deserve all the
hate in the world for causing you pain. But i hope we could
fix that. I hope that we could, you know, still be friends and
all. Don’t you like that idea? Cause I’m starting to like it.
Vinko smiles.
FEDE (V.O)
So, if you want to make things up with me, meet me at the park
tonight, so we can dance with the stars together. How about
that? Do you like that idea? Love, Fede. P.S: I used the name
“Fede” because that’s the way you like to call me. I’m not
trying to be romantic. I’m just reminding you, that’s all.
This is Fede, signing off.
Vinko finishes reading the letter. He smiles. He is obviously

happy.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - NIGHT. MONTHS LATER.
ON SOUNDTRACK: IN THE STILL OF THE NIGHT by THE FIVE SATINS.
The audio of the scene is muted. Inaudible. The music starts

speaking for us. The images are filled with the music.
David and Mateo are bringing a white painted crib to the

bedroom. They put it next to the big king-sized bed. Maria,
now with a pregnant tummy, watches the scene, as she keeps
smiling.
After they do it, David walks to Maria, who's outside of the

room. He then starts to kiss her. He goes down and kisses her
pregnant tummy.
Then, they start to dance. It's like a slow waltz. But it's
still beautiful.
Vania invites Marco to dance, which he accepts. The two start

to dance. They smile as they look at each other. Vania
blushes.
Vinko invites Mateo to dance with him, which he (Mateo)

refuses. Vinko then starts to dance with Luna. Now there's a
vampire family, and a human boy, dancing in pairs.
Mateo watches this scenario. Then, he smiles. It looks like he

had never done it before.
CUT TO:
A MONTAGE OF:
As the song progresses, we get to see a montage of:

Marco, who's now coexisting and living with the family of
vampires. As the montage and the song keep progressing, we
see:
- Marco growing up in the house.
- The baby being born and brought to the world.
- Each family member looking at the baby, with childlike

happiness.
- Fede and Vinko hanging out together, dancing with the stars
together.
- The family, living and coexisting with each other.
The song and the montage come to an end, as we...
SMASH TO:
BLACK.
INT. LEO’S ROOM. DAWN. FOUR YEARS LATER.
LEO
A 15 year old boy, wakes up from a weird crazy fucked up

dream.
He looks around everywhere he can. He realizes he’s on his

room.
On the wall that’s next to him, there are cut newspaper

reportings of people found dead and some missing.
CUT TO:
LATER - MORNING:
Leo dresses up for school. As he finishes, he looks at one ct
newspaper reporting on the wall next to his bed. He looks at
it. It’s a reporting showing a house (the same house from the
snowy town), and a police line on the entrance. Truth is that
this was from like years ago.
CUT TO:
EXT. LEO’S HOUSE. SAME.
Leo exits his own house. He’s all dressed up in a red hoodie
and blue jeans and black boots. He walks on his neighborhood.
We’re following him as he keeps walking.
CUT TO:
INT. TAVERNER’S HILL TOWN. MINUTES LATER.
A MONTAGE OF Leo as he walks on various parts of his town.
Various quiet parts.
CUT TO:
INT. SCHOOL - HALLWAY. LATER.
Leo walks on the hallway of his school. The same school where
Marco used to go.
THE SCHOOL BELL RINGS.

RIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIING.
CUT TO:
LEO is looking down, while everyone else is looking at the

board.
CUT TO:
INT. SCHOOL HALLWAY. LATER THAT DAY.

Leo walks on the school hallway. Then, A RED HAIRED FRECKLE-
FACED BULLY pushes him.
RED HAIRED FRECKLE-FACED BULLY

Out of the way, freak.
His two goons push Leo too. Leo doesn’t fight back. He doesn’t
defend himself. He just lets the freckle-faced bully’s goons
to follow after him (the bully).
Leo looks at them and sighs. He walks off.
CUT TO:
INT. STORE. MINUTES LATER.
Leo enters the store. The supplies are almost running out.
CASHIER
Hey, Leo! How are you doing?
LEO
I’m doing great here. Good to see you
Mr. Rodriguez. Do you have any bread?
CASHIER
Unfortunately not. We just ran out of
bread yesterday.
LEO
Oh. And do you have any avocados
left?
CASHIER
We also ran out of avocados
yesterday. I'm sorry Leo, but
whatever it is that you're looking
for, i can't help you with it.
LEO
Oh, alright then. Do you have any
newspapers left?
CASHIER
I do. I saved one for you, in case if
you showed up in here.
LEO
You did? That’s great!
The CASHIER presents the newspaper.
LEO
How much is it?
CASHIER
It’s on me.
LEO
Please. You need money. To save
yourself. To save this store. You
need it more than those scumbags out
there. Please. Allow me.
The CASHIER smiles.
CASHIER
$1,99.
Leo gives him the indicated money to the CASHIER, who gives
Leo the newspaper. Leo walks out of the store while the
CASHIER receives the money.
LEO
I’ll see you later!
CASHIER
Later!
Leo walks off the store.
CUT TO:
INT. LEO’S HOUSE - LEO’S ROOM. MINUTES LATER.
On the spotlight of the newspaper, we see the message:
4 years have passed since the disappearance of the boy named

Marco Del Marquez.
Leo looks at it and decides to cut the spotlight with

scissors. Now the newspaper spotlight is cut as a giant
square.
He sticks it on the wall full of other cut newspaper

reportings with scotch tape.
Leo looks at the wall, thoughtful.
CUT TO:
INT. LEO’S HOUSE - DINING ROOM. LATER.
Leo is having dinner with his father, ANDRES.
ANDRES
How was school today?
LEO
It was fine. How was work today?
ANDRES
It was smooth. Real smooth.
A few seconds of silence pass by.
ANDRES
Leo, if i tell you something that you
should do, would you do it?
LEO
Sure. What is it?
ANDRES
Can you promise to me one thing?
LEO
Sure. I think i can do it. And i
think i will do it. What is it?
ANDRES
Could you -- Could you please clean
your wall?
Beat. Leo is frozen.
LEO
Why?
ANDRES
What if someone comes to our house
and sees what you’ve done to your own
wall? I don’t want people to think
that you have such a morbid interest.
LEO
I don’t have a morbid interest.
ANDRES
I think it’s time to say goodbye to
those reportings on the wall.
Leo looks down. Not convinced by what his own father has said.
ANDRES
Leo, i’m just trying to help you.
LEO
I know you are. And i’m sorry i’m
like this way.
ANDRES
You don’t have to apologize for it.
Just promise me that you’ll do it.
A few seconds pass by.
LEO
Alright, Dad. I’ll do it.
ANDRES
Thank you, Leo.
CUT TO:
INT. LEO’S ROOM. NIGHT.
The wall with reportings on it is still there.
Leo sleeps quietly and peacefully on his own bed.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - BATHROOM. SAME.
A YOUNG BOY
is sleeping in a bathtub bed. He is MARCO. Now he’s 14 years

old. MARCO starts waking up when the night arrives. He yawns.
He gets up from the tub bed and walks to the door. He leaves
the bathroom
where he encounters THE FAMILY OF VAMPIRES, GETTING PREPARED

TO LEAVE. THEY’RE GETTING READY ON THE LIVING ROOM.
All the members of the family are gathered on the living room,
except for Mateo.
Marco smiles when he sees the family. Maria turns to see

Marco, already awaken.
MARIA
Hey.
MARCO
Hey. You’re leaving?
MARIA
Yeah. We are. Listen, Mateo is going
to stay here and watch you while
we're not here, okay?
MARCO
Sure. No problem.
Mateo enters the scene and walks to Marco.
MATEO
Hey, Marco. How are you?
MARCO
I’m good. Thanks for asking.
MATEO
No problem.
(to maria)
You’re leaving, Mom?
MARIA
Yes. We are leaving. Promise me you
guys are not going to burn the house
down while we're out, please.
MATEO
We promise. Right, Marco?
MARCO
Yeah, we promise not to burn the
house down.
Maria gives them a warm smile.
MARIA
Good. Thanks.
Maria suddenly kisses Mateo on the cheek. He wonders and is

confused.
MATEO
And that because it was? Was it a
"I'll see you later"?
MARIA
(sighs)
That might have been my last show of
love for you. Who knows what can
happen to us out there on this day.
MATEO
That’s it. I’m coming with you guys.
MARIA
And who will take care of MARCO? He’s
still young. He can’t take care of
himself. Mateo, you have to take on
this responsibility.
MATEO
I just don't want you to die. I don't
want the family to die either.
MARIA
I understand your concerns towards
the situation. We’ll be fine, even
after death we’ll be okay. Don’t
worry about it, alright?
Mateo is convinced with those words.
MATEO
Okay.
DAVID
(To his family)
We are ready?
All the members of the family, except for Mateo, say "Yes".
DAVID
Okay. Let's go then.
He opens the door and all the family members, except for
Mateo, leave the house.
Mateo sighs. MARCO stands next to him.
MARCO
Hey. Look at me.
Mateo turns to Marco.
MARCO
They’ll be fine. They will be fine.
Do not worry about them. They have
your father, a faithful and great
guardian, to protect them from any
type of danger.
Mateo is convinced with those words.

MATEO
(smile)
Yes. You're right.
(sighs)
Well, now what?
MARCO
What do you mean?
MATEO
Well it is a very obvious situation
we’re both in. We have the house for
the two of us. My family has gone
hunting and now I must stay in here
with you. What do we do now?
MARCO and Mateo start to think. Mateo has an idea.
MATEO
How about this? I will make you a
kind of snack so that you eat while
we watch television. You think?
MARCO
Hmm. Yes, it seems to me. What will
you prepare for me?
MATEO
A yogurt with cereal. Does that idea
agree with you?
MARCO
Yes, that's fine with me.
MATEO
Excellent.
CUT TO:
MINUTES LATER:
MARCO is eating the yogurt with cereal, while sitting at the
table, watching television. Mateo does not stop changing
channels.
MARCO
Just pick a channel already.
MATEO
I’m trying. But there are several
options.
MARCO
There are no options. You're just
changing channels without having seen
them in the first place.
Mateo stops on a television channel, and turns his head to

MARCO.
MATEO
Let's see, if you are such a fucking
genius, you pick the channel.
Mateo presents control to MARCO, who takes it.
MARCO
You got it.
MARCO changes the channel. He suddenly lands on Channel 52,

where all the classic movies are shown. On that channel, they
are showing the movie DRACULA, directed by Tod Browning and
starring Bela Lugosi. It is a scene from the movie.
NOTE: It can be any scene in the movie.
MATEO
What is this?
MARCO
More like, who is he?
MATEO
Yes, yes. That same thing. Who is he?
MARCO
Dracula.
MATEO
Dracu-who?
MARCO
The father of all vampires. Himself.
MATEO
Dracula.
MARCO
So is. Dracula. It was created by
Bram Stoker.
MATEO
Bram who?
MARCO
An author.
Mateo begins to examine that scene. He begins to analyze it.

He just looks at her, examines her, and analyzes her.
He gets down on his knees and slowly approaches the

television. He puts his right hand on the television, so that
he can feel the scene. MATEO is now in a kind of hypnosis. He
is hypnotized by the movie.
CUT TO:
LATER:
In the kitchen, Mateo is washing the plate that used to have
yogurt with cereal. This is implying that MARCO has already
eaten the yogurt.
MARCO is on the couch, and he's still watching the original

Dracula movie.
Mateo, after finishing washing the plate, walks back to MARCO,

and sits next to him.
MATEO
So, Dracula, huh?
MARCO
Yeah. The good old Dracula.
Silence. Suddenly, Mateo can't stop noticing MARCO's clothes.

Marco notices Mateo seeing him uncontrollably.
MARCO
Than? What's wrong? Do I have a
parasite on my face or something?
MATEO
How long have you not changed that
shirt?
MARCO
Than? Is?
MATEO
Yes. That same one. How long have you
not changed it?
MARCO
Since your dad bought it for me. I
haven't taken it off since then.
MATEO
You haven't even washed it yet?
MARCO
The washing machine is crap.
MATEO
Vinko has been giving you clothes
lately, right?
MARCO
He just wears that same shirt every
fucking day. He has no other clothes.
Mateo then has an idea. He gets up off the couch ...
MATEO
Stay here.
MARCO
Sure.
....and we start to follow him to his room. Where he takes a

couple of dollars from a piece of furniture. He takes out some
to leave some stored in the furniture. He closes the furniture
door, keeps the money he took out in his pocket and walks back
to MARCO.
MATEO
Get up. Come on.
MARCO
Why?
MATEO
We are going to buy you a shirt.
MARCO
What the fuck are you talking about?
MATEO
I'm going to buy you the best fucking
shirt in the whole fucking world. And
I want you to join me. My duty is to
take care of you today, and I can't
let anything bad happen to you. So
you will come with me, now, whether
you want to or not.
MARCO is quickly convinced.
MARCO
And where would we both go?
CUT TO:
INT. CLOTHES SHOP. NIGHT. 8:59 PM.
Mateo and Marco are searching new clothes for Marco.
MATEO
Ooh, how about this?
He picks a Red Mil-Tec Lumberjack shirt.
MATEO
It can be useful. You can dress up
like us.
MARCO
Yeah. It'll be useful. Adding it to
the shopping cart.
He takes the Lumberjack shirt with them.
MATEO
(can't stop admiring the
place)
This place is the fucking shit.
I bet we can find thousands of
clothes in here.
MARCO
I bet we can.
Then, the store's bell DINGS! Marco turns and sees something
that freezes him, that shocks him, terrifies him and horrifies
him...
...it's his OWN GRANDFATHER! He's searching new clothes for

himself.
Marco manages to turn back to Mateo, scared.
MARCO
Let's get the fuck out of here.
MATEO
What? What do you mean?
MARCO
(points at grandpa)
See that old man right there?
Mateo turns to see Grandpa.
MATEO
Yeah, I can see him.
MARCO
It's him.
MATEO
He's what?
MARCO
It's him. He's my Grandfather.
Mateo freezes.
MATEO
So, he's the one who abused you?
MARCO
Yeah, he's the one.
MATEO
Marco.
MARCO
Tell me.
MATEO
Hold the clothes.
MARCO
Why?
MATEO
Just hold them, alright?
MARCO
Sure.
Mateo gives Marco the clothes.
MATEO
(takes money off his pocket)
Here's the money.
Pay for the clothes.
I'll be right outside.
Go, now.
MARCO
What about you?
MATEO
I already told you. I'll be right
outside. Don't worry. I'll be fine.
Go.
Marco walks to the cashier.
Mateo walks to Grandpa. He looks angry.
He finally meets Grandpa. He's searching for some clothes.

Mateo stops next to him, he doesn't apart his view from
Grandpa. Grandpa turns to see Mateo.
GRANDPA
Uh, can I help you with something?
MATEO
What? Uh, no, actually.
GRANDPA
Oh, good then.
MATEO
You think it's funny, don't you?
GRANDPA
Excuse me?
MATEO
You think it's funny to abuse
children?
GRANDPA
(chuckles)
I have no fucking idea of what you're
talking about, son.
Grandpa turns to the clothes.
Mateo turns to see Marco, who already paid for the clothes,
leaving the store. Mateo turns back to Grandpa.
MATEO
I'm not finished, you old fuck. Now,
please.
Answer my question.
Do you think it's funny to abuse
children?
GRANDPA
Listen, son. I haven't abused any
kid, so why don't you just fuck off
and just leave me the fuck alone. Do
I look like i have abused a child?
No, i don't look that way.
MATEO
Look at you. I think you do look that
way.
GRANDPA
Seriously, what is wrong with you?
What do you want?
MATEO
You hated him, didn't you?
You hated Marco, didn't you?
Grandpa is stunned.
GRANDPA
Marco? Is he with you?
MATEO
Marco is not with us anymore.
GRANDPA
Is he with you? Is Marco with you?!
MATEO
(roaring; out loud)
Look, you fucking old man! WHY DON'T
YOU JUST ANSWER MY FUCKING QUESTION
FOR ONCE!?
YOU LOVED TO RAPE HIM, RIGHT?! YOU
LOVED TO ABUSE HIM, RIGHT?! YOU LOVED
TO BEAT THE SHIT OUT OF HIM, RIGHT?!
YOU LOVED TO MAKE HIS LIFE A LIVING
HELL, DIDN'T YOU?!
WHAT THE FUCK IS WRONG WITH YOU?! WHY
DID YOU DO THAT TO HIM?! YOU
MISTREATED HIM! YOU MOLESTED HIM! HE
DIDN'T DO NOTHING TO YOU AND LOOK AT
HOW YOU TREATED HIM!
Beat. Grandpa is stunned by those words.
The people inside the store are looking at them, surprised and
stunned. Grandpa smiles and nervously laughs at the people.
GRANDPA
(to the people inside the
store)
That's alright, people.
(laughs)
This kid...This kid is drunk. He
doesn't know what he's doing. He
doesn't know what he's saying--
Then, MATEO PUNCHES THE LIVING SHIT OUT OF GRANDPA! He punches

him straight in the face. There's BLOOD NOW RUNNING DOWN HIS
NOSE!
MATEO
Do I look like i could fucking drink
beer?
All the people gasp.
PERSON
Hey! What is wrong with you?!
Mateo turns to see the people, who now are angry at him.
MATEO
Oh, so you're on his side now?
He scoffs.
Mateo walks out of the store, furious.
MATEO
(to grandpa)
Touch Marco again and I swear to God
that you're fucking dead!
The people walk to Grandpa, who's hurt, or at least, he's

pretending to be hurt.
EXT. CLOTHES STORE. SAME.
Mateo exits the store. He sees Marco waiting for him.
He begins to walk with Mateo.
MARCO
Mateo?
MATEO
Tell me.
MARCO
Thank you.
MATEO
For what?
MARCO
For what you did back there at the
store.
MATEO
You're welcome.
They keep on walking.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - BATH. DAY.
Marco is sleeping on the bathtub bed.
OFF SCREEN, we hear some humming. Humming coming from a female

delicate soft beautiful voice.
INT. MAGDALENA'S ROOM. NIGHT.
A GIRL is humming a song. She is humming the song we hear on

the town. She hums the song so softly and quietly, with a
fragile voice. She is laying on him bed. She once tried to
sleep. But she can't. Her insomnia wins her.
Then, BAM! We hear the main door of the main room close with
so much fury on it. THE GIRL stops. She sits on bed, we see
her for the first time:
This is MAGDALENA.
On the her 17s, brown eyes, black hair, a lonely girl, a

harassed GIRL at home. She is shy. She has a delicate skin,
like almost fragile. She looks like the weak one among the
strongest ones. She has an air of innocence, we can see it on
her face.
She is wearing pajamas, just a NIKE shirt that has a boy's

size and panties. Yeah, that big to her.
Now that we heard a lot about her, let's continue with our
story.
Anyway, so, she rises from bed.
CUT TO:
INT. MAGDALENA'S HOUSE/MAIN ROOM. SECONDS LATER.
We slowly move in a hallway. We slowly turn to the main room,

where we see a man.
This is BASTIAN.
A 40 something, abusive father. He is Magdalena's father.

BASTIAN just enters. He walks to the refrigerator and takes a
can of beer out. He opens it. He sits on the couch and turns
the TV on. He sighs.
MAGDALENA watches him in secret. Accidentally, she emits a

room by stepping softly on the wooden floor of the house.
BASTIAN hears it. He looks at MAGDALENA.
BASTIAN
What're you doing up?? You know you
have school some time later.
MAGDALENA
I couldn't sleep.
BASTIAN
Yeah right. Go to your room. If you
later complain that you can't go to
school, it's not gonna be my fault.
Go.
MAGDALENA
I don't feel very sleepy now.
BASTIAN
Go. If you don't do what i say,
you'll be grounded, understand?
MAGDALENA
(softly; almost heard)
Yes.
BASTIAN
What was that?
MAGDALENA
(normal)
Yes.
BASTIAN
Then go.
MAGDALENA walks to her room. She closes the door of her own
room. BASTIAN is left there, on the main room, he walks BACK
to the couch. The scene CUTS TO:
INT. MAGDALENA'S HOUSE - BEDROOM. LATER.

MAGDALENA slowly opens the door. And sees her FATHER sleeping.
She looks at him for a moment.
CUT TO:
EXT. MAGDALENA'S HOUSE. SECONDS LATER.
MAGDALENA walks out of the house. She walks off. She walks
somewhere near the house. Then, she arrives at
INT. PARK. SAME.
where she sits on a swing. She takes a pack of cigarettes from

her pocket and she lights one. She begins to smoke.
Then, she hears footsteps close to her. She turns to see

someone. She looks back front, and then she turns again to
that person:
The person is a girl. She is LUNA. she has no shoes on.

MAGDALENA is concerned that LUNA might get her foot stabbed
with something that's on the ground, like a piece of glass, or
a rock for instance or something else.
LUNA walks along with Vania. As the two girls walk alone on
the town.
MAGDALENA looks at LUNA. MAGDALENA begins to get lost on

Luna's looks. LUNA doesn't even look at MAGDALENA, who keeps
looking at her secretly. MAGDALENA feels amazed, entranced,
fascinated, enamored. All those feelings mashed up together
once she sees LUNA, who begins to walk off the neighborhood,
into the town. MAGDALENA looks to the ground, she smiles.
Then, she rises off the swing and walks back to her house.
INT. TOWN. MINUTES LATER.
Vania and LUNA walk along together. They're both talking and
laughing.
INT. FOREST. NIGHT.
LUNA walks on the silent, creepy, night forest with her big
sister, VANIA.
They walk around, not caring to look back.
LUNA picks a stick from the ground and starts to swing it

around.
VANIA
Remember back when we were on that
snow field and we played there all
night? And on then, when we were on
the house and there was snow falling
everywhere and we opened our windows
and the snow came in and we danced to
it?
LUNA
Yeah. I remember Mom & Dad got so
furious at us.
Vania laughs. There seems to be a happy innocent moment

between the two sisters.
LUNA
Can't wait for winter to come.
VANIA
We were little at that time,
remember?
LUNA
I think you had my age.
The two keep walking. LUNA then begins to whistle.
VANIA
What are you doing?
LUNA
Whistling.
VANIA
OK.
LUNA
(singing)
My Mom & Dad met on a lonely night
She said that after they met
They flew so high
We begin to turn next to them, as they walk front still.
LUNA
(singing)
Then they had their first child
And then a couple of others
Oh what a big surprise
VANIA
Did you just came up with it?
LUNA
Yeah.
VANIA
Mom told you?
LUNA
She did.
We stay steady as we see how they walk away. LUNA's new

whistling suddenly becomes in echoing, as we see how she and
her big sister disappear in the dark forest.
CUT TO:
VINKO exits the red house. He walks to the park, where he sees
an older female figure waiting for him as she’s sitting on a
bench.
INT. PARK. SAME.

The older female figure is revealed to us. FEDE. Now she’s 18
years old.
She turns at Vinko, who walks at her. Vinko arrives at the

park. Vinko still has that look from a 14 year old boy.
For some reason, Fede looks upset. But she tries to hide her
sadness when she smiles at Vinko.
She smiles at him. He smiles back at her.
VINKO
Hey.
FEDE
Hi. How are you?
VINKO
I’m good. You?
FEDE
I’ve...never felt better.
Vinko smiles. Then, Fede’s smile fades off. Vinko notices it.
VINKO
What’s wrong?
FEDE
What do you mean?
VINKO
You stopped smiling. What is it? Is
there something wrong?
Fede sighs.
FEDE
Sit.
VINKO sits next to her on the bench.
VINKO
Now, tell me. What is it?
FEDE
I...Look, once i tell you this,
you’re not gonna like it.
VINKO
Just tell me, alright? Then, i will
know if i will like it or not---
FEDE
We’re moving out. Me and my family.
Beat. Vinko is frozen. He is beginning to be upset.
VINKO
What?
FEDE
Yeah. I’m sorry.
Vinko doesn’t know what to say. Fede has tears on her eyes.
VINKO
When are you leaving?
FEDE
Tomorrow morning.
VINKO
Tomorrow morning.
But she smiles.
FEDE
Hey. It’s okay. It’s gonna be fine.
VINKO
No it’s not. You’re moving out. It’s
not gonna be fine.
FEDE
It’s not the end of the world, yet.
We can still contact each other,
right? We can send each other some
calls.
VINKO
I don’t fucking even know how to
fucking use a fucking phone.
FEDE
Then, let’s write each other some
letters. Alright? Like i said, it’s
not the end of the world.
VINKO
Yet. It’s literally the end of the
world for me.
Vinko has a tear that escapes off his eye. Fede cleans the
tear off with her finger and kisses him on the cheek.
FEDE
It’s gonna be alright.
Vinko and Fede finally look at each other.

VINKO
Fede, look at my face, alright? Just
look at me. I don’t want you to
forget about me, alright? When you’re
gone, i will always remember you,
alright? I promise that i will do it.
Vinko grabs Fede’s cheek. They look at each other for a

moment. Then, they hug strongly. A moment of them as they hug.
CUT TO:
EXT. FEDE’S HOUSE. THE NEXT DAY. MORNING.
Fede is helping her family to put some boxes on the car. As
they finish, they close the car’s trunk. Fede looks at the red
house, worried. But then, she just smiles.
FEDE
(to herself)
Goodbye, vampire.
JULIAN
Fede. It’s time to go.
Fede turns to her family. She walks to the family car and it
drives off after a couple of seconds.
It drives off the neighborhood.
CUT TO:
INT. FEDE’S FAMILY’S CAR. SAME.
Fede is on the backseat. She looks at the window with a
melancholic look on her face.
CUT TO:
Vinko is sitting on the couch, visibly upset, looking down,
feeling hurt and miserable.
Maria, who just noticed Vinko’s state, walks to him.
MARIA
Hey, sweetie. How are you doing?
VINKO
(sniffs and cleans a tear
from his eye)
I’m fine, Mom. I’m fine. You don't
have to worry about me.
MARIA
(suddenly concerned)
What happened?
VINKO
Nothing. Nothing happened, alright?
MARIA
Well, if nothing happened, then why
are you sad?
VINKO
I’m not sad.
MARIA
Then why are tears streaming off your
eyes?
VINKO
It's nothing, alright? Nothing
happened.
MARIA
Alright. Nothing happened. Just let
me ask you this one thing, alright?
The cause of your sadness was because
of this girl, right?
VINKO
Because of what girl?
MARIA
Our neighbor. Fede.
Vinko looks down again.
VINKO
No.
After a long moment:
VINKO
(sighs)
Yeah. It was because of her.
Maria sits next to him.
MARIA
What happened? Some sort of fight
between you two?
VINKO
No, she just...
(sighs)
She just had to go.
MARIA
Go? Go where? She went somewhere?
VINKO
She moved out of town. That's what
happened.
Maria realizes.
MARIA
Oh.
VINKO
Yeah.
Oh.
MARIA
So, she's not here anymore?
VINKO
Yeah, she's not here anymore.
MARIA
So, she's gone.
VINKO
Yeah, she's gone.
Maria now fully realizes about his state.
MARIA
Is there anything i can do to help
you?
VINKO
No, not really. I mean,
(sigh)
I don't know.
MARIA
How about if you come with us to
slaughter some humans?
It might distract you from your
sadness.
Vinko thinks about it for a moment.
VINKO
Yeah, I don't know. I think so.
MARIA
You can have fun with us, you know
that, right?
VINKO
Yeah, I know.
Maria then kisses Vinko on the forehead.
Suddenly, the other members of the family, except for Vania,

are gathered on the main room of the house, ready to go.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - BEDROOM. LATER.
Sleeping on the crib, we see DAVID JR. The family's newborn

baby. Vania and Marco look at him, amazed and happy.
Suddenly, the baby wakes up and starts to cry. The baby has
clear red eyes and pointy ears. But his fangs haven't grow up
on him yet.
VANIA
Marco, get the blood.
MARCO
Where is it?
VANIA
On the fridge.
Marco walks to the fridge where he finds one small cup for
baby with the words 'FOR THE BABY' written on it. Marco walks
back to the crying baby.
MARCO
Here.
Vania takes it and starts to feed the baby with the baby cup
full of blood. The baby suddenly stops crying. Marco smiles
when he sees this.
CUT TO:
Marco is watching the news. He's on his own. He's sitting on

the couch.
Vania, who put the baby to sleep, walks to Marco.
VANIA
Hey.
MARCO
Hey.
Vania sits next to Marco. Both watch the news together.
Marco then thinks about something. He just can't stop thinking

about it.
MARCO
Vania?
VANIA
Yeah? What is it?
MARCO
Can I tell you something?
VANIA
Sure. What is it? What do you want to
tell me?
MARCO
I just.....I think.....I.....I don't
think you're gonna like what I'm
about to tell you.
VANIA
What is it? Is it something bad?
MARCO
More or less.
VANIA
Oh yeah? It's more or less bad? And
why is it more or less bad?
MARCO
I just...I.....Um....Uh....
Vania still awaits for what he's about to say.
MARCO
I don't want to be a human anymore.
Beat. Vania is left thoughtful.
VANIA
I don't understand.
MARCO
What is it that you don't understand?
VANIA
What you've just said. So you're
saying that you're done with being a
human?
MARCO
Yeah. I don't want to grow up
anymore. I want to stay in this same
body, in this same age, forever, so i
can spend more time with you guys.
You guys are all i have and i don't
want to die older. I don't really
want to die. I want to be a vampire.
Vania is still thoughtful.
VANIA
So, what you're saying is that you
want me to turn you into a vampire?
MARCO
Maybe. Yeah.
VANIA
Well, is it maybe or is it yes?
MARCO
Yes.
VANIA
Hmm.
(beat)
I don't know about it. Are you sure?
MARCO
Yeah, I'm sure. I'm so sure about it.
I want to live forever with you guys.
Vania still thinks about it.
MARCO
Vania, please. I'm begging you to do
it. I know it will hurt. I can take
that.
VANIA
Are you sure that this is what you
really want?
MARCO
Yeah. I'm really sure that this is
what I really want.
Vania thinks about this.
CUT TO:
INT. LEO'S ROOM. SAME.
The light that's on Leo's furniture is turned on. Leo is

reading the book "CHRISTINE" By Stephen King. Suddenly, the
door knocks three times. Leo puts down the book.
LEO
Come in.
ANDRES opens the door.
ANDRES
Hey there champ. How are you doing?
LEO
I'm doing good. Yeah. I'm doing great
here.
ANDRES
Really?
LEO
Yeah, really.
ANDRES
What were you doing?
LEO
Oh, I was just...reading some book I
bought on the library.
ANDRES
It's from King, right?
LEO
Yeah, it's from King.
ANDRES
You shouldn't read that. I mean, you
can read it on the day but not on the
night. It can cause you nightmares.
LEO
Got it, Dad. I was actually preparing
myself for sleep now.
ANDRES
You're gonna sleep now?
LEO
Yeah.
ANDRES
Alright. Goodnight.
Before leaving, Andres notices the wall next to Leo's bed.
It's all cleaned up.
ANDRES
Ah, you cleaned it up. Just like I
asked you to do it.
LEO
Yeah, I cleaned it up. I thought
about what you've said. So, I was
thinking on how to make you happy.
ANDRES
Thank you, Champ. Really. Thank you.
Alright, go to sleep.
LEO
Will do.
Goodnight, Dad.
ANDRES smiles at him. He exits the room. Leo puts the book on
a furniture, turns off the light and goes to sleep.
CUT TO:
Marco is sitting on a chair. He's ready. He's ready to be

turned into a vampire. Vania approaches to him from behind.
VANIA
Are you ready?
Marco inhales and exhales.
MARCO
Yeah.
I'm ready.
VANIA
Okay.
Vania lunges her face to Marco's neck.
VANIA
This is really gonna hurt.
MARCO
I know. I will take it.
VANIA
Okay.
She keeps lunging to Marco's neck. She then looks hungry. Her
eyes are deep red. She opens her mouth, to reveal her white
fangs. Then...
...she sticks her fangs on Marco's neck!
Marco gasps. Vania sucks on his blood. Marco grunts, exclaims

and yells in pain.
Suddenly, Marco passes out. He falls from the chair and falls
to the ground. Vania becomes alarmed.
VANIA
Oh, shit!
Marco?
She quickly lunges to him. Doesn't know what to do in this

moment.
VANIA
Marco?! MARCO!
Vania still doesn't know what to do. She tries to revive

Marco, but she fails. Then, she takes his pulse and realizes
that his heartbeats are slowing down. Then, we can't hear his
heartbeats no more. Marco is gone.
VANIA
Oh, fuck.
CUT TO:
Leo is quietly and peacefully sleeping on his bed.
The window is almost open.
Then, A SHADOWING FIGURE enters the room through the window.

That figure is MARIA, with her eyes clear red. Red like blood.
Then, Luna enters the room.
Both see how Leo is sleeping on his bed. Luna goes to check on
the other room.
Then, Leo wakes up and sees Maria. He gasps and gets

surprised, startled and scared. Both exchange looks with each
other.
LEO
Da--??
Then, Maria covers his mouth. Leo tries to scream but he

can't. His screams are muffled by Maria's hand.
CUT TO:
INT. LEO'S HOUSE - BEDROOM. SAME.
Luna is with Andres. She is prepared to kill him.
Then, ANDRES hears the muffled screams of his own son.
Andres tries to wake up but he can't. His sleep is winning the

battle.
CUT TO:
Leo still screams, and his screams are still muffled.
Maria has had enough. She then tries to suck on his blood. But
then, he pushes her away.
LEO
Dad! DAD! DAD!!!
No answer. Then, Leo opens his furniture and takes a sharp

pencil out of the furniture.
Then, as Maria tries to get up, LEO RUNS TO HER AND STABS HER
WITH THE SHARP PENCIL ON THE HEART!
Maria doesn't let out a human woman scream. She lets out a
horrifying demonic ghoulish painful dying creature scream.
INT. LEO'S HOUSE - BEDROOM. SAME.
Luna has heard that. She begins to be worried.
Andres finally wakes up and sees Luna. He gasps.
LUNA
AH!
She then punches him in the face. Andres is knocked off by the
punch. Blood streams off his nose.
Luna runs out of the room.
Luna arrives to the room, only to find her dying mother,

releasing some inhumane creature screams. Luna gasps.
She then sees Leo, who's close to the window.
Luna then gets angry and mad. She gets furious.
She strongly walks to Leo, who tries to escape through the

window. But Luna grabs him. He screams.
Luna throws him to the ground and stomps on his head several
strong times. When she does it a last time, she strongly
stomps on Leo's head and it blows up. A lake of blood and
brain matter begin to run around the room.
Luna pants. Then, she turns to her dying mother. She gasps and
runs to her.
LUNA
Mom! Mom!
She is now with her dying mother. Maria is now bleeding from
her heart wound.
Luna begins to be alarmed and saddened.
LUNA
(begins to cry)
No, no, no, no. Fucking no.
Luna begins to cry. Maria gives to Luna a weak and dying

smile.
LUNA
Why are you smiling?
MARIA
You want to know why I'm smiling? At
least I didn't died alone. I didn't
died on my own.
Maria weakly coughs blood. Luna keeps crying.
MARIA
Go home. Don't tell you Dad or your
brothers and sister. They'll get mad.
If they ask questions, don't answer
them, okay?
Luna nods.
LUNA
Okay.
MARIA
Luna?
LUNA
Yeah? What is it?
MARIA
I......I......
I love......
But it's too late. Maria dies. With her eyes open. Luna gasps.
She begins to be alarmed. She doesn't know what to do. She
tries to revive her mother.
LUNA
Mom? MOM?! MOMMY?! MOMMY, PLEASE!
WAKE UP! WAKE THE FUCK UP RIGHT NOW,
MOMMY!
But she can't. She is already dead.
Luna freezes.
Then, a gun clicks. She turns to the door to see Andres, with
a paper on his bloody nose, holding a gun, pointing it at
Luna.
ANDRES
Freeze!
LUNA
I am already freezing.
ANDRES
I SAID FREEZE!
Fuck it. Luna then runs out of the scene through the window of
the room. She flies out.
Andres sees the body of Maria and begins to wonder. Then, he

sees the body of his son. He becomes alarmed. He runs to the
remains of his own son.
ANDRES
Leo?! LEO!!
He takes the headless body. Andres then begins to cry.
CUT TO:
ON LUNA:
She cries while she flies.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. MINUTES LATER.
Marco is all wrapped up on a blanket as he's lying on the

couch.
Vania is sitting on the chair next to the table, worried.
Then, Luna arrives to the scene. Vania realizes about this.
VANIA
Luna! You've arrived fir---
(realizes)
And Mom?
Luna becomes sad. She begins to cry.
VANIA
Where's Mom?
LUNA
I....I could.....I could have.....I
could have saved her....
VANIA
Saved her? From what?
Then, the two hear young male groans.
They realize it's Marco, who's waking up from the couch. He is

now a vampire.
MARCO
Ow, that really hurt.
He looks at the two sisters while sitting on the couch.
MARCO
What happened? Where's Mom?
All eyes lock on Luna.
VANIA
Listen, just explain yourself slowly,
alright? Slowly.
Luna tries to explain herself.
LUNA
There was an incident.
VANIA / MARCO
What kind of incident?
LUNA
It was...
Then, DAVID, VINKO and MATEO arrive to the scene through the
door.
Mateo then notices Marco is now a vampire.
MARCO
Hi, Mateo.
MATEO
Vania.
VANIA
Yeah?
MATEO
What. The fuck. Did you do??.
VANIA
What do you mean?
MATEO
(points at marco)
Him! What the fuck did you do to
him?!
VANIA
Oh yeah, I....I turned him into a
vampire.
MATEO
WHAT?!
LUNA
You really did that?
MATEO
Why would you do that?! Why would you
turn him into one of us?
MARCO
Because I wanted her to do it.
All eyes lock on Marco.
MATEO
What?
MARCO
I couldn't stand the fact that one of
these days I was gonna grow up and
then die as a fucking old guy. I
wanted to live forever with you guys
because you guys are what matter to
me the most now.
David then realizes that Maria is not on the group.
DAVID
(to luna)
Luna? What happened? Where is Mom?
Luna doesn't want to talk about it.
DAVID
Where's Mom, Luna?
Suddenly, all eyes lock on Luna.
DAVID
Luna, where is she? Is she on her
room?
Luna has tears streaming off her eyes.
LUNA
(softly)
Mom's dead.
(normal)
Mom is dead.
There appears to be a commotion on the family.
DAVID
What?!
VANIA
(covering her mouth)
Oh, God.
MATEO
What happened to Mom again?
VINKO
She's gone.
MARCO
Mom is gone?
Luna nods.
LUNA
Mom is gone.
David has tears streaming off his eyes.
DAVID
Where is she?
LUNA
Dad, I...
DAVID
(roaring)
WHERE IS SHE?!
Luna cries.
LUNA
We can't go back. We can't go back!
DAVID
WHY NOT?!
LUNA
In the house there was a guy with a
gun. He was probably a cop. We go
back there, and we die.
MATEO
The news.
All eyes lock on Mateo.
LUNA
What?
MATEO
If the guy was a police officers,
then the whole incident was told to
another few officers.
DAVID
What are you trying to say?
MATEO
I just....Fuck it, let's just turn on
the TV.
Mateo then turns on the TV. He searches for the news channel.
As he finds it, we get to see a REPORTING OF LEO'S HOUSE.
MALE VOICE ON TV
Apparently, two individuals entered
into the house. And one was killed
during the incident and the other
fled. It was confirmed by the police
officer that the suspect who fled was
also a woman.
David looks at the scene, shocked. He and his family see how
MARIA'S BODY is being wrapped in a black bag. They all gasp
except for Luna, who strongly closes her eyes, with tears
David backs off, devastated, shocked, horrified, saddened,

angry and furious.
MATEO
Dad?
David doesn't answer.
David exits the house and then stumbles and falls to the
ground. He yells. And begins to strongly cry.
FADE TO BLACK.
INT. MORGUE. A DAY LATER.
ANDRES, LUIS and a CORONER walk to a body being wrapped in a

white sheet.
LUIS
Is this her?
CORONER
Yes. This is her.
Andres is prepared to uncover her from the sheet.
ANDRES
(to the coroner)
May I?
CORONER
Go ahead. No problem.
Andres uncovers the sheet and we realize that the body is

Maria's pale naked barefoot dead body. Andres observes the
body.
ANDRES
(to the coroner)
May I have some time with my partner
in here? Alone?
The CORONER is worried and concerned. But he walks out of the

room anyways.
LUIS
You're not seriously thinking---
ANDRES
No, Luis. I'm not thinking about
that.
Andres keeps observing the body. Then, he puts his fingers on

her mouth. He opens her mouth, revealing her fangs. Andres
looks at them. So does Luis.
LUIS
Whoa. Are those what I think they
are?
ANDRES
They are, my dear friend and partner
in crime. They are what you think
they are.
LUIS
No, no, no, no, no. This is all fake,
alright? This is untrue. This lady
probably wore fake fangs when she
died. They're not real.
Luis touches one of the fangs of Maria.
LUIS
Ow!
Luis receives a small cut on his finer because of touching one

of the fangs of Maria.
Then, he gets shocked.
LUIS
So, it's true.
ANDRES
Yes, it's true.
LUIS
So...This is it, right? Your son has
come face-to-face with an actual real
vampire.
ANDRES
Yeah. It's bizarre.
LUIS
What's bizarre?
ANDRES
Aren't they supposed to be fake? You
know, like....They only appeared on
the books and on the movies and on
the.....TV shows....
LUIS
Yeah. It's bizarre.
They're both on silence now.
Then, Andres takes a switchblade out of his pocket. He

uncovers the whole body of Maria.
LUIS
Andy, what are you doing?
ANDRES
You'll see.
Andres decides to cut open the chest of Maria. Then, Andres

puts his hand on Maria's chest. On the same place where Leo
stabbed her with a pencil.
Then, he appears to be extracting something out of Maria's

chest. He finally extracts it: HER OWN DEAD HEART. But it's
not just a normal heart. It's a black, moldy, rotten heart. It
looks like when an apple is left alone for days, months and
years and suddenly it expires. The heart is not beating,
obviously.
Luis and Andres look at it with pure shock and disgust.
LUIS
Ugh.
ANDRES
You're goddamn right. Ugh.
He leaves it back to where he grabbed it.
LUIS
So, what now?
ANDRES
(wonders)
What do you mean 'what now'?
LUIS
You told me that there was another
member, right? A young girl? Remember
when you told me that?
Andres remembers.
ANDRES
Yeah. I remember.
LUIS
Well, what comes next? Should we make
a report on this girl?
ANDRES
It's....
(sighs)
What if there are more?
LUIS
More? More what?
ANDRES
You know, more members. What if, all
this time, the town has been dealing
with some sort of...cult?
LUIS
Cult?
You mean like a Satanist cult?
ANDRES
Exactly.
What if this whole time, there wasn't
two, but more members who were the
cause of the deaths in the town?
LUIS
But, instead of a cult, why not a
family?
ANDRES
A family?
LUIS
Yeah, like, a killer family, feeding
on the blood of the town's innocent
people.
Andres thinks about this for a second.
ANDRES
A family...Of course...
LUIS
So, what comes next? Now what?
ANDRES
I'll tell you what comes next. We're
gonna find that cult or that family.
We're gonna find them, and I'm gonna
expose them to the world. And I'm
gonna make sure that they pay for
what they did to my son. Even if that
means stabbing their fucking hearts
with a pencil, then let's do it. But
most of all, they have to pay. They
will pay sooner or later. If that
means tearing apart that cult or that
family, i would definitely do it.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE. NIGHT.
Marco and Mateo arrive with a newspaper on Marco's hand. The

whole family gathers.
DAVID
How did it went?
MATEO
Bad.
MARCO
Fucking terrible.
DAVID
Why? What happened?
MARCO
I'll tell you what happened. Us.
That's what happened.
He puts the newspaper on the table. On the front cover of the

newspapers, we see the big message:
KILLER CULT/FAMILY ON THE LOOSE.
The family manages to see it. They're all suddenly in shock.
DAVID
Jesus Christ.
MARCO
They won't stop looking for us. The
police are now searching on every
house.
DAVID
Wait, you asked them what they were
doing?
MARCO
No. If i did, i would get busted.
DAVID
Christ.
David sighs and doesn't know what to do.
VANIA
What are we going to do?
DAVID
(turns to his daughter)
What do you mean with what are we
going to do?
VANIA
We get out of the house and we're
fucked. We're gonna get busted. The
police will expose us. That's it.
That's the end for us.
LUNA
Does that mean that our hunting days
are over?
VINKO
Yeah, what are we going to do to get
the blood? There must be some way. We
can't risk ourselves to go out there.
None of us can go out there.
DAVID
I'll get it.
All eyes lock on David.
VINKO
What?
DAVID
Yeah, I'll get the blood.
LUNA
Really? Because let me tell you
something. Going out there would be a
very stupid thing to do.
DAVID
I know. I'll do it in secret. Nobody
will know it was me.
MARCO
Well, what if you get busted like
Mom?
DAVID
At least I will die happy knowing
that I will reunite in Hell with her.
My kids, please. You have to allow me
this burden. This responsibility.
Please. Nothing bad will happen to
me. I will be careful. I promise.
The children are convinced.
LUNA
Alright, Dad.
CUT TO:
INT. CAR. THE NIGHT LATER.
DAVID is driving through the streets of the town.
Then, he spots a beautiful prostitute standing on the corner

of a street. He stops the car next to her. He rolls down the
window of the passenger seat.
PROSTITUTE
Hey.
DAVID
Hello.
CUT TO:
SECONDS LATER:
She's now inside the car. She's sitting on the passenger seat.
She's nervous, but he's driving straight on the streets.

Looking front. Hands pressing strongly on the steering wheel.
DAVID
Do you like it?
PROSTITUTE
Like what?
DAVID
The car, obviously.
PROSTITUTE
Yeah. It's pretty.
DAVID
It's very pretty, right?
PROSTITUTE
Yeah.
Silence.
DAVID
Want me to turn on the radio?
It seems kind of boring for us to be
sitting here on silence without
listening to some music on the radio,
right?
PROSTITUTE
I guess.
David turns on the radio and puts some music on the radio.
Gustavo Cerati's song "PUENTE" ("Bridge") is playing on the
radio.
David sighs. While still driving, looking straight ahead. He

looks and feels anxious and nervous.
CUT TO:
David and the PROSTITUTE arrive to the red house. She looks
around the house while David closes and locks the door behind
her.
DAVID
Do you like it?
PROSTITUTE
It's nice.
DAVID
It's home.
David walks to the main bedroom.
DAVID
Follow me.
She walks with him to the main bedroom.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - BEDROOM. SAME.
David lets the Prostitute in the bedroom.
As the two get inside, David closes the door and locks it.
After a few seconds of silence, The Prostitute approaches to

David. She kisses him but he's not fully attracted to her. He
just wants the blood for his family.
David proceeds to kiss her too. As he begins to kiss her on

the neck---
---HE STICKS HIS FANGS ON THE PROSTITUTE'S NECK! She yells and
screams in pain. But David doesn't stop. He keeps sucking the
blood out of the prostitute.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - GARDEN IN THE BACK PART. LATER.
David begins to make another burial spot. A third one. Next to

the other two.
He then drags the naked and bloodied body of the prostitute.

He puts it on the third burial spot. He begins to bury her
underground.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - DINING ROOM. LATER.
The family is on silence. They have glasses with blood next to

them as they're sitting on the table.
DAVID
How's the blood?
MATEO
It's fine.
DAVID
Luna?
LUNA
It's fine.
DAVID
Vinko?
VINKO
It's fine.
DAVID
Vania?
VANIA
It's fine.
DAVID
Marco?
MARCO
Yeah, Dad. It's fine.
DAVID
Good.
David doesn't even let out a smile. He just allows things to

be.
They're all on silence.
MATCH CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - DINING ROOM. DAY.
The room is now empty. David approaches to the the table.
He sits on the same spot where he once sat when he drank the
blood with his children.
He turns and looks at the window, covered with pieces of

newspapers and cardboards, stuck on the windows with scotch
tape.
David just looks at the window. With a look filled with

endless grief and melancholia.
Then, he proceeds to take off the newspapers and the
cardboards off the window, letting A TINY BIT OF LIGHT INSIDE
THE ROOM.
It shines on David's arm, making a strong sizzling sound as

the sunlight crashes on his arm. David grunts. But he can take
it. This is the only way to be reunited with his wife in Hell
or in the aftermath.
MATEO
NO!!!
Then, A FIGURE STOPS HIM. It's MATEO. Who puts the pieces of
newspapers and cardboards back in their place. THE TINY BIT OF
LIGHT that was once shining on the room is not shining
anymore.
Mateo turns to his father.
MATEO
WHAT THE FUCK WERE YOU THINKING?!
WHY DID YOU DO THAT?!
WHY THE FUCK DID YOU DO THAT?!
David then begins to cry.
DAVID
It was....
MATEO
WHAT?!
DAVID
It was....the only way....that I
could reunite....with her....
Mateo just tends to hug his own father. He too has tears on
his eyes.
MATEO
I know. I miss her. I miss her too.
David keeps crying. His crying is so painful to hear.
CUT TO:
David is ready to go out. He has a backpack that includes the
5 bottles to his children.
As David is about to exit the house, he turns and sees his

five children, looking and staring at him.
MATEO
You're leaving?
DAVID
It'll only be for a couple of
minutes. Don't worry. I'll be fine.
MATEO
You promise?
DAVID
I promise. I love you kids.
David exits the house, closing the door.
He is gone.
CUT TO:
LATER:
The 5 children, bored and hungry, are waiting for David to

come back home with the blood.
CUT TO:
Right outside the door, we see A BACKPACK with various bottles

inside of it, resting on the door. Mateo opens the door and
comes across with the backpack. He wonders. He sees the
backpack and he opens it: Inside the backpack, there's 6
bottles with fresh red blood.
Mateo looks at them. He wonders. He grabs one that has the

name "MATEO" marked in red. He wonders.
CUT TO:

Mateo brings the backpack inside.
VANIA
Huh. That was quick.
She gets to notice the backpack.
VANIA
What is that?
MATEO
This is a backpack.
VANIA
What's inside of it?
MATEO doesn't answer. He just takes the four bottles of blood

out of the backpack. He puts them in the table.
The four children wonder.
MARCO
Is this what I think it is...?
MATEO
Yeah. It is what you think it is.
As Mateo takes out his own bottle with blood, A NOTE slips out
of the backpack, falling into the ground.
Mateo wonders.
MATEO
Huh? What the fuck is this?
He picks up the note. On the note, we can see the message:
DON'T COME, JUST WAIT FOR ME
MATEO
What?
Vania, after drinking her blood, notices the note.
VANIA
What's that?
MATEO
Can you please stop asking questions
about what I am holding? I am
obviously holding a written note, you
dumb-ass.
VANIA
You know you don't have to be mean
with me.
(re: the note)
What's in it?
MATEO
Just a message that says "Don't come,
just wait for me". That's all.
VANIA
That's all? Really? How weird. Who
would have wrote it?
MATEO
Probably the last owners of this
backpack.
Then, he has an idea. He turns to the door.
MATEO
Or probably someone we know.
CUT TO:
LATER - DAWN:
Marco yawns.
MATEO
(approaches to him)
Marco, come on. It's time to go to
bed, alright?
MARCO
What about Dad?
Mateo doesn't even know what to answer.
MATEO
He'll....show up later. Okay? Don't
worry. He'll show up.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. DAY.
LUNA is sitting on the ground, looking at the door. She is not

tired or anything like that. She's waiting for someone.
Vania walks and approaches to her.
VANIA
LUNA?
LUNA turns to her.
LUNA
Hey.
VANIA
What are you doing up? It's way past
your bedtime.
LUNA
I'm just -- waiting.
VANIA
You're still waiting for Dad to
arrive?
LUNA nods.
LUNA
I couldn't sleep. Just to think of
what might have happened to him.
VANIA
Yeah? You couldn't sleep?
LUNA
Yeah.
Vania then sits on the bed, next to LUNA.
VANIA
That's alright. I couldn't sleep
either. Just to think of what might
have happened to him.
The two sisters wait together.
Mateo approaches.
MATEO
What are you doing here?
VANIA
We're waiting for Dad. What are you
doing up?
MATEO
I couldn't sleep.
VANIA
How are Vinko and Marco? Are they
awaken too?
MATEO
No, they're both sleeping fine. Don't
worry about them. They're fine.
He walks to the TV. He turns it on. Breaking news interrupt

the TV program.
TV
ON
Breaking news. A violent fire has
struck on a house this morning.
Reports indicate that there are no
survivors.
Mateo looks at the TV. Then, he looks at something familiar.

Something that makes him wonder:
ON THE TV, we see ONE HORRIFICALLY AND GRAPHICALLY BURNED

CORPSE. IT IS SHOWN ON A GRAPHIC AND DISTURBING WAY.
Then, Mateo can't help but recognize --
-- the CORPSE'S TEETH.
Mateo then notices something familiar on the CORPSE'S TEETH:

THE CORPSE IS A HE AND HE HAS FANGS ON HIS TEETH!
Mateo realizes about this. He begins to cry. Vania and LUNA

approach to him.
VANIA
What?
Vania and LUNA also watch the reporting. They watch the part
where the TV shows the CORPSE'S Teeth. The TV shows the fangs.
Oh shit. Could he be?
I's him. It's Dad. His body completely burned to the ground.
It is so horrifying to see.
The Three Brothers realize about this. Vania, disgusted and

horrified, begins to cry.
She stumbles back and then begins to WEEP, AND TO CRY. Her two
brothers begin to comfort her as they begin to cry with her.
VANIA
Daddy!
A moment of the three brothers as they begin to cry in pain

for the loss of their father. Now they're orphaned. Mateo will
have to be the man of the house.
Their crying is realistic, as it is painful to hear. It is

painful to hear due to its realism.
The three brothers are like three cubs who are weeping and
crying at the loss of their papa wolf.
Suddenly, Vinko and Marco arrive at the scene.
CUT TO:
INT. TOWN STREET - CORNER. NIGHT. WEEKS LATER.
MATEO is standing on a corner of a street. Waiting for a

client.
This is his work now. He works as a male prostitute to get the

blood for his family.
He takes a box full of cigarettes out of his pocket. He takes

a lighter out of his other pocket. He puts a cigar on his own
mouth and he lights it. As he begins to smoke, he keeps the
lighter, and the box full of cigarettes, on his pockets. He is
now smoking.
Then, a car approaches. He drops the cigar to the ground,
steps on it, and sees the car approaching.
The car stops right next to him. The DRIVER, a PEDOPHILE, 67

years old, rolls down the window of the passenger's seat.
Mateo approaches to the passenger's seat's window.
CUT TO:
INT. PEDOPHILE'S CAR. SECONDS LATER.
THE PEDOPHILE begins to drive off the empty town street. The
Pedophile drives through the empty town streets.
PEDOPHILE
Do you like it?
MATEO
Like what?
PEDOPHILE
The car, of course.
MATEO
Ah. Yeah.
It's nice.
PEDOPHILE
It's a nice car, eh?
Silence. No answer. Mateo seems to be nervous about the whole

situation. The pedophile keeps on driving. Then, he has an
idea.
PEDOPHILE
Want me to put some music on?
MATEO
Sure.
He puts some music on the radio. The song "PUENTE" by Gustavo

Cerati is sounding on the radio.
The Pedophile sighs. As he keeps driving, looking front.

Feeling anxious and nervous on the inside.
PEDOPHILE
Cerati.
MATEO
I beg your pardon?
PEDOPHILE
The man behind this song. The man who
made this song. The singer of this
song. Gustavo Cerati. A true icon of
Argentine music. Do you know him?
MATEO
No, not really. I don't know much
about music really.
PEDOPHILE
Well, maybe i can help you out with
that. Do you like that idea?
MATEO
Maybe. Yeah.
CUT TO:
INT. PEDOPHILE'S HOUSE - BEDROOM. MINUTES LATER.
The PEDOPHILE opens the door, allowing Mateo to come inside.

He takes a look at the bedroom. He looks around. The older man
closes the door and locks it. He turns and walks to Mateo.
PEDOPHILE
Do you like it?
MATEO
Yeah. It's pretty.
PEDOPHILE
Very pretty, right?
Mateo looks down, doesn't know how to start the action.

Then...
PEDOPHILE
Oh, fuck this.
...the pedophile approaches to Mateo and kisses him on the

mouth, with tongue. Mateo feels repulsed and disgusted. But
instead of departing himself from the kiss, he follows suit.
He kisses the guy too.
The PEDOPHILE takes Mateo's hand and with his hand, he opens
his zipper. Mateo takes off the pedophile's pants and boxers
of the pedophile.
WE ONLY FOCUS ON THE OLDER FUCKING PEDOPHILE THIS TIME, as we

hear how Mateo is giving the him a hard blowjob. The pedophile
looks up, and moans softly.
Then, Mateo stops and looks at the pedophile.
MATEO
Take me to bed, darling.
OFF SCREEN: The sounds of GRUNTING and MOANING are EMITTED.

The scene is happening on a BED. We can notice it because we
can hear the BED MATTRESS moving with the sex.
LATER:
Mateo and The PEDOPHILE are fully barefoot and naked.
THE PEDOPHILE is riding MATEO on the bed of the bedroom of his

own house. The Pedophile is fucking Mateo as he looks at him.
This is obviously shown in an explicit way.
There's no dialogue in between these two characters. There's

just quiet and softly saying from the pedophile: Oh. Oh. Oh.
Oh yeah. Oh yeah. Oh yeah. Oh fuck. Oh fuck. Ah. Oh.
Then, the sex stops.
The Pedophile turns Mateo and the vampire now has his face
planted on the bed sheets.
The Pedophile is now fucking Mateo from behind.
The Pedophile seems to be moaning at this. But not Mateo. He

doesn't feel anything that causes him some sort of pleasure.
He feels pain. He wants it to stop. But if he agrees to stop,
he won't get his blood for the family. This is his only way to
get the blood for his family.
Trying to catch his breath, THE PEDOPHILE says:

PEDOPHILE
Are you enjoying this??
MATEO
(grunting in pain)
Yes. I am.
The Pedophile keeps fucking him. Mateo doesn't moan. He grunts

and exclaims in pain. He pretends to moan so the Pedophile
knows he's enjoying this. The Pedophile fucks him harder,
faster, strongly. Suddenly the Pedophile puts one of his
fingers on Mateo's mouth. Mateo sucks on his fingers wildly.
And when the Pedophile is about to climax, Mateo --
-- BITES THE PEDOPHILE'S FINGER AND RIPS IT OFF HIS HAND! THE
PEDOPHILE SCREAMS. He stops fucking Mateo, who spits the
finger out of his mouth. The Pedophile keeps screaming.
Mateo turns his naked body to the Pedophile, who's now hurt
and touching his hand, with the cut finger, with the wound now
bleeding.
Mateo approaches to the hurt and terrified Pedophile.
He jumps to THE PEDOPHILE and proceeds to feed ON THE

PEDOPHILE'S NECK. THE PEDOPHILE YELLS AND SCREAMS. Mateo keeps
feeding and feasting on THE PEDOPHILE'S BLOOD.
CUT TO:
LATER:
The PEDOPHILE is lying on the ground, naked and dead. His

throat is slit and his heart is extracted from his chest,
resting on his own hand. His two eyes are wide open.
This is terrifying and disturbing to watch, but also this is

very satisfying to watch.
CUT TO:
INT. PEDOPHILE'S HOUSE - BATHROOM. SAME.
Mateo is taking a bath, cleaning all the blood from his mouth
and body. He is humming a song while cleaning the blood from
his mouth and body.
The blood is being washed and is beginning to be entering into
the drain.
CUT TO:
INT. PEDOPHILE'S HOUSE - BEDROOM. MINUTES LATER.
Mateo, with his jet black hair damp and with his clothes on,
is putting the blood of the pedophile on various bottles.
CUT TO:
LATER:
As he's finished doing the action, Mateo walks to a drawer. He

opens it. The only thing inside of that drawer is a bunch of
photos. Mateo grabs them.
He sees them.
THE FIRST PHOTO IS A PHOTO OF A NAKED KID KNOCKED OUT, WITH A

SEVERE HIT ON HIS HEAD. Mateo is horrified with just seeing
this. He flips to the other photo and sees ANOTHER PHOTO OF
ANOTHER NAKED KID KNOCKED OUT, WITH A SEVERE HIT ON HIS HEAD.
As he flips through the photos, he sees other various several
kids, naked, with severe hits on their head.
Mateo lets go of the photos. He is disgusted and horrified.

Then, he has an idea:
CUT TO:
SECONDS LATER:
The photos are all ordered on the bed. Mateo dials the number
of the police. He leaves the phone hanging as he walks out of
the house with the bottles of blood on his hands.
ON PHONE
Taverner's Hill Police Department.
What is your emergency?
(beat)
Hello? Is there anyone in there?
Hello?
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - VINKO AND MATEO'S ROOM. NIGHT.
Mateo is sitting on bed. He has tears on his eyes. His face

red because of crying so much.
Luna approaches to him.
LUNA
Hey.
Mateo dries his tears and sniffs.
MATEO
Hey.
LUNA
Everything okay?
MATEO
Yeah.
(beat)
No. Everything's not okay.
LUNA
What happened?
Beat.
MATEO
I had sex with a pedophile.
LUNA
What's a pedophile?
MATEO
You don't want to know. Dad taught me
that but I don't want to talk it to
you. No, everything's not okay.
LUNA
I was just trying to be positive,
that's all.
MATEO
Yeah, well, thank you for trying.
LUNA
You're welcome.
Silence. Mateo notices that she's still here.
MATEO
Can you just go away?
LUNA
I won't bother you for much longer.
I'm just gonna sit here until you are
fully calmed.
MATEO
What?
LUNA
Fully calmed.
Mateo sighs. He tries to be calmed. But sadness overcomes him.

He begins to cry. Luna approaches to him and embraces him.
LUNA
I know. I know.
Vania walks in the room. She smiles just to see this small
kind interaction between his brother and sister.
Luna notices that Vania is inside the room.
LUNA
Hey, Vani.
VANIA
Hey, Lu.
Mateo stops crying. Luna breaks the embrace.
MATEO
Yeah, hey Vania.
VANIA
Hey.
(beat)
So, I know you guys are gonna get
mad.
MATEO
Mad for what?
VANIA
I already made up a plan for our
survival.
Mateo looks interested in this.
MATEO
What kind of plan?
VANIA
(sighs)
Well, we can't get out of the house
and the police are looking for us, am
I right?
LUNA
Yeah. And what?
VANIA
And since our father has left us, and
Mateo can't go outside because....you
know....I was thinking....That
maybe.....we could hire
somebody....to get the blood....for
us....
Mateo and Luna are confused.
LUNA
What was that?
MATEO
Yeah. I don't understand. What did
you meant?
LUNA
What did you tried to say?
VANIA
Think about it. Since none of us can
go out the house, I was thinking that
we could hire someone to get the
blood for us. What do you think about
the plan?
Mateo and Luna think about this.
MATEO
You mean, like a henchman or
something like that?
VANIA
No, it's not like a henchman. I
didn't even mentioned the henchman.
MATEO
So, what you're saying is that,
because the police are looking for us
and we can't go outside, you're
suggesting that we hire someone to
get the blood for us?
VANIA
Yeah. Easy and simple.
Luna and Mateo still think about this.
MATEO
I don't know about it.
VANIA
I'll give you some time to think
about it.
MATEO
Well, who would it have to be?
SMASH TO BLACK.
TITLE:
SOME TIME LATER...
SMASH TO:
INT. NEIGHBORHOOD. MORNING. SOME TIME EARLIER.
A young man, on his 18s, about to be on his 19s on the next

year, exits his house. He is JAVIER. He has shaggy brown hair,
brown eyes. Might not be the most beautiful boy alive, but he
is pretty. He walks on his neighborhood. He begins to walk off
his house.
He walks to his car. He turns it on with his car keys. He gets
inside.
INT. JAVIER'S CAR. SAME.
JAVIER puts his backpack on the front seat. He begins to drive

off. He turns on the radio.
ON RADIO - 'DANCING IN THE MOONLIGHT' by TOPLOADER
JAVIER drives while humming the song quietly. He keeps

driving.
CUT TO:
MOMENTS LATER:
JAVIER arrives at the school.
CUT TO:
JAVIER is writing something on his notebook as the teacher

explains something.
CUT TO:
INT. SCHOOL HALLWAY. LATER.
It's that time of the day where the kids exit the school.
JAVIER, armed with his backpack, begins to exit the school.
TWO BULLIES, both 19, push him.
BULLY #1
Out of the way, faggot.
JAVIER freezes. The two bullies run off.
JAVIER sighs as he begins to walk.
cut to:
EXT. JAVIER'S CAR. SAME./INT. NEIGHBORHOOD. SAME.

JAVIER exits his car and walks to his house. He stops and
looks at the house next to his: A RED HOUSE. Probably the only
red house on the neighborhood. And why? Because this film is
on black-and-white, that's why. He looks at it. He admires it.
CUT TO:
INT. JAVIER'S HOUSE. SECONDS LATER.
JAVIER enters his own house. He throws the backpack on the

ground. He heads for the
INT. JAVIER'S HOUSE - BEDROOM. SECONDS LATER.
where he finds his GRANDMA, 89, watching TV while lying on her

bed. JAVIER lies next to her.
GRANDMA
Did you went to the store?
JAVIER
I did. Like i promised.
GRANDMA
And?
JAVIER
Sorry, Grandma. But there was no
bread available.
GRANDMA
And-
JAVIER
And no avocados. Honestly, our
country is slowly going to shit.
First comes the president, then the
racism, then the Oscars controversy.
JAVIER notices that on the TV it's showing nothing but those

classic and cheesy modern Mexican telenovelas.
JAVIER
Grandma, how can you be fucking
watching this shit?
GRANDMA
It's good for me.
JAVIER
No, it's not. It will ruin you and
that's not good for you. Here, let
me---
(grabs remote control)
switch off this shit.
He switches through various channels. GRANDMA chuckles. JAVIER

finally stops at the channel 81, where they always show
classic westerns movies, like the JOHN WAYNE ones and the
CLINT EASTWOOD ones.
JAVIER
There we go. That's it.
GRANDMA
You know i don't like westerns, they
show too much violence.
JAVIER
And who was the one who wanted to
raise me like a cowboy?
She chuckles.
GRANDMA
You little fucking idiot.
JAVIER
I love you too, Grandpa.
We focus on JAVIER as he watches the movie.
CUT TO:
INT. JAVIER'S (STOLEN) CAB. NIGHT.
On the driver's seat, JAVIER is sitting, looking front,

dropping sighs. On the outside, there’s a neighborhood. The
song Yellow Brick Road from Elton John is sounding on the
car's radio. JAVIER just looks front, trying to focus.
This is his job: He is a young night Taxi Driver. Then, a

person, a CUSTOMER taps on the window next to JAVIER.
JAVIER
Yeah?
CUSTOMER
Hey, can i get a ride?
JAVIER
Sure. Get in the backseat.
THE CUSTOMER gets inside the car. He closes the door.
JAVIER
Alright, where to?
CUSTOMER
To the Town's Theatre. You know where
that is?
JAVIER
Yeah. Pretty much. 5 dollars.
The CUSTOMER looks confused, wondering. Did he really just

said..?
CUSTOMER
I'm sorry?
JAVIER
You want a ride to somewhere i pretty
much know where it is? 5 dollars.
That’s my rule. So we don't get our
asses in a hurry when we arrive
there.
CUSTOMER
Alright. 5 dollars.
The CUSTOMER looks convinced.
CUSTOMER
Alright. 5 bucks.
The CUSTOMER takes dollars from his pocket. He counts them. 5

dollars.
CUSTOMER
1, 2, 3, 4 -- 5 dollars.
After counting them, he hands them to JAVIER who takes them.
He keeps it on a car spot where he keeps dollars.
JAVIER
The Town's Theater then.
He starts driving.
CUSTOMER
Pretty down here, don't you think?
JAVIER
Hmm. I don't know much about it.
CUSTOMER
Yeah. Me neither. I mean, look at the
outside though. Everybody is asleep.
Some of them aren't. They’re like
sleepwalkers. You're not sleepy?
JAVIER shrugs, doesn't know how to answer to it.
CUSTOMER
How is it? Your job as a taxi driver?
JAVIER
Pretty much the same as the others.
You receive people, hear their shit,
earn money to drive them to places
and stuff like it. It's like working
on a restaurant, like working as a
Waiter: You deliver the order, you
hear the customers' stuff, you know,
like complaints, problems, wishes,
etc, and in the end you get to know
them better.
CUSTOMER
Huh. That makes sense. I've worked on
a Restaurant, but as a cleaner. It
was a shit job anyways.
JAVIER
Yeah, well, what else can you do? My
uncle worked on a restaurant, every
once in a while he would tell me his
stuff when he worked. That's how i
know all the Waiter stuff i told you.
Just in case.
CUSTOMER
Ok. Thanks for that information. Ever
had a favorite customer?
JAVIER
I'm sorry?
CUSTOMER
You know, this one person that seems
to be better than the other guys you
met before in this car, in this same
backseat. Anyone in particular?
JAVIER
For now, no. I mean all the people
that have been on the backseat just
come and go.
On the window next to him, the CUSTOMER notices the Theater,

with people coming in and out. He realizes.
JAVIER
I'm not that guy who just talks to a
random person and --
CUSTOMER
Excuse me. Sorry i interrupt but you
just passed the Theater.
JAVIER
Yeah, i'm just taking a shortcut.
There's a lot of cars outside.
CUSTOMER
I'm just saying don't go too far.
Movie must be starting by now.
JAVIER
Which hour the movie starts?
CUSTOMER
By 10:30 PM.
JAVIER
It's 10:15 PM. Don't worry, you'll be
fine at time. Trust me. As soon as i
find this shortcut that's close to
the place, you'll be fine.
CUSTOMER
Alright.
The CUSTOMER doesn't look convinced at all. But the guy on the
driver's seat looks like a guy he would give all his trust to.
He decides to follow the idea even if he doesn't look like if
he wants to follow it.
CUT TO:
INT. 3 BLOCKS AWAY. SECONDS LATER.
This is one block that doesn't have much cars on it. It's
close to the theater.
Javier's cab arrives and begins to park.
INT. JAVIER'S CAB. SAME.
JAVIER looks a little anxious. He parks the car. He looks

front. The CUSTOMER looks at the outside.
CUSTOMER
I know this street. 4 blocks away,
right?
JAVIER
3. I counted.
CUSTOMER
Alright, well thanks for the help.
Even though you could have dropped me
on a street--
JAVIER
Right. Sorry.
CUSTOMER
It's ok. Need more 5 dollars?
JAVIER
I'm alright.
CUSTOMER
Alright, thanks for the ride. I wish
i could see the film with you, but i
don't think i have enough cash to buy
for two people. Plus, you're not into
horror, right?
JAVIER
Kind of. I mean i don't watch much
movies. Thanks for the invitation
though.
CUSTOMER
You're welcome.
The CUSTOMER takes his seat belt off. JAVIER opens a visor and
what he grabs, what he holds on his hand on this instant is
the tiniest but deadliest thing of them all: A SWITCHBLADE. He
holds it on his hand, looking at it with fear, hiding it from
the Customer.
CUSTOMER
I guess i'll see you around.
JAVIER didn't heard that. He looks at the switchblade with an

expression that talks on its own: "I don't want to to this,
but if i do it, you have to understand why i have to do what i
have to do."
CUSTOMER
Hey.
JAVIER realizes. He looks at the CUSTOMER.
JAVIER
I'm sorry, i didn't heard. What was
that?
CUSTOMER
I just said that i'll see you around.
I hope we meet again i suppose.
JAVIER
Yeah yeah, that'll be great.
CUSTOMER
Bye.
JAVIER
Bye.
The CUSTOMER exits the cab. JAVIER thinks about this for a
second, then two seconds, then three, then four, then five,
until -- He inhales and -- TAKES HIS SEAT BELT OFF AND OPENS
HIS DOOR, exiting the CAB.
We slowly turn and we see JAVIER ATTACKING THE CUSTOMER WITH

THE SWITCHBLADE. The CUSTOMER yells and gurgles and chokes as
JAVIER stabs him on THE NECK. Then, THE TWO FALL TO THE
GROUND.
CUT TO:
INT. ALLEY. LATER.
A DEAD HAND is being taken by JAVIER. It is THE CUSTOMER'S

DEAD HAND.
JAVIER, with the switchblade on his other hand, makes a cut on

the hand. Fresh red blood starts to splatter out. The blood
starts to fall to the ground as we see how IT LANDS ON A
PLASTIC BOTTLE. The PLASTIC BOTTLE JAVIER is holding is being
covered by the blood. For later. As the BOTTLE begins to get
filled, he starts to fill some bottles with the blood of the
CUSTOMER.
cut to:
INT. JAVIER'S CAB. LATER.
JAVIER drives on the neighborhood. He arrives and parks at his

own house. He walks to the house next to his house. THE HOUSE
ON RED.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE. SAME.
Three knocks on the door are emitted. A GIRL opens the door.
VANIA.
Vania opens the door and sees JAVIER holding a bag.
VANIA
Did you get it?
JAVIER
Yeah.
VANIA
All of it?
JAVIER
All of it, like I've promised.
JAVIER gets inside. He closes the door.
The windows are covered with cardboards.
JAVIER puts the bag on the table. He opens it. He extracts one
bottle with blood on it. He gives it to Vania.
JAVIER
Vania.
Vania takes it. She opens it. And starts to drink the blood
from the bottle. JAVIER takes another bottle with blood.
JAVIER
Mateo.
MATEO takes it. He opens it. And starts to drink the blood
JAVIER
Vinko.
Vinko takes it. He opens it. And starts to drink the blood
JAVIER
Luna.
LUNA takes the bottle and starts to drink the blood of it.
Javier takes another bottle with blood.
JAVIER
Marco.
Marco takes the bottle and starts to drink the blood of it.
Javier takes a small bottle. It's one of those bottles where a
baby drinks the milk.
JAVIER
And the last one is for the baby.
They all finish their bloods. Their eyes are on a wild feral
red. They finish. They all leave the bottles on the table.
VANIA
What do we say, brothers and sister?
LUNA/VINKO/MATEO/MARCO
Thank you / Thank you / Thank you.
VANIA
Yeah, thank you, JAVIER. Very much.
Javier smiles.
CUT TO:
EXT. THE RED HOUSE. SECONDS LATER.
JAVIER exits the house and walks to the house that's next to
it. His house.
CUT TO:
INT. JAVIER'S HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. SAME.
JAVIER enters on the main room. He leaves the keys on a

furniture.
JAVIER
Grandma?
He walks to the hallway.
JAVIER
Grandma, you awake?
As he's right outside Grandma's room, he sees how she's

sleeping peacefully. The TV is on. The TV is shining on
Grandma's face. JAVIER looks at her. He enters the room. He
grabs the controller off her sleepy hands. And as he's about
to turn it off --
ON TV
--Tonight, two teenagers made a
gruesome discovery. They discovered a
dead man on an alley--
-- JAVIER looks at the TV. It's the same man he killed. Now
being covered in a black large body bag and being transferred
to an ambulance. JAVIER looks at the reporting, he observes
it, he admires it.
He points at front, to the TV, with the controller, and he

just turns it off.
The next thing JAVIER does is leaving the controller on the

furniture next to the bed. JAVIER then covers Grandma with the
sheets. He kisses her on the forehead.
JAVIER
Goodnight.
He walks off.
INT. JAVIER'S HOUSE - BATHROOM. SECONDS LATER.
JAVIER takes some sleeping pills. He puts them on the palm of

his hand. He puts them on his mouth. Then, he takes a glass of
water and drinks it. He swallows the sleeping pills.
LATER:
JAVIER is brushing his teeth. He starts to finish.
CUT TO:
INT. JAVIER'S HOUSE - JAVIER'S ROOM. MINUTES LATER.
JAVIER begins to be cuddling in the bed. He sleeps.
CUT TO:

Mateo walks to the door.
VANIA
Where do you think you're going?
MATEO
I'm just going out to get some fresh
air.
VANIA
Don't go out too far, did you hear
me?
MATEO
Jesus, now you're starting to sound
just like Mom.
She is stunned. He exits the house.
INT. TOWN. MINUTES LATER.
Mateo walks on the town. He passes by the TOWN'S AMUSEMENT

PARK, where a shitload of people are inside, some are on the
games, some are just entering the place, some are just exiting
the place, some are just inside, walking around, having fun.
Mateo passes by the park, and notices this little club called:
THE TAVERNER'S PARADISE CLUB, only for men.
He looks at it and begins to admire the outside of it. He

decides to enter.
CUT TO:
INT. TAVERNER'S PARADISE CLUB. same.
We follow Mateo as he walks around the club. There's a lot of

men partying. We can tell this is a gay club. The town's
official gay club.
Mateo walks by various men. Some men, who are like 20-
something, begin to look at Mateo, admiring his beauty. Mateo
ignores them and walks to the bar.
ON LOUD SPEAKERS: Cuba by The Gibson Brothers
Mateo sits on the bar.

PARADISE CLUB BARTENDER
What you gonna have honey?
MATEO
I don't know.

Beer, milk, water, beer and milk and
water, some drink, maybe?
MATEO
I'm not so thirsty right now--
CRAWFORD
I'll take it from here.
He turns to see A BROWN-SKINNED, BLUE EYED, PRETTY BOY, 25

YEARS OLD. HE IS CRAWFORD.
CRAWFORD
What are you gonna have, sweetheart?
MATEO
Uh, no, thank you, I'm not gonna have
anything.
CRAWFORD
You don't drink beer?
MATEO
No, i'm not into beer.
CRAWFORD
You sure? Because, the night is
young--
MATEO
I promised my parents i wouldn't
drink tonight!
CRAWFORD
'alright then.
(presents dollar on the bar)
Make it two glasses of water, please.

Two glasses of water coming right up,
sweetheart!
The bartender goes to search for the water. Mateo turns at
Crawford, stunned.
MATEO
I told you i don't want anything.
CRAWFORD
Look, I'm just trying to be nice to
somebody, alright?
MATEO
And why do you try to be nice to me?
There's like a million men in here
that you can talk with.
CRAWFORD
I know. But I'm not looking for just
any man in here.
Mateo looks front. He begins to chuckle on a nervous but cute

way.
CRAWFORD
Why don't you show a little bit of
appreciation around me? Two glasses
of water won't hurt you or anybody in
this place, right?
MATEO
I guess so.....Thank you.
CRAWFORD
You're welcome. It's pretty strange
to find guys your type in here.
MATEO
Oh yeah? And what's my type?
CRAWFORD
I don't know. Underage, maybe. You
know, with mysterious look, like if
they are drawing you to desire them.
MATEO
I have a mysterious look?
CRAWFORD
You do. Trust me. Haven't you look at
yourself in the mirror?
MATEO
I never look at myself in the mirror.
Like, ever.
CRAWFORD
I'm Crawford by the way.
MATEO
Mateo.
CRAWFORD
Mateo is a pretty name.
MATEO
Thanks, yours is pretty too.
CRAWFORD
Thank you.
Then, after a moment of silence, the glasses with water

arrive. They begin to drink them. Then, Crawford has an idea:
CRAWFORD
Hey. Can i ask you something?
MATEO
Sure. What is it?
CRAWFORD
Why don't we exit this boring bar and
go somewhere?
MATEO
Go where?
CUT TO:
EXT. CRAWFORD'S APARTMENT. LATER.
Crawford and Mateo walk to Crawford's apartment. They enter

it.
CUT TO:
INT. CRAWFORD'S APARTMENT - MAIN ROOM. MINUTES LATER.
Crawford allows Mateo to enter. Mateo looks around. Crawford

closes the door behind Mateo.
MATEO
Smooth apartment.
CRAWFORD
Thanks. It's a bit messy.
Mateo turns to him. Crawford looks at him. Crawford approaches

slowly to him. Mateo wonders.
MATEO
What are you doing?
CRAWFORD
Nothing...
MATEO
You are slowly approaching to me...
CRAWFORD
(shushes him; whispering)
Shut up.
Then, Crawford kisses Mateo on the mouth. Mateo gasps. He has

his eyes open. He is shocked. Mateo separates from the kiss.
MATEO
Sorry, i really shouldn't...
CRAWFORD
What?
MATEO
I shouldn't do this. I should be at
home with my parents...
CRAWFORD
(blocking his way out)
No. Don't go. Please.
Crawford kisses him again. Now, the kiss is more stronger this
time. Mateo then decides to give up to the kiss. He decides to
give in.
Cut to:
INT. CRAWFORD'S APARTMENT - BEDROOM. SECONDS LATER.
The two boys are naked. They're both kissing and making out.
Crawford goes atop of Mateo. He begins to fuck Mateo. The two
boys fuck with such an erotic and romantic desire. Both boys
moan.
On a small moment, Crawford manages to see...
...Mateo's FANGS on his teeth. Crawford gasps. But he keeps

fucking Mateo no matter what. He is scared but he gives in to
the pleasure.
A moment of Crawford as he keeps fucking Mateo, and as

Crawford is about to climax, we:
CUT TO:
INT. NEIGHBORHOOD. LATER
Mateo, with his hair all messy, walks on the neighborhood. He

enters his house.
CUT TO:
INT. JAVIER'S HOUSE. THE DAY LATER.
JAVIER is making his homework.
Then, On THE BEDROOM, GRANDMA begins to cough. She coughs

harder and harder the next time.
Javier, alarmed, rushes to her.
Javier appears and helps Grandma. He takes a glass with water

and gives it to her. She then stops coughing.
GRANDMA
Thank you child. Oh, you take good
care of me.
CUT TO:
INT. WOODS. MIDNIGHT.
First, we see the FULL MOON. Shining brightly and on a

beautiful way on the sky. The Full Moon is big indeed. We
slowly go down to see --
THREE TEENAGE GUYS, laughing and talking as they walk deeper

on the forest.
1
GUY
So, I'll see you guys tomorrow?
GUY 2
Yeah.
GUY 3
Same time, same hour.
GUY 1
I think i should really go now. I
mean, If i arrive late, my mom is
gonna haze the shit out of me. Well,
you know her. Same time, same hour?
GUY 2
You bet.
They all high-five with GUY #1. GUY #1 walks to a

neighborhood, waving goodbye to his friends.
LATER:
We follow THE GUY as he walks on the forest, the quiet, dark

forest. He illuminates the way with his lantern. Walking like
a victim about to be hunted.
Then, a DOG BARKS from INSIDE OF A HOUSE. The Guy turns as he

keeps on walking, he doesn't see where the barking comes from,
but it's loud. He turns back forward and keeps walking.
Then, he hears strong footsteps coming from behind him. Like

about to run at him.
He quickly turns and sees nothing, nobody around. He walks

back forward again.
Then, he hears the leaves from the trees strongly blowing. He
looks up and sees the trees strongly blowing. He doesn't pay
much attention to this and just walks front, illuminating his
way.
THE GUY hears footsteps behind him. As he turns --
-- he sees nothing.
Nothing...No answer. Just silence. THE GUY scoffs and just

keeps on walking front, trying to ignore those footsteps from
behind him.
He turns again and sees nothing.
Silence.
GUY 1
Who is it? This isn't funny, ok? You
keep doing this i'm calling the cops,
alright? Would you stop following me,
please? What do you want?!
THE GUY, stressed, angry, turns back front and keeps on

walking.
The footsteps become more louder and more closer. He hears how
someone is following him. He doesn't dare on turning.
GUY 1
Fuck this, fuck this, fuck this....
The footsteps keep increasing. The guy walks more faster.

Then, he had enough.
GUY 1
Alright, fuck this! You better stop
following me or i swear--!
He turns and sees nobody.
THE GUY looks around. He sighs.
GUY 1
(sighs)
Crazy shit-hole town.
He turns and keeps walking. On front of him --

-- WHAM! JAVIER ATTACKS HIM FROM FRONT. MARCO ATTACKS GUY 1 as
he's thrown in the ground. Javier begins to stab him as GUY 1
screams like hell. GUY 1 is screaming and struggling against
Javier.
GUY 1
Jesus Christ! Christ almighty!
Somebody please help me! Help!
Fucking Christ! HELP! PLEASE!
Suddenly, after moments of the grisly attack of Javier to the

guy, the guy dies. Javier then cuts the man's throat with his
knife.
We see Javier, WHO'S WEARING THE SUPERMARKET-BOUGHT VAMPIRE

MASK THAT MATEO ONCE BOUGHT to cover his face.
Javier pants. The mask is splattered with the guy's blood. He

begins to do the action: get the blood for the family. He
starts to fill the bottles with the blood.
INT. MOON PALACE. MORNING.
ANDRES is having a drink with his 3 cop pals.
COP
What do you think that killed that
man on the woods? You saw the marks
on him? There were stab marks, so i
think there's someone really fucking
crazy in this town.
ANDRES
Really? What could have been it?
COP
I was thinking more of a serial
killer attack --
The two cops complain.
#2
COP
Why would you say it was a serial
killer attack if there isn't a serial
killer in here?
COP
I don't know. It could have been -- I
don't fucking know. Andy, help me on
this.
ANDRES
It's the third kill this week, and we
ain't even finishing it. The first
two kills were made on Monday and
Tuesday. Today is Wednesday.
Then, BASTIAN enters the bar. The cops see him enter. BASTIAN
walks to the bar counter.
THE BARTENDER serves him.
THE BARTENDER
Usual?
BASTIAN
Usual.
THE BARTENDER goes to serve him a beer. BASTIAN slowly turns

and sees ANDRES and the cops looking at him. MATEO s about to
DRINK A BEER in FRONT OF THE LAW, but he doesn't care. He
turns back to THE BARTENDER, who gives him the served beer.
BASTIAN
Maestro!
BASTIAN chuckles. He goes to sit in one spot as he drinks his

beer. ANDRES watches him. The cops keep talking.
COP
Maybe that guy's death could be a
wild animal.
COP #2
Jesus Christ man, stop talking about
-- You have a weird fucking obsession
with wild animals.
COP
I'm just saying. Andy, what you
reckon of all this?
ANDRES
You guys notice that guy?
COP
Crop-haired guy, pretty old enough to
be here, looks like he just killed
somebody then walked down here to
pretend nothing happened? Yeah.
ANDRES
Have you all notice that he's been
coming here every day? He just -- He
looks so young to wander around here.
COP
We're not here to make an arrest.
We're here to relax after a long
night of investigation, now can you
please stop focusing on that kid and
just enjoy you're here with your
friends?
ANDRES stands up.
COP
Where you heading?
ANDRES
I'm gonna have a talk with him.
He walks to MATEO.
COP
Make sure you don't invite him to
come here. If you do, he's paying the
next round.
ANDRES walks to BASTIAN, who looks at him, stops drinking his

beer.
BASTIAN
Can i help you with something?
ANDRES
(points at spot next to him)
Is this seat taken?
BASTIAN
You see it taken?
ANDRES
Can i sit there?
BASTIAN
What, are you gonna put me down for
illegally entering on a bar?
ANDRES sits on the empty spot.
ANDRES
What's your name?
BASTIAN
Does it matter right now?
ANDRES
"Does It Matter Right Now". What a
hell of a name.
BASTIAN
(makes sarcastic chuckles)
Look at this ladies and gentlemen. We
have a real comedian here.
ANDRES
How old are you?
BASTIAN
Already told you.
ANDRES
What?
BASTIAN
Does it matter right now?
ANDRES
Listen, if you're somewhere around 30
or 40, i'm just saying, you don't--
BASTIAN
What, i'm not allowed to enter this
bar, even on broad daylight? I'm a
free guy. I am a free citizen. I have
rights, i can do whatever i want. And
plus, "you can't enter this bar".
Says who? Guy dressed as a cop? Look,
Guy walks into a bar is one thing.
Guy walks into a bar and then gets
asked things he doesn't want to
answer is another thing.
ANDRES
Is there a third thing?
Bastian, sick of the conversation, stands up and walks off.
BASTIAN
Thanks for ruining my perfect
morning.
INT. SCHOOL GYM. LATER.
Some students, formed into two teams, are having a volley

play.
MAGDALENA watches the game, focused, a bit miserably.
PEER
Pass it off! Pass it off! I'm free!
Then, she hears yelling. She turns as she sees --
TWO BULLIES, JAVIER & FRANCO, both 16, are now cornering and
playing with a PEER GIRL. The girl is scared of them.
FRANCO
Come on, just one kiss.
MAGDALENA looks at the scene with so much disgust inside of

her. She wants to stand up and do something about it.
PEER GIRL
Ow, stop! Mr. Felipe!
Felipe, who noticed the scream, looks at the scene.
FELIPE
Ok, Javier, Franco, 12 turns at the
school, now!
JAVIER
We didn't do anything!
FELIPE
Now, or i'll make it 24!
FRANCO, out of a huge anger inside of him, hits the ground

with his foot. The Peer Girl HITS HIM ON THE ARM UNEXPECTEDLY.
Then, MAGDALENA GIGGLES. IT LOOKS LIKE SHE NEVER ACTUALLY DID

IT, LIKE THE FIRST TIME SHE EVER DID IT. SHE CAN'T STOP. It’s
so sweet watching her giggling.
FRANCO and JAVIER walk off. FRANCO looks at MAGDALENA smiling

and laughing quietly. FRANCO then MOCKS her LAUGHING.
FRANCO
What the fuck are you looking at?
Magdalena's smile fades away. She begins to have that same

expression she had before the event occurred.
INT. TAVERNER'S HILL TOWN. LATER.
It's a quiet town. But that doesn't mean that there aren't any
cars or people around. There are people minding their own
business, there are others who are talking to others. There
are vehicles driving and passing by. A perfectly normal quiet
small town.
MAGDALENA walks by. She passes by the stores on the street.
ELIZABETH
There she fucking is!
MAGDALENA briskly turns and sees ELIZABETH and her goons

running to her. MAGDALENA turns and begins to run.
ELIZABETH
Get her!
She keeps running through the town. A moment of her being

chased by Elizabeth and her goons.
She then runs to
INT. ALLEY. SAME.

where she runs deeper into it. Then, she realizes there's no
way out for her. She desperately tries to find a way out. As
she turns --
-- PUNCH! Franco punches her. MAGDALENA falls to the ground.
ELIZABETH
Get her. Get her.
Elizabeth and her goons begin to punch, beat and kick the shit
out of MAGDALENA. This should be shown in an excruciating,
painful, hard-to-watch, brutal, vicious, upsetting and
shocking way to see. MAGDALENA is weak, she can't defend
herself.
ELIZABETH
Guys, come on! Let's go! Let's go!
Let's leave this fucking freak in
here!
FRANCO
Alright!
She and her goons exit the alley. They run off. We focus on
MAGDALENA who tries to stand up due to the pain she just
received.
cut to:
MAGDALENA walks to her house. She is recovering from all the

pain she received. Javier walks to his house.
cut to:
INT. JAVIER'S HOUSE - DINING ROOM. LATER.
Javier is eating noddles with his Grandma, who's also eating

noodles. He is finishing eating his lunch.
JAVIER
How's the food? I know, i know, i
know. It took me hours. I don't boil
that well--
GRANDMA
It's fine. Thank you.
JAVIER
I also don't consider myself that
much great of a cook. But -- at least
i try---
GRANDMA
Javier? Can we talk for a little
while?
JAVIER
Sure. What is it?
GRANDMA
Where do you go all nights?
Beat.
JAVIER
(laughs nervously)
What are you talking about?
GRANDMA
Sometimes i rise up from the bed to
see you -- and you're not there.
What's going on? You're hiding
something from me, aren't you?
He is frozen.
GRANDMA
'cause if you are, i need you to tell
me what it is so i could know,
alright? Help your poor sick old
Grandma here for a little while,
alright?
He is still frozen.
JAVIER
Even if i tell you what i do, you
wouldn't believe me.
GRANDMA
Try me. I'm ready for it. Go on.
Beat. Javier inhales and exhales.
Instead, he just finishes eating his lunch. He rises from the

table with his plate and walks off to the kitchen.
Grandma is left there, quiet and stunned.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - KITCHEN. NIGHT.
Javier is sharpening a knife. Vania slowly approaches to him.
VANIA
You know you don't have to do this.
JAVIER
Is there another choice?
VANIA
You're not like this. You shouldn't
do this.
JAVIER
Vania, there's no other choice. If i
don't do this, I'll risk the entire
family.
Vania understands.
VANIA
Okay.
She walks off.
JAVIER
I'm sorry.
She stops and turns to him.
JAVIER
And you know, you're right. I'm not
like this. But this is how things are
now. There's no going back.
The two are on silence.
CUT TO:
INT. TOWN. SAME.
Mateo is walking on the town. He walks to the TAVERNER'S

PARADISE CLUB. He enters.
INT. TAVERNER'S PARADISE CLUB. SAME.
As he enters, he sees this big crowd of men inside the club.

Mateo looks around, trying to look for Crawford.
Suddenly, he finds him. Crawford's at the bar.
Mateo smiles at the sight of this. He walks to the bar, and

just as he looks back at Crawford --
-- he sees him, with another man. An older man, to be sure. A

38 year old man, named DON.
Mateo stops. He is frozen. He is stunned, shocked,

heartbroken. Crawford just took his heart and ripped it to
pieces.
He then sees Don laughing, flirting and even EXCHANGING SMALL

KISSES with Crawford.
Mateo is saddened. He quickly heads to the exit to the club.
GAY MAN
(to Mateo)
Hey, baby.
Do you want to party?
MATEO
Fuck off!!!
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - VINKO AND MATEO'S ROOM. DAY.
Mateo is silently crying as he's lying in the below bed of the

bunk-bed.
CUT TO:
INT. MAGDALENA'S HOUSE - DINING ROOM. LATER THAT DAY. 6:30 PM.
MAGDALENA and BASTIAN are eating dinner.
Bastian then notices that MAGDALENA is not even eating. She's

just slowly and carefully playing with her food. Bastian's
smile fades off. When Bastian's smile fades off, it's time to
get worried.
BASTIAN
((to MAGDALENA))
Why aren't you eating your food?
MAGDALENA
I don't know.
BASTIAN
Sure you do. "I don't know". That
doesn't work as an answer. Tell me.
Why aren't you eating your food?
MAGDALENA
I'm just not hungry.
BASTIAN
You're not hungry?
(scoffs)
You're not hungry to eat the most
delicious food made by your father??
MAGDALENA
You're not my father.
BASTIAN freezes.
BASTIAN
Eat your food.
MAGDALENA
I'm not hungry.
BASTIAN
Eat your food.
MAGDALENA
I don't want to.
BASTIAN
(roaring)
EAT! YOUR! FUCKING! FOOD! RIGHT!
FUCKING! NOW!
MAGDALENA doesn't even answer. He's frozen. Bastian throws her

his glass. It crashes on Magdalena's plate.
BASTIAN
JUST FUCKING EAT ALREADY! EAT YOUR
FOOD, NOW!
MAGDALENA
Dad please, calm down. The neighbors-
-
BASTIAN
I don't give a fuck about the
neighbors!
You're gonna eat your food right now-
--
MAGDALENA
I don't fucking want to eat your
fucking food, you fucking disgusting
asshole! Alright?! You're not even my
Dad and i don't want you to be!
Beat. Bastian is stunned and frozen.
BASTIAN
What was that? Did you just said a
bad word?
MAGDALENA
Look, i'm sorry, alright? It's just i
don't want to eat, that's all---
BASTIAN
Did you just said a bad word?
MAGDALENA
I'm sorry, alright? I really am.
BASTIAN can't handle this anymore. He rises from his table. He

looks furious. He walks to MAGDALENA, who looks scared.
BASTIAN
Get up, come on.
MAGDALENA
No.
BASTIAN
Get up, right now. Obey your father.
Get up right now.
MAGDALENA
Fuck you--
BASTIAN
(grabs him and strongly
pulls her off the table)
GET THE FUCK UP NOW!
Right as MAGDALENA is standing, BASTIAN pulls MAGDALENA's

hair.
MAGDALENA
Ow! Ow! Ah!
BASTIAN
Shut the fuck up you fucking bitch!
BASTIAN pulls MAGDALENA as they walk to Bastian's room.
CUT TO:
INT. MAGDALENA'S HOUSE - BEDROOM - SECONDS LATER.
MAGDALENA is on the bed of the bedroom. Her hands are on the

bed. BASTIAN begins to hit him harder on her rear with a belt.
We don't explicitly see how it hits MAGDALENA on her rear. We
only see MAGDALENA yelling, exclaiming, and crying in pain.
BASTIAN hits her several times.
BASTIAN
You fucking Mommy's Little Girl!
You're nothing! You're a fucking
shame! You fucking faggot! Look what
you made me do!
CUT TO:

LUNA exits the house. She hears the screams of MAGDALENA on
the house on front of her house. She hears it. Then, she just
looks front and walks off. She walks to
INT. PARK. SAME.
where she sits on a swinger and just swings.
A moment of her swinging on the swinger.
She then hears some footsteps. She stops swinging on the

swinger and turns back, only to see Mateo walking to the town.
She then sees Marco arriving to the house.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - MAIN ROOM - SAME.
Javier arrives to the house. He leaves the bottles with blood

on the table of the dining room. Vania approaches to him.
VANIA
How did it go?
JAVIER
It went good. It was easy this time.
Vania takes her own bottle and begins to be drinking the

blood. Javier then exits the house. But as he's about to do
it--
VANIA
You know you don't have to go, right?
He stops and turns.
JAVIER
Why do you say that?
VANIA
You know, you could stay here for the
night. Only if you want to.
Javier thinks about this. He thinks: Well, if i go, i might

get her upset. If i stay, i might be the dinner for a family
that feeds on humans to survive. I'm gonna have to pick---
JAVIER
You want me to stay here?
VANIA
Only if you want to.
Javier thinks about this again.
JAVIER
Alright. I'll stay.
There's a smile on Vania's face.
VANIA
Really?
JAVIER
Really.
VANIA
Good.
VANIA (O.S)
Since when did you moved in here?
CUT TO:
INT. VANIA'S ROOM - LATER.
VANIA and JAVIER are lying on her bed. Both are looking at
each other.
JAVIER
Two years ago. In the time when my
Grandma could walk on his own.
VANIA
You have a Grandma? I didn't knew you
had a Grandma.
JAVIER
And you? Do you have a Grandfather?
Grandmother? Uncle? Relative?
Vania stops. She doesn't have anything like what Javier is

mentioning.
JAVIER
Oh, right. Sorry. I forgot.
VANIA
My Mom never told me i had a
grandfather. She never told me i had
a grandmother either. Basically, she
and my Dad and my brothers and my
sister are my only family. I've got
nothing else.
JAVIER
Oh.
VANIA
(smiles)
You can be my family too.
JAVIER
I don't belong to this family. I'm
just providing so you can survive. If
i was a part of this family you would
already treat me like a brother.
VANIA
No.
JAVIER
Oh, no? And why not?
VANIA
Because....
JAVIER
Because....what?
She then, like a lightning, like a shooting start, like a

speeding car, she KISSES Javier ON THE LIPS. He gasps. His
eyes are open as Vania still kisses him. She takes Javier's
hand and puts it on her breast. We can clearly tell she's so
fucking aroused. She begins to undress him. Vania begins to be
undressed too. Javier tries to stop her.
JAVIER
Wait, stop, stop --
But she can't stop. She kisses him everywhere. He aparts her
from him.
VANIA
What? You didn't like it?
She pants, at the same time, she begins to look upset. Javier
realizes.
JAVIER
I'm sorry, i really shouldn't--
VANIA
You really shouldn't what?
He quickly rises from the bed.
JAVIER
I'm sorry. I need to take care of my
Grandma.
VANIA
What? No, come on. Stay here. I
promise i won't do anything--
JAVIER
I'm sorry. I'm so sorry. I shouldn't
do this. I'm --
He walks out of the room. She realizes she fucked up. She
begins to cry.
Then, STRONG BANGING! STRONG SOUNDS HIT ON THE WALLS OF THE

HOUSE! Vania realizes.
CUT TO:
EXT. HOUSE. SAME.
VANIA exits the house. She sees TWO KIDS, around 8 or 7,

TOSSING ROCKS AT THE HOUSE. Their yelling can't be anything
worse:
KID#1
Freak house! Creep house!
KID #2
Freak house! Creep house! Get out of
our town!
They keep throwing and tossing the rocks at the house. One of
the rocks hits Vania. She exclaims.
Vania, tired of the situation, walks faster and runs to the

two kids, who are now escaping her. One of them throws a rock
at her, but she catches it. She throws it to one of the kids.
KID#2
Come on! Let's get out of here!
Vania runs to them. She grabs KID #1 by the hair. KID #1

screams. KID #2 hits, kicks, and punches Vania, in order to
make her release his brother. She throws KID #1 to the ground.
VANIA
Stay the fuck away from my house, did
you hear me!
KID#1
FREAK HOUSE, CREEP HOUSE!
The two brothers run away. Vania walks back to the house,
sighing in relief.
CUT TO:
INT. JAVIER'S (STOLEN) CAB. NIGHT.
Javier is driving outside of the town.
Then, he sees a MAN, walking on the road. He stops the car and
rolls down the window of the front seat.
JAVIER
Excuse me. Excuse me, sir.
THE MAN realizes someone is talking to him.
MAN
Yeah?
JAVIER
You seem lost.
MAN
I'm sorry?
JAVIER
I said you seem lost.
MAN
Yeah, i am. I just -- Look, i was
waiting at the bus station but no bus
arrived, now i have to walk my ass to
the town.
JAVIER
You want a ride?
MAN
Really? Would you do that for me?
JAVIER
Of course. Get in.
The MAN gets inside the car. He puts his stuff on the
backseat.
CUT TO:
LUNA walks outside.
LUNA
I'm going out.
VANIA
Don't take long.
EXT. HOUSE. NIGHT
LUNA, wearing a red boy-sized sweater and blue jeans, exits

her house and walks outside.
As she walks, then, she hears a loud discussion inside the

HOUSE ON FRONT. She turns. One of those voices sounds familiar
to her.
Then, MAGDALENA EXITS HER HOUSE, YELLING AND ARGUING TO HER
DAD.
As she closes the door, she turns front, and she sees LUNA.
MAGDALENA freezes. LUNA looks away.
LUNA
What happened?
MAGDALENA
Usual. I had an argument with my old
man.
LUNA
Why?
MAGDALENA
No reason. He always likes to argue
with me. What about you? What
happened?
LUNA
I couldn't sleep. I decided to come
here to take some air, see if i can
get sleepy and then go back to bed.
MAGDALENA
Huh, ok. That sounds usual.
LUNA walks to the park.
INT. PARK. SAME.
LUNA sits on one swinger. MAGDALENA approaches, trying to rest

from that argument from earlier, so she, without asking, sits
on the swinger next to her. LUNA looks at her, a bit nervous.
MAGDALENA takes a pack of cigars off her pocket. She grabs one
of the cigars and begins to smoke it.
LUNA
You smoke?
MAGDALENA
On free times, want one?
LUNA
I'm good.
MAGDALENA
I've never seen your face around
here. You're new in here, right? You
just moved in here, right?
LUNA
Why do you want to know?
MAGDALENA
Because the last time i checked on
the house in front of me, it was
empty. I checked it again and now
it's not. Well, Looks like we're
neighbors. I like your sweater.
LUNA reacts to that comment with a blush and with a smile.
LUNA
Thanks. Nobody has ever liked my
clothes before.
Then, we hear a GROWLING SOUND, coming from the INSIDE OF ONE

OF THEM.
MAGDALENA
Heard that?
LUNA
Heard what?
Then, BASTIAN walks to MAGDALENA. She turns, scared.
BASTIAN
What did we talked?! Huh?! What did
we accorded? What did we said about
TALKING WITH STRANGERS? Huh?!
He spots LUNA.
BASTIAN
And who is you?
LUNA
Somebody. Sitting on a swinger.
BASTIAN
(turns to MAGDALENA)
Get inside. Do not come outside. What
did we talked about smoking?? Get
back inside now.
MAGDALENA
She didn't do anything!
BASTIAN
NOW!
MAGDALENA walks to the house. Bastian turns to LUNA.
BASTIAN
Who are you?
LUNA
Who is me? Who is you? Wait, let me
guess, you're the dad.
BASTIAN
That's right. I don't want you to
come close to her again, alright? Do
not come close to her, did you
understood? Cause if you DO,
something BAD and terrible will
happen to you, understood?
Silence. LUNA stands, she walks off.
BASTIAN
I'll take that as a "yes".
She walks off. Bastian turns and walks to the house.
CUT TO:
INT. MAGDALENA'S HOUSE. MINUTES LATER
BASTIAN is arguing in front of his daughter.
BASTIAN
You're smoking in my back and you
talk to strangers?!
MAGDALENA
I swear it was an accident. It won't
happen again.
BASTIAN
You said that last time and look
where we are now!
Beat.
BASTIAN
Give it to me. Now.
MAGDALENA hands him the box of cigars. He takes it away from

her hands.
BASTIAN
I don't want you buying these again!
Next time you want to go to the store
to buy something, you'll go with me,
understood?
MAGDALENA
Yes.
BASTIAN
Who was she?! Huh?!
MAGDALENA
Nobody. She just -- (sighs) I walked
out of the house. As i walked out, i
saw her, we went to the park, we
begin to talk and that's it.
BASTIAN
You know what could have happened if
that person was actually someone
else? What if i never saw you again?
She is frozen, she looks down.
BASTIAN
Well, so?! Aren't you going to say
anything?! Huh?!? No "I'm sorry", no
"I won't do it again"?!? Talk to me!!
Say something!
MAGDALENA
I'm sorry. I won't do it again. I
promise.
Bastian strongly sighs. He walks off. MAGDALENA is standing

there, frozen, scared, looks down.
BASTIAN
Go to sleep. The next time i find you
either smoking or going outside again
at night, you're grounded, alright?
Bastian's door SHUTS HARD. BANG! MAGDALENA is still there.
CUT TO:
INT. JAVIER'S (STOLEN) CAB. SAME.
Javier is on the car, still driving. His face changes to a

worried one. He's rushing to do something. But at the same
time, he doesn't want to do it.
MAN
Don't mind if i do.
He increases the volume of the radio.
JAVIER
Suit yourself.
You're the guest here.
ON RADIO - Blue Oyster Cult: Burnin' For You
Javier keeps driving. Eyes focused on the road. He's nervous,

anxious, he taps his fingers on the maneuver. He's like
waiting so impatiently for something.
MAN
Isn't this a taxi?
JAVIER
Ah, yeah. It is. Why are you asking?
MAN
I don't know. I was just wondering.
JAVIER
You were just wondering what?
MAN
You don't look old enough to be a
taxi driver. You look young. How old
are you?
JAVIER
18. I got my license last month--
Suddenly, WHAM! STAB! Javier stabs the MAN several times with
his switchblade on the neck. He stabs him several strong
times.
BLUE OYSTER CLUB (ON RADIO)

I can't see no reason to put up a
fight
I'm living for giving the devil his
due
And I'm burning, I'm burning, I'm
burning for you
I'm burning, I'm burning, I'm burning
for you
Javier then stops. He then begins to drive faster. He drives

faster through the night.
CUT TO:
Javier exits the red house. He walks to his own house.
CUT TO:
Javier enters in the bedroom, where he sees his grandmother,

al thrown in the ground. Eyes closed, weak.
JAVIER
Oh. Oh shit. Oh fuck. Grandma?
Grandma? GRANDMA?!
He runs to her, shakes her. Javier is scared, alarmed, anxious

and shocked.
JAVIER
Oh fuck. Oh fuck. Oh Jesus Christ.
Grandma, please wake up! Grandma--!!
CUT TO:
EXT. JAVIER'S HOUSE. LATER.
AN AMBULANCE is transporting GRANDMA to the hospital. Javier

is with her.
INT. AMBULANCE. SAME.
Javier is with GRANDMA, who's lying on a bed.
JAVIER
It's gonna be alright Grandma. You
just hang in there, alright? We're
close now, alright? We're so close.
A moment of Javier, as he holds tight on his Grandmother's

hand.
CUT TO:
INT. HOSPITAL TREATING ROOM. LATER.
Javier is sitting on a chair as he watches his Grandma, who's

lying on a bed, all unconscious.
Then, TAP! TAP! TAP! on the window. Javier gasps. He then

wonders. He heads to the window and sees --
-- VANIA, who just flew a shitload of time in order to get to

the hospital. Javier opens the window for her.
JAVIER
Hey.
VANIA
I just came here to visit you? How's
your Grandma? Is she okay?
JAVIER
She's....stable.
VANIA
Good. Can I come in?
JAVIER
Sure, come inside.
She comes inside. He closes the window. She looks at Javier's

grandmother. Javier sits on the seat, so does Vania. Javier
looks at his grandmother, worried. Vania notices the concern
on Javier's face. She holds tight on his hand.
VANIA
It's gonna be alright. He's gonna be
okay.
JAVIER
What if that doesn't happen? What if
he keeps getting worse and worse and
worse and worse?
VANIA
He'll get better. I think he will.
Javier rises from the chair.
JAVIER
I'm gonna buy myself some snack. You
don't want anything, right?
VANIA
I'm good, thank you.
Javier exits the room. Vania looks at Javier's grandmother.

She sighs, worried.
CUT TO:
INT. SCHOOL - HALLWAY. THE DAY LATER. AFTER SCHOOL.
Magdalena walks towards the entrance. Suddenly ISIDORA runs to

her.
ISIDORA
Magdalena?
She turns her head and sees Isidora who runs towards her.
Isidora stops in front of her.
MAGDALENA
Yes? What's wrong?
ISIDORA
Can we talk for a moment?
MAGDALENA
Of course we can, yes. What's wrong?
Something wrong? I am in trouble?
ISIDORA
No no no. Nothing of that. It is just
that....
MAGDALENA
Is it just that...what?
It sounds awkward to Isidora to talk about, but she has to do

it anyway.
ISIDORA
Do you really talk to ghosts?
Beat. Magdalena freezes.
MAGDALENA
Why do you want to know that?
CUT TO:
INT. ISIDORA'S HOUSE - ISIDORA'S ROOM. MOMENTS LATER
Magdalena enters Isidora's room, who enters and closes the

door. Magdalena looks at Isidora's rose-painted room.
MAGDALENA
Nice room.
ISIDORA
Thank you.
MAGDALENA
Alright, what's next?
ISIDORA
What's that?
MAGDALENA
Are you going to tell me why you
brought me here?
ISIDORA
Yes, this...hold on just a second,
alright? Wait here Don't go anywhere,
okay?
MAGDALENA
Alright.
Isidora goes to a piece of furniture and takes a photo of the

piece of furniture. He walks over to Magdalena and hands her
the photo. Magdalena takes the photo. IT'S A PHOTO OF ISIDORA
WITH HER BOYFRIEND, ESTEBAN.
ISIDORA
Do you know who he is?
MAGDALENA
Isn't he Esteban?
ISIDORA
Was. Esteban is...Well, he was my
boyfriend. Do you know what he died
of?
MAGDALENA
No, I don't know what he died of.
ISIDORA
He went on a trip in the woods with
his friends and they got lost.
The tears do not take long to appear in Isidora's eyes.
ISIDORA
And...He...He accidentally tripped
and his head fell into a bear trap.
Isidora can no longer control it. She tends to cry. Magdalena

hugs and comforts her. Isidora can't stop crying.
MAGDALENA
I am so sorry. Sorry for what
happened to him.
ISIDORA
Thanks, Magda.
The hug breaks. Isidora sits on the ground. Magdalena does the
same.
MAGDALENA
And why do you need me now?
ISIDORA
I need you to talk to him. I want to
know how is he now.
Magdalena looks at the photo.
ISIDORA
He is very pretty, don't you think?
MAGDALENA
I need to do this alone.
Isidora wonders.
ISIDORA
How?
MAGDALENA
If you want me to contact your
deceased boyfriend, I need you to
leave the room. Just for a little
while.
ISIDORA
Don't you want me to stay?
MAGDALENA
No, I need to do this alone. I just
want you to understand me.
ISIDORA
Yes Yes Yes. Yes I understand. I
understand you perfectly.
CUT TO:
SECONDS LATER.
Isidora is already outside her own room.
Magdalena is sitting on the floor. With your back resting on

the bed.
Suddenly, she turns her eyes to a figure walking around the

room. The figure is ESTEBAN. Or at least, the spirit of
ESTEBAN. He turns his head towards Magdalena. The two exchange
glances.
ESTEBAN
Difficult day, right?
MAGDALENA
(chuckles)
How will I know? They are all
difficult days.
Esteban continues walking around Isidora's room.
ESTEBAN
I came here every Friday. Even on
holidays. I slept with her one of
those times, you know that?
MAGDALENA
Yes. She told me. She told me
everything.
ESTEBAN
And what did she tell you?
MAGDALENA
He told me how she liked it.
Esteban laughs.
ESTEBAN
Classic of Isidora, right?
Magdalena laughs with him.
CUT TO:
EXT. ISIDORA ROOM / INT. HALLWAY. MINUTES LATER.

Magdalena opens the door. Isidora, worried and anxious, walks
to her.
ISIDORA
What happened? How is he doing?
MAGDALENA
He ... He told me he's okay. He said
he regrets having made that trip to
the forest. He also says that all the
time he regrets leaving you alone.
Isidora cannot believe what she is hearing. The tears do not

take long to appear in his eyes.
ISIDORA
Did he say something else?
MAGDALENA
He also said he misses you. And a
lot. He also told me that he will
take care of you, even if you can't
see him.
Isidora does not know what to say. She starts to cry.
ISIDORA
Thank you.
Isidora, like a lightning bolt, runs to hug Magdalena, who is

surprised. Magdalena comforts Isidora by hugging her too.
Isidora can't stop crying. Magdalena calms her and comforts
her.
MAGDALENA
Hey, it's alright. It's okay. I'm
here now.
ISIDORA
(crying)
Thank you.
After a few seconds, the hug between the two girls breaks.
Isidora takes a couple of bills from her pocket. Magdalena

notices those bills.
MAGDALENA
What are you doing?
Isidora tries to give those bills to Magdalena, who refuses.
MAGDALENA
Isidora, what are you doing?
ISIDORA
Here. Please have this. You will need
it.
MAGDALENA
I will need it? For what?
ISIDORA
Just in case. You deserve this. So
please. Have it. Have the money.
Magdalena notices the despair in Isidora's voice. Magdalena

just leaves the house. Isidora watches as she leaves.
CUT TO:
INT. PARK. NIGHT.
MAGDALENA is smoking a cigarette. She EXPELS the smoke out of

her mouth, she BLOWS IT OUT. She is sitting on a swing. LUNA
approaches to the park.
LUNA
Hey.
MAGDALENA stops smoking, she looks at LUNA.
MAGDALENA
Hey.
LUNA
I see it's you again.
MAGDALENA
Yeah. It's me, again.
Luna notices she's smoking.
LUNA
Are you smoking?
MAGDALENA
Yeah, i'm smoking. Is there a
problem?
LUNA
No, i don't think there is one.
Then:
LUNA
Can i have one??
MAGDALENA
What??
LUNA
Can i have a cigarette??
MAGDALENA
Uh, sure. Yeah.
(hands her a cigar)
Here.
LUNA
(grabs it)
Thanks. Can you light it up for me??
MAGDALENA
You want me to light up your cigar
for you?
LUNA
Please?
LUNA obeys. She lights Luna's cigar with her lighter. LUNA
begins to smoke.
MAGDALENA
I never thought you smoked.
LUNA
That's why i never tell anyone i do.
May i?
MAGDALENA
What?
LUNA
Can i sit next to you?
MAGDALENA
You want to sit next to me??
LUNA
Yeah. Is there a problem??
MAGDALENA
Uh, no, no, not at all. Go ahead.
Suit yourself.
LUNA then sits next to MAGDALENA. The two girls smoke

together. LUNA then presents her hand, just like that, to
MAGDALENA.
LUNA
LUNA.
MAGDALENA
(shakes Luna's hand)
MAGDALENA.
LUNA
MAGDALENA?
MAGDALENA
Yeah, that's my name. MAGDALENA.
The two hands separate.
LUNA
So your old man only stopped by on
MAGDALENA??
MAGDALENA
Quintanilla. MAGDALENA Quintanilla.
LUNA
Huh. That's a cute name.
MAGDALENA blushes. She smiles.
MAGDALENA
Thanks.
LUNA
You know that Magdalena means flower?
MAGDALENA
I didn't knew that. Is that true?
LUNA
It is. My Dad once told that to me.
MAGDALENA
A flower.
LUNA
That means i'm sitting next to a
beautiful flower on a bench.
MAGDALENA
(blushes)
Thanks. Wait, did you just call me
"beautiful"?
LUNA
I don't know. I did?
MAGDALENA
Yeah, you did.
LUNA
Sorry.
MAGDALENA
No, it's fine. It's okay.
You don't need to say sorry.
LUNA
So, is it okay for me to call you
beautiful?
MAGDALENA
I guess.
LUNA
Alright. Let me guess, your Dad
picked up the name "Magdalena"
because he thought of a flower. Of a
beautiful flower. Then he said "Hey,
let's call our kid Magdalena. Later
she'll learn what it means, what it
really means". Was the story like
that or am i wrong?
MAGDALENA
You're -- almost right. Almost. I
mean, i wish that was the story.
LUNA
Is that true? What's the true story
of your name being picked up for you?
MAGDALENA
He just thought of it.
LUNA
Ah. Alright.
MAGDALENA
You know that Luna means moon?
LUNA
I didn't know that.
MAGDALENA
If you translate the name Luna, you
can find the meaning "Moon". If a
girl is named Luna, probably it's
because of 1) Either she's the
daughter of the moon or 2) She was
born in the night. Though "Daughter
of the Moon" doesn't sound like a bad
title.
LUNA
No, i guess it doesn't. It makes the
one named Luna look like a warrior.
MAGDALENA
A warrior who is the daughter of the
moon who was born on the night.
LUNA
That's right.
MAGDALENA
Huh. You just moved in here, right??
LUNA
Huh? Why are you asking me that?
MAGDALENA
Believe it or not, I've been going to
this park all nights of the week.
LUNA
Really?
MAGDALENA
Yeah.
LUNA
Why?
MAGDALENA
I come here to relax.
LUNA
From what?
MAGDALENA
From everything, i suppose. My Dad
just lost his job. He wasn't been
able to carry on after that.
LUNA
Your Dad? That crazy fuck who just
yelled at me the other night? Is that
your Dad?
MAGDALENA
Yeah. That crazy fuck who yelled at
you the other night is my Dad.
Believe it or not.
Suddenly, she smells something funny. She can't stop smelling

that funny smell.
LUNA
What is it?
MAGDALENA
Nothing, it's just -- Do you smell
that?
LUNA
Smell what?
MAGDALENA
That.
LUNA
What?
MAGDALENA
That.
LUNA
Are you gonna tell me what is this
smell or you're gonna let me guess
it?
MAGDALENA
I don't know. I smell something --
weird.
A beat. LUNA realizes about that.
LUNA
No, i don't smell that.
MAGDALENA
It must have been my imagination i
suppose.
LUNA looks at the moon. Then, she looks front. MAGDALENA then
rises from the bench.
MAGDALENA
Well, i gotta get going. Thanks for
the cigar. I'll never forget it.
LUNA
I guess i also won't forget it.
MAGDALENA
I guess I'll see you around, LUNA.
LUNA
I guess I'll see you too around,
MAGDALENA.
MAGDALENA gives her a comforting smile. She walks off. LUNA

looks at her go.
LUNA
(softly; to herself)
MAGDALENA...
She keeps smoking.
INT. CLASSROOM. THE DAY LATER - MORNING.
All the students have their own bags of clothes prepared.
Note: They're going to camp with the teachers.
Magdalena has her red bag of clothes ready.
Magdalena secretly looks at FEDERICO, the cutest boy in the

entire class, who's chatting with his friends, they're talking
and laughing their asses off. Magdalena smiles at the sight of
this.
We slowly move to the window. To see the outside.
cut to:
INT. BIG BUS. SOME TIME LATER.
First, we're on the window. We see how the bus passes by many
places.
We slowly back off and see Magdalena sitting.
Magdalena looks at the window. She looks at the places the bus
passes by on the road.
INT. CAMPING FIELD. MINUTES LATER.
The bus arrives in a big camping site. All the students exit
the bus and go to search for their bags.
In the big camping field, there are three houses. One on the
left, one on the right and one that's almost far from the
other two. The one on the left is the girls' section. The
right one is the boys' section. And the third one is the
teachers' section.
cut to:
INT. CAMPING FIELD - FIELD #2. NIGHT.

Everyone is gathered. They're all surrounding this bonfire.
They're all telling stories to each other.
Magdalena is standing somewhere else. Then, FEDERICO notices

her and walks to her.
federico
Hey.
Magdalena turns to him. She wonders, is he really talking to

me?
MAGDALENA
Who, me?
federico
Yes, you.
MAGDALENA
Oh, um -- Hi, i guess.
Federico chuckles.
MAGDALENA
I'm --
FEDERICO
MAGDALENA. Yes. I heard your name
before.
MAGDALENA
You are FEDERICO, right?
FEDERICO
That's me. Are you ok?
MAGDALENA
I'm fine, why?
FEDERICO
You know, because of what Elizabeth
keeps calling you by.
MAGDALENA
Oh yeah. That? That's nothing. Forget
about it.
FEDERICO
You're afraid of her, right?
MAGDALENA
I'm not afraid. I'm just embarrassed.
FEDERICO
Of what?
MAGDALENA
You know, I'm embarrassed that people
like her call me a cunt or any other
shitty mean names.
FEDERICO
You're not a cunt.
MAGDALENA
I know. And i don't want to be one.
FEDERICO
Listen to me. You have to tell the
principal or a teacher or someone
about this. You can't just spend your
life letting that bitch to call you
shitty names you don't like. You
can't let people call you something
you're not.
MAGDALENA
See, that's the thing. I tried to
ignoring them but it failed. I'm
afraid to go home alone and be
stabbed and beaten to death by people
on my way.
FEDERICO
Mm. I know your fear.
He looks like he's on a hurry. He has a plan.
federico
Hey, i have an idea. Want to walk somewhere with me? I know a

place where we can go.
MAGDALENA
Really? Would that be a problem?
FEDERICO
No, not at all. Come on.
They start walking.
MAGDALENA
Thanks for the advice you gave me.
FEDERICO
You're welcome. Plus, I'm just trying
to help you. If you've got a problem
or some thing like that, you can talk
it with me. OK?
MAGDALENA
Okay.
Magdalena smiles. Finally, she found someone she can trust on.
INT. CAMPING FIELD - FOREST. LATER.
Magdalena and Federico walk deep in the forest. Federico looks

like he's in a hurry. He is anxious. Magdalena notices him.
MAGDALENA
Are you okay?
federico
What? Yeah, i'm fine. Why are you asking me that?
MAGDALENA
I don't know, it's just...
federico
It's just...what?
MAGDALENA
You seem...anxious.
federico
Anxious? Me? Pfft. I'm not anxious.
He smiles.
federico
You're gonna love this place.
MAGDALENA
How much further?
federico
We're almost there. Don't worry.
Magdalena, as she looks forward, sees a bunch of shadowing

figures in front of her. She wonders. Then, SOME FLASHLIGHTS
ARE TURNED ON. She covers her eyes.
As she uncovers her eyes, she sees --
-- FEDERICO'S FRIENDS, illuminating her with flashlights.
Then, FEDERICO begins to hold Magdalena. He puts a piece cloth

with chloroform on Magdalena's nose. She wildly tries to
release. But Federico is the strongest one in here.
She falls under the effects of the drug. She slowly falls to
the ground, being held by Federico.
federico
What a dumb-ass. You really think i want to date someone as

ugly and as disgusting as you are?
The boys keep laughing.
LATER:
Magdalena is lying on the ground, on
her stomach. She's being strongly
held by Federico, who starts to take
her pants off. She wonders.
MAGDALENA
What are you doing?
He slaps her, she gasps.
federico
Now, we're gonna teach you the reality of being in a

relationship.
(to friends)
Am i right guys?
His friends start laughing. Magdalena then realizes this was

all a trap. She wildly tries to release. But he holds tight on
her. He punches, kicks and beats her mercilessly, in order to
weaken her. She grunts in pain.
There are about 3 boys that are Federico's friends.
Federico then slips Magdalena's panties off. He looks at her

ass.
federico
Holy shit. Look at this, guys.
His three friends laugh. They're all amazed, but not

Magdalena.
Federico then begins to suck on her ass. Magdalena grunts,

yells and screams in pain. Federico puts a hand on her mouth.
federico
Hold her down boys. Don't let her go anywhere.
His three friends obey. They begin to hold her down. She
wildly tries to release but she can't. Federico's friends are
the strongest ones in here.
Federico sees this as his chance. He starts to take his pants

and his boxers off. His penis is revealed.
Magdalena starts to cry. He penetrates her. She screames. One

of Federico's friends puts his hand on her mouth, in order to
shut her up.
Federico has anal sex with Magdalena. She cries in a

harrowing, endless and hollowing pain.
Note: This scene should be shown in the most excruciating,

painful, disturbing, horrifying, sad, realistic, vicious and
brutal way.
Then, suddenly, FEDERICO begins to thrust harder this time.
He's about to come. He pants and grunts strongly. Magdalena
keeps crying.
Then...
...Federico comes. He pants. Magdalena stops crying.
Federico exits his penis out of Magdalena's anus. He pants.
federico
(panting)
Oh fuck. Oh fuck. Oh shit.
He rises and begins to puts his boxers on and his pants on.
Federico then spits at her. She can't even move. She's

paralyzed. This is the first time she has been raped.
We focus on her expression. Eyes wide open. Mouth closed.

Dried tears that streamed off her eyes.
cut to:
INT. BIG BUS. THE DAY LATER.
Magdalena is looking front, she doesn't even dare looking at

the window. We can clearly tell that she is more than just
deeply traumatized.
CUT TO:
INT. MAGDALENA'S ROOM. NIGHT.
Magdalena can't sleep. She's dreaming about the rape scene.

She can't even sleep. She then looks up, rises up, picks up
her jacket, a box full of cigarettes on her drawer and her
pants, and walks to the door of her room.
INT. PARK. SECONDS LATER.
MAGDALENA walks to the park, where she smokes a cigar.

Then, she suddenly begins to cry. She begins to cry for what
happened to her.
Magdalena cries. She covers her face as she keeps crying.
Then, a figure approaches to her. LUNA.
LUNA
Hey.
Magdalena stops crying. She sniffs. She cleans her face.
MAGDALENA
Hey.
LUNA
Are you ok?
MAGDALENA
I'm fine, you don't need to worry.
LUNA
Well, i do need to worry. You're
crying.
MAGDALENA
I said i'm fine! You don't have to
worry about me, alright?!
LUNA
What happened?
MAGDALENA
Nothing happened, ok? Just leave me
alone.
LUNA
Look, i'm just trying to help you,
alright--?
Magdalena rises.
MAGDALENA
I don't need your help!
She furiously walks off. Luna looks at her go, upset. Upset
because she knew she failed at helping somebody. She rises and
walks to Magdalena.
LUNA
Did somebody did something to you?!
After hearing that, Magdalena stops. She freezes.
Without turning to see Luna, Magdalena speaks:
MAGDALENA
How do you know?
LUNA
If you are crying, it's because
something happened. And if something
bad happened to you, that means
somebody did that bad thing to you.
Now, answer my question. Did somebody
did something to you?
Magdalena didn't even answered. After a few long seconds, she

turns to Luna, with her eyes red full of tears.
MAGDALENA
Y-Yes.
LUNA
What happened?
MAGDALENA
Something happened to me....
LUNA
What happened to you?
Despite the tears and the voice breaking, Magdalena gathers up

her strengths to confess about the rape scene.
MAGDALENA
A boy from my
school....He....Uh.......He.....He
took me to a place.....where he
punched me.....he held me down on the
ground.....and he.....and
he.......and he....
She can't even finish what she's saying. Tears, sadness and
trauma surround her.
LUNA
He what? Magda, what did he do to
you?
(realizes)
He touched you, didn't he?
Did he....raped you?
Magdalena, after a few short seconds, tearfully nods. She

sniffs.
LUNA
Oh.
Luna then does nothing else. She just starts hugging

Magdalena, who starts to cry. Luna still comforts her.
LUNA
Hey, hey, hey. It's alright. It's
alright. I'm here, alright? I'm here
with you. I'm here for you.
There's a moment of them embracing each other and hugging each

other.
Luna still comforts Bonnie. This is something that Luna has

never done before, not even to a human, not even to a girl.
Not even to a human girl.
INT. HOUSE #2. SAME.
KID #1 is sleeping comfortable on his bed. Like an angel.
VANIA (O.S)
It must be wonderful to be you,
right?
We turn left and we see Vania, with her red eyes, like red
blazing blood, looking at KID #1.
VANIA
It must be so wonderful to be a
human, right? Have the ability to
age, to finally live your life, to
finally not feel so dead. What a
shame. I feel so sorry for you. You
might not notice, but you're the
worst thing that i have ever
encountered in my life. You're
disgusting. I always hated kids. I
always hated human kids. They're just
so ignorant. They're not civilized
anymore. They don't think about their
mistakes. You're a mistake. I bet you
are. You're the worst mistake of them
all.
She slowly approaches to him.
VANIA
You know what i always believed on?
Really? Do you want to hear it?
Alright, here it goes. I used to
believe that humans were
extraordinary creatures, full of
beauty and wisdom. But then, i
started to realize -- that they're
just fucking monsters.
She prepares her hand with her sharp and pointy nails --
VANIA
Freak house, Creep house,
motherfucker.
-- and with them, she SLITS THE THROAT OF THE KID. THE KID
GASPS AND GURGLES. VANIA DECIDES TO FEAST ON THE KID'S NECK.
THE KID CAN BARELY OPEN HIS EYES. MARIA KEEPS FEASTING ON THE
BLOOD OF THE KID.
Then, as she finishes, she BREAKS THE KID'S HEAD by twisting

it!
She leaves the bloodied body on the bed. She doesn't feel
remorse for this. She doesn't even clean the blood from her
mouth. She exits the house on the window.
INT. SCHOOL HALLWAY. THE DAY LATER. AFTER SCHOOL.
MAGDALENA walks on her own to the exit of her school. She

walks to her locker to pick some notebooks up. Elizabeth
pushes her.
ELIZABETH
Watch where you're going you fucking
freak.
Elizabeth and her goons exit the school.
Magdalena is at her locker. She's putting some notebooks on

her locker. Then, FEDERICO approaches to her.
FEDERICO
Hey, Magda.
She doesn't answer.
FEDERICO
(tries again)
You're not gonna talk to me?
Magdalena still ignores him. If she would talk right now, she
would say: It's not that I'm not gonna talk to you. I don't
want to talk to you. What do you want?
FEDERICO
Look, i just wanted to say that i'm
sorry for what happened at that night
in the forest, alright? I swear to
God that i don't know what i was
thinking--
MAGDALENA
You didn't knew. You just didn't
fucking knew. Look at what happened
'cause of what you did.
FEDERICO
...I feel sorry for what happened.
Really. I really hope you could
forgive me...
MAGDALENA
A rapist never says sorry to the one
he had raped. He just enjoys it.
FEDERICO
I'm not a rapist. I swear to you that
i'm not a rapist.
She closes her locker door.
She begins to walk off. He follows her.
FEDERICO
I don't know what else you want me to
do---
MAGDALENA
(turns, angry)
You know what i want you to do, you
fucking imbecile?! I want the same
thing that happened to me to happen
to you! I want you to go out there
and just fucking get raped several
times without mercy and just fucking
die!
Federico is stunned by those words. Magdalena turns and walks

away.
cut to:
INT. THE CAKE PALACE - LATER THAT DAY
Magdalena is having a piece of Strawberry Cake on a plate. As

she finishes, she raises her hand to a waitress. The waitress
walks to her.
WAITRESS
Tell me, lady.
MAGDALENA
I'll ask for the bill please.
The WAITRESS, CARMEN (19), a brown skinned girl with an Afro

hair, notices the girl and realizes it's Magdalena.
WAITRESS
I'll be damned. Magdalena?
Magdalena notices Carmen.
MAGDALENA
Carmen?
WAITRESS/CARMEN
Yeah, it's me.
MAGDALENA
Holy shit. What are you doing in
here?
CARMEN
I work in here. Surprised?
MAGDALENA
A lot. I didn't knew you work here.
CARMEN
All days of the week till Sunday. The
day we close. How are you???
MAGDALENA
I'm good, I'm good.
CARMEN
I basically work here as a waitress
here, which in French, means:
serveuse.
MAGDALENA
I thought you worked as a cook. Cause
you're good at it.
CARMEN
Well,
She turns and sees on the kitchen, a guy making a cake on an

expert way. He should be good to be on Master Chef or some
shit like that.
CARMEN
that place is already taken. But i
like being a waitress.
MAGDALENA
You do?
CARMEN
Yeah. I could get the chance to meet
a lot of good folks here. Want to
know how to do it??
MAGDALENA
You just go to their spots and talk
to them? That's all that it takes?
CARMEN
Close but no cigar. You deliver the
order, you hear their stuff, you get
to know them better. That's the
essence of the cake palace.
MAGDALENA
Wow. Interesting.
CARMEN
Hey, have you heard? A man was killed
last night. Did you heard anything
about it?
MAGDALENA
No, i haven't. What happened?
CARMEN
They found someone dead on the
street. With stab marks on him.
Brutal ones.
MAGDALENA
It must have been someone who's
obsessed with killing people.
CARMEN
Or
(in french)
"Quelque chose"
Magdalena looks at Carmen.
CARMEN
(normal)
It's "something" in French.
MAGDALENA
Huh.
CARMEN
Hey, you know what i think?
MAGDALENA
No, what do you think?
CARMEN
I think you should invite your family
here. I'm sure he'll love it.
MAGDALENA
Oh, sorry. He can't. He doesn't like
cakes or pies or anything like that.
He likes to spend his times at the
bar and shit like that.
CARMEN
Ah, i see. Maybe i can beg to them to
deliver a cake to your place.
MAGDALENA
That'll be great. Thank you. Ah, the
bill, i don't know if i have that
much of a cash.
CARMEN
Don't worry, it's on me.
MAGDALENA
What?
CARMEN
Just leave the plate here and you can
leave.
MAGDALENA
Really? I mean, would that be a
problem?
CARMEN
Not at all, and plus, we're best
friends. Friends are always helping
each other's asses, even in the bad
times.
MAGDALENA
Carmen, i don't know what to say.
CARMEN
Don't say anything.
CUSTOMER
Waitress!
CARMEN
Sorry. Got waitress things to do.
MAGDALENA
Alright. Go for it.
Carmen walks to the customer.
CARMEN
Yeah, sir?
CUSTOMER
Could you give me the account
please??? And can i ask this to
take???
CARMEN
Sure. Let me bring you the account
and I'll pack this to take.
CUSTOMER
Thank you so much.
Carmen takes a plate with a cake to the kitchen.
CUT TO:
INT. MAGDALENA'S HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. LATER.
Magdalena arrives home. As she walks to her room, she starts

to cough roughly. She covers her coughing with her hands. As
she finishes coughing, she looks at her hands: THEY'RE
SPLATTERED WITH A BIT OF BLOOD. HER OWN BLOOD.
As she walks direct into the bathroom, she then collapses on

the ground, passing out.
CUT TO:
INT. HOSPITAL - ROOM. LATER.
Magdalena is sitting on a hospital bed. Two doctors are in

front of her, almost far from her.
MAGDALENA
What's going on? Why am I here? What
happened to me?
DOCTOR #1
I'm so sorry, Mrs. Quintanilla.
MAGDALENA
For what?
DOCTOR #1
You've tested positive for the HIV
virus.
Magdalena looks at the doctors -- blankly.
MAGDALENA
What?
DOCTOR #2
The virus that causes AIDS.
MAGDALENA
Yeah, I know what it causes. I tested
positive?
DOCTOR #1
We're so sorry.
DOCTOR #2
Have you ever used intravenous drugs?
Have you ever participated in a
sexual activity without using
protection?
Beat.
Magdalena realizes. She's fucked.
MAGDALENA
Well, I did, yes.
DOCTOR #1
You were involved in a sexual
activity without protection?
MAGDALENA
Yeah. I was....
To hide the truth of the rape to the doctors, Magdalena

invents something.
MAGDALENA
I was drunk in a party. We made love
without protection. I just didn't
knew about the consequences.
Silence.
MAGDALENA
How much time...do I have left?
DOCTOR #1
Well, based on your conditions, we
estimate that you will live around 30
days, probably more than that,
probably less than that.
Magdalena looks at the window.
CUT TO:
INT. BUS. LATER THAT DAY.
Magdalena is on a bus that gets her home.
CUT TO:
INT. PARK. SAME.
MAGDALENA is at the bench, she's listening to some music at

her WALKMAN. LUNA approaches to her.
LUNA
Hey.
MAGDALENA notices her.
MAGDALENA
Hey.
LUNA can't help but notice the weird thing MAGDALENA is

holding on his hands.
LUNA
What is that thing?
MAGDALENA
This? It's just a Walkman.
LUNA
Walk...man?
MAGDALENA
Yeah, a Walkman.
LUNA
What does it do?
MAGDALENA
You just listen to music on it.
LUNA
There's music on it?
MAGDALENA
Yeah. There is. Here, come, sit with
me. Let me show you.
LUNA sits next to MAGDALENA. She puts the Walkman earphones on

Luna's ears. She's beginning to listen to some music. She is
stunned, amazed and entranced by the Walkman. MAGDALENA smiles
at this.
MAGDALENA (O.S)
So, when did you moved in here?
CUT TO:
INT. TOWN NEIGHBORHOOD. LATER.
MAGDALENA and LUNA are walking together on a neighborhood of

the town.
LUNA
A while ago.
MAGDALENA
A while ago?
LUNA
Mhm.
MAGDALENA
A while ago when?
LUNA
Let's say -- last month.
MAGDALENA
Huh. Alright. What was the reason of
why you moved here?
LUNA
I don’t know. Maybe this was the
first and only place my parents
thought about. And you? Why did you
moved here?
MAGDALENA
My Mom grew up in here,
unfortunately.
LUNA
Really?
MAGDALENA
A year ago.
CUT TO:
EXT. MAGDALENA’S SCHOOL. LATER.
The Two Girls are walking on another street, close to

MAGDALENA’S SCHOOL.
LUNA sees a photo on the wall. A big massive wallpaper of a

Halloween pumpkin, smiling on a macabre way to us. The
wallpaper has two titles. The title from up the pumpkin says:
HALLOWEEN SCHOOL BALL DANCE. Title from down the pumpkin says
OCTOBER 31, 1988. MAGDALENA realizes she’s watching the
wallpaper.
MAGDALENA
You want to go to that?
LUNA
I don’t know.
MAGDALENA
Trust me, you don’t want to go to
that.
LUNA
Why?
MAGDALENA
I don't know. I mean, what if you get
bored?
LUNA
Why would i get bored?
MAGDALENA
Have you ever been to a school dance
before?
LUNA
No. Why? You just go to school and
you start dancing in front of
everybody? Is that what it is?
MAGDALENA
No, basically it’s just this cheesy
school dance where people get dressed
in costumes and dance and talk about
stuff. It’s basically the same thing
every year.
MAGDALENA starts to walk off. So does LUNA.
LUNA
You should teach me how to dance one
day.
CUT TO:
EXT. STORE. LATER.
LUNA and MAGDALENA walk to the store.
INT. STORE. SAME.
MAGDALENA and LUNA enter the store.
MAGDALENA
Want anything from the store? You can
have anything from here. Of course,
everything in here is paid,
so......If you want anything, I can
pay it. I got cash.
LUNA looks around. She has never been in a store before.
She starts walking around, seeing if she can find something

MAGDALENA could buy to her.
LUNA
That's okay. I don't want anything.
MAGDALENA
Oh. Alright then. Wait here.
MAGDALENA is beginning to look for something, while LUNA just

waits.
LUNA then finds a newspaper and reads the cover:
WHO KILLED THE MAN ON THE FOREST?
Another newspaper says the next thing:
10 PM, IS IT SAFE TO GO OUTSIDE AT NIGHT?
While LUNA looks at the newspapers, MAGDALENA is finishing

paying her stuff.
MAGDALENA just paid for what she just bought: RED ORIGINAL
SKITTLES.
She approaches to LUNA, who's, still, looking at the

newspapers.
MAGDALENA
Do you really believe in that? What
do you think?
LUNA
I don't know what to believe in.
The two girls walk out.
cut to:
INT. TOWN STREET - MOMENTS LATER
MAGDALENA is eating her Skittles while LUNA walks alongside

her.
MAGDALENA
Want some?
LUNA
No. No, thank you.
MAGDALENA
Suit yourself.
LUNA then notices something on Magdalena's face. It looks like

a bruise. A big bad bruise. A bruise that was obviously made
by someone.
LUNA
MAGDALENA
It's -- it's nothing. Alright? It's
nothing, you don't have to worry
about it--
LUNA
MAGDALENA.
MAGDALENA
Yeah?
LUNA
Someone did that to you, right?
MAGDALENA needs to tell the truth now. She has been busted.
LUNA
Am i right? Did somebody did that to
you?
MAGDALENA sighs.
MAGDALENA
It's -- My dad.
LUNA
Your dad? What did he do to you?
MAGDALENA
I really don't want to talk about it-
-
LUNA stops right in front of her. MAGDALENA stops as well.
LUNA
What did he do to you? MAGDALENA,
answer me right now. I'm gonna keep
asking.
MAGDALENA sighs.
MAGDALENA
He -- He got drunk one night. He
arrived drunk. I was sleeping. He --
He arrived into the room. He told me
how much he loved me. And he just --
He grabbed me, pulled my hair, and
then he -- and then he -- he --
The tears don't take long in showing up. She begins to cry.
LUNA understands her pain. She comforts MAGDALENA. She
embraces and hugs and holds strongly on MAGDALENA.
LUNA
Hey. It's alright. You can cry if you
want.
MAGDALENA cries. LUNA lets her cry.
LUNA
That's it. That's it. Cry.
After a few moments, MAGDALENA stops crying. She sniffs and

cleans her tears.
LUNA
Why can't you just leave him?
MAGDALENA
You don't understand the things he
would do to me if i leave him. He's a
lot more stronger than me. He's
controlling me all the time. If i
ever leave him, he will search for me
and he will rape me and kill me.
LUNA understands it. She understands that MAGDALENA can't

escape her Dad that easily.
LUNA
Magdalena, listen to me.
MAGDALENA
What?
LUNA
I can help you.
MAGDALENA
Well, you can't.
LUNA
Why do you think i can't?
MAGDALENA
Well, you are a girl. If you try
defending me from him, he'll destroy
you in seconds.
LUNA
And do you think that because I'm a
woman i don't have the right to
defend you from him? There are lots
of things you don’t know about me.
Magda, you can say anything you want
about me, but i swear i’m more
stronger and capable than him. Trust
me.
MAGDALENA looks convinced.
MAGDALENA
Ok. You can help me.
They look at each other for a moment.
cut to:
LUNA and MAGDALENA arrive to their neighborhood.
MAGDALENA
What a smooth first date.
LUNA
Is that what this was?
MAGDALENA
Yeah.
LUNA
Wow.
MAGDALENA
What wow?
LUNA
I don't know. This is like -- my
first date ever. I haven't got any
dates before.
MAGDALENA
Do you even leave your house at
least?
LUNA
Sometimes, but i'm not that sociable
with people.
MAGDALENA
Huh. Well, if you can you can be
sociable with me. I have no problem
talking some things with you.
LUNA
Thanks.
They look at each other for a moment.
Then, LUNA slowly approaches her face to MAGDALENA --
-- and LUNA kisses her on the cheek. On a slow, delicate way.

She aparts, embarrassed.
LUNA
Sorry.
Magdalena smiles.
MAGDALENA
What for? There's nothing to forgive.
LUNA
Really?
MAGDALENA
Really. So, see you tomorrow?
LUNA
I guess. Yeah. So...bye i guess.
MAGDALENA
Yeah, Bye i guess.
The two girls walk to their houses. Then, MAGDALENA turns to

LUNA.
MAGDALENA
WE CAN GO!
LUNA turns.
LUNA
What?
MAGDALENA
The Halloween School Ball Dance! We
can go! I'll teach you how to dance!
A smile is formed on Luna's face.
LUNA
Really?
MAGDALENA
Really.
LUNA
Thanks.
MAGDALENA
No problem.
The two turn to the doors of their houses.
CUT TO:
INT. SCHOOL AUDITORIUM. THE NEXT DAY.
Inside A HUGE AUDITORIUM, we see all the kids from school,

from kindergarten to the eight graders. With the parents of
them. They're all gathered, and sitting on chairs, looking at
a policeman in front. The teachers, including Mr. Stoker, are
on the stage, sitting on chairs.
POLICEMAN
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you so
much for coming and assisted on this
small reunion. You might not know
this, but, if you do, last night
there was a terrible accident, where
one of your most youngest students
got attacked, decapitated and
dismembered.
There's a gasp between the students. They're all chatting.

MAGDALENA pays so much attention to this. Isidora lunges to
her.
ISIDORA
(whispering)
I really hope they catch this fucking
person. Whoever he or she is.
She lunges back to her position.
POLICEMAN
But, don't be alarmed, we're solving
this case. And, we're about to catch
whoever did it.. So, we're asking for
your cooperation. If you see
anything, unusual as we say, please
contact us. I can assure you that
there's nothing to fear. I promise
that everything will go back to be
the way it was. I can assure you
that. I promise that, and i'm not
sure when, but i promise you that
everything will go back to be normal.
I promise you that.
cut to:
After school. All the students start to exit the school as

they walk on the hallway. MAGDALENA walks with her backpack.
ISIDORA
MAGDALENA! MAGDALENA!
She turns, to see Isidora running to her. Isidora stops

running as she stumbles on MAGDALENA.
MAGDALENA
Yeah?
ISIDORA
Listen, have you ever went to friend
reunions?
MAGDALENA
What? What do you mean by that?
ISIDORA
I mean, have you ever been in a
reunion with your friends in a place,
laughing and complaining about life?
MAGDALENA
No, i haven't. Why?
ISIDORA
Well, me and some friends and guys
from another School are going to make
a reunion at their apartment this
Saturday. And, I was wondering if you
would like to come.
MAGDALENA thinks.
MAGDALENA
It'll be on Saturday?
ISIDORA
Yeah, and it will be it'll Sunday
morning. Of course, if you have any
problem with that.
MAGDALENA
No, i don't.
ISIDORA
Great. So, you can come at that day?
MAGDALENA
Maybe, yeah. Sure.
ISIDORA
Great.
Isidora hands MAGDALENA a note with writing on it. She takes

it.
ISIDORA
That's the address.
MAGDALENA
Thank you.
ISIDORA
(smiles)
You're welcome.
Isidora starts walking off. So as MAGDALENA, who looks happy.

She walks off too.
Off screen laughing.
cut to:
INT. FRIENDS' APARTMENT - MAIN ROOM. SATURDAY. DUSK.
Sitting on the ground, there's MAGDALENA. With Isidora and her

friends, Adriano, Balta, Juan (15) and Alvaro. They're all 18.
They're laughing and they're all drinking Coca-Colas and beer.
JUAN
Jesus, that's so funny.
ALVARO
So, MAGDALENA, right?
MAGDALENA
Yeah, that's me.
ALVARO
You know, Isidora here has been
telling us a lot about you.
MAGDALENA
Really?
JUAN
Yeah.
ADRIANO
Ok, a serious question right now. If
you guys could be the owners of the
world, what would you guys do with
it??
SILENCE; no one answers.
ADRIANO
Come on, guys, this is a life and
death question. MAGDALENA, quick,
what would you do with it??
MAGDALENA doesn't know what to answer. She's stuttering.
MAGDALENA
I don't know. Nothing?
ADRIANO
Exactly! That's it! That's the whole
fucking answer to it! Nothing.
Instead of buying all the world's
most expensive cars, we're just going
to spend our time, looking at the
sky, wondering what the holy fuck did
we did wrong.
ALVARO
True.
JUAN
You know who we should share the
world with? A girl. All I'm saying is
that really is a girl what we need in
our lives. A girl who loves us by who
we are. I mean, we're all friends in
here. We're trusted. Every secret you
tell, it's hidden with and to us. So,
MAGDALENA, you can trust in us. Every
secret you tell to us, we'll keep it
hidden.
MAGDALENA is on silence. She's thinking "probably what they're
saying is true".
LATER:
They all continue laughing and talking.
MAGDALENA
Shut up!
JUAN
Come on, Magda. You have to say it.
MAGDALENA
I won't!
ISIDORA
Guys, leave her alone.
ADRIANO
Not until she tells us. Now, do you
talked to a girl or not?
Silence. Then, MAGDALENA explains out of his mouth.
MAGDALENA
Ok, fine. Yes, I've been talking to a
girl all this time.
JUAN
Good! That's all we wanted to hear!
ADRIANO
And is she...is she pretty?
ISIDORA
Oh shut up Adriano!
ADRIANO
What?
MAGDALENA
Yeah, she's pretty and all.
ISIDORA
I bet she's more prettier than
Adriano's mom.
They all laugh. Adriano throws an empty Coca-Cola can to

Isidora.
ADRIANO
Fuck all of you!
cut to:
INT. ISIDORA'S APARTMENT - BUNK-BED ROOM. NIGHT.
In a bunk bed, Juan is sleeping up and MAGDALENA is sleeping

down. On the second bunk bed, the one that's next to them,
ISIDORA is sleeping up, while Balta is sleeping down.
CUT TO:
INT. ALVARO'S CAR. MORNING.
Alvaro is driving to MAGDALENA's neighborhood. MAGDALENA is in

the front seat. The bloody hand mark that used to be on her
cheek is now washed off.
ALVARO
Here it is, right?
MAGDALENA
Yeah.
The Car stops.
ALVARO
Alright, so i guess i'll see you next
time.
MAGDALENA
Yeah. Next time.
ALVARO
Just in case.
MAGDALENA
What?
ALVARO
If in Halloween, you don't have
anywhere, or anyone, to put you some
makeup -- Well, Juan is a good kid on
putting make ups on, so....
MAGDALENA
That would be great, yeah.
ALVARO
Also, you can introduce us to that
girl you were talking about.
MAGDALENA
Sure.
ALVARO
Alright. Good. That's it. See you on
Halloween?
MAGDALENA
On Halloween. You got it.
MAGDALENA gets out of the car. MAGDALENA walks to her house,

and the car drives away.
CUT TO:
INT. CLASSROOM. THE DAY LATER - MORNING.
Javier is writing on his notebook. He is writing a poem. We

can clearly see what he's writing:
Your skin is white like milk

Your eyes are the deepest red eyes
I've ever seen
Your face drives me crazy, all of
your expressions say a lot of things
You've got that kind of smile
It makes a man like me go crazy
You've got those kind of eyes
Shining bright like the night
You've got that taste in your mouth
So tasty, so wild
I hope we will survive this dark
night as we go through
And if we're alone in the dark, can
you let me take a bite of you?
Marco looks at it. BULLY #1 sees Javier writing something on a

note.
CUT TO:
Recess. Javier is walking around. BULLY #1 pushes him, he's

with his goon.
BULLY #1
Well, well, well, how is it going you
fucking fairy?
Javier turns to him.
JAVIER
Jesus fucking Christ. What is it now?
You're gonna call me a faggot again?
Like those other 1 billion times you
did before?
BULLY #1
I saw you writing something on Rivas'
class, what was it?
Beat.
JAVIER
That's none of your fucking business.
As he turns, BULLY #1 makes him turn back to him.
BULLY #1
I'm not finished in here, faggot.
JAVIER
You see? Now that's 1 billion and one
times now that you've called me a
faggot.
(returning to the main
theme)
Leave me alone.
BULLY #2
Want us to leave you alone? Give me
what you just wrote on Rivas' class?
Javier refuses. He makes The bully to let go of him.
JAVIER
Fuck you, man. Why don't you just go
fuck your mom with a 18-inch strap on
and go fuck yourself? For once, do
everyone here a favor and go fuck
yourself, please!
Javier turns. BULLY #1 doesn't want the things to end like

this.
BULLY #1
What was it that you wrote on Rivas'
class? Was it a poem? Owww, what is
it? You have a boyfriend now? Did you
sucked his dick? Did he suck your
dick?
JAVIER
(not caring to look back)
Yeah, turns out that my boyfriend is called "Your fat fucking

Mom". Man, it felt good when i double-fucked her.
BULLY #1 is furious now. He walks faster to Marco.
BULLY #1
What the fuck did you said about my
Mom, you fucking disgusting faggot?
It's not my fault that you have no
parents! That's right! You're an
orphan!
Javier pushes Javier, who freezes and turns.
JAVIER
What did you said about my family,
you fucking retarded mongoloid?
BULLY #1
I said. that you are. a fucking.
orpha--
Then --
-- WHAM! He punches BULLY on the face! Everyone, including

BULLY #2, say "Ooooooooooooooohhhhhhhhhhhhh!". BULLY #1 and
Javier start to fight. Javier is winning. He beats, kicks and
punches the bully with all his strength! THE PRINCIPAL
approaches and breaks the fight. He holds on Javier and sends
him to his office. Javier resists, he wants to continue the
fight.
JAVIER
(to beaten up BULLY)
LOOK AT ME! I HAVE A FAMILY! I HAVE A
FAMILY AND THEY'LL KILL YOU! THEY'LL
KILL YOU YOU FUCKING BASTARD! I WILL
KILL YOU! I'LL -- LET ME GO YOU
FUCKING BITCH! I'LL FUCKING FUCK YOU
UP YOU FUCKING BROKEN CONDOM! FUCK
YOU!
He is sent to the principal's office.
CUT TO:
INT. VANIA'S ROOM - LATER.
Javier and Vania are kissing. With a romantic, sexual,

explicit, sensual and erotic passion. They moan as they kiss.
She touches his crotch. He touches her crotch. The couple

moans.
Vania kisses his neck. Javier moans.
JAVIER
(trying to catch his breath)
I can't fucking hold it anymore.
VANIA
What?
He throws her into the bed. He begins to kiss her. They kiss.
They kiss again and again, and again, and again, and again and
again, and again, and again, and again. Without stopping.
VANIA
Undress me. Please. I want you to see
my body.
JAVIER
With pleasure, Mistress.
Javier begins to undress her. He takes off all of Vania's

clothes. Now, she's fully naked, as her breasts and her crotch
is being visible for Javier and for the audience. Javier can't
believe what he's seeing.
JAVIER
It's so -- It's so...
He kisses her breasts. Vania moans, she moans harder the next
time.
Javier begins to undress himself. He is now fully naked. He

keeps kissing on Vania's breasts. He sucks on them. Then,
Javier begins to go down on Vania's body, giving kisses
everywhere he can on Vania's well-carved body.
Then, he sees her crotch. It's not hairy.
JAVIER
Whoa.
Then, he begins to give Vania some oral sex on her crotch. She
moans, harder the next time as Javier keeps doing the action.
A moment of Vania moaning like a wild girl and Javier doing
the action.
VANIA
Stop -- Stop --
Javier wonders, he stops. He is upset.
JAVIER
I'm sorry. I -- I probably did
something wrong, right?
VANIA
No, i wanted to say: Stop teasing me
and just do it already.
Javier looks convinced. He kisses Vania as he goes atop of

her.
We slowly turn to the window, as we can hear both Javier and

Vania moaning. It is clear that Javier entered Vania. He is
now penetrating her (OFF SCREEN).
The windows are covered with pieces newspapers. Then, the

NIGHT slowly turns into the day.
And as soon as the day arrives, the moaning stops. Silence

emerges.
We slowly turn back to see --
-- JAVIER AND VANIA, sleeping together. Their naked bodies are

being covered by the sheets.
Javier slowly wakes up as he groans. He looks around, then he

rests his head on the pillow. He sees Vania sleeping next to
him. He caresses her face. Then, he looks at the clock on the
furniture next to the bed: IT'S 8:49 AM. He rushes out of the
bed.
JAVIER
Shit!
CUT TO:
EXT. SCHOOL. LATER.
Javier arrives to the school, wearing his normal everyday

clothes.
Javier walks on the outside of the school, smiling

uncontrollably. He enters into the school.
CUT TO:
INT. HOSPITAL TREATING ROOM. LATER.
Javier is with his Grandma, who's still sleeping on the bed.

Javier is sitting on a chair next to the bed.
JAVIER
Hey, Grandma. It's me, again. How are
you?
Even though Grandma is still asleep, and doesn't react to the

conversation, Javier still talks to her.
JAVIER
You've been doing good? You got the
chance to meet a lot of people in
here? Maybe a couple of doctors,
nurses, maybe other patients, maybe?
No? It's good that you're doing good,
you know.
Javier is not sure if he should say the next thing. But he

needs to say it anyway. So, here he goes:
JAVIER
"Sometimes i rise up from the bed to
see you -- and you're not there.
What's going on? You're hiding
something from me, aren't you? 'cause
if you are, i need you to tell me
what it is so i could know, alright?
Help your poor sick old grandmother
here for a little while, alright?"
That's what you told me the other
day, at lunch. You wanted to know
what i did at night. Well,
(sighs)
I'm telling you now.
He is now ready to tell what's his night job.
JAVIER
Grandma, all i need you to do is
believe me. I know that what i am
about to tell you will sound weird to
you, but it's the truth.
(beat; silence)
Grandpa, I -- I provide blood for a
family of vampires that's living next
door to us.
Silence.
JAVIER
You didn't heard? I said: I provide
blood for a family of vampires that's
living next door to us. I know that
sounds completely weird, but it's
true. They treated me like a son. I
even started to consider them my
family. Even though they kill people
to survive. Do you believe me now?
Suddenly, the beeping machine starts to beep faster, and

faster, and faster, until --
-- IT GOES FLAT LINE! BEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEP!
JAVIER
Grandma? Grandma?
He rises and shakes her up. He's not waking up. Oh shit.
Javier, startled, scared, rises up from the chair and runs

outside of the room.
JAVIER
Help! Help! Somebody help!
A NURSE approaches.
NURSE
What is it?
JAVIER
It's my grandpa--
Suddenly, all the sounds become inaudible. ANGLE: AS WE'RE

NEXT TO GRANDMA, WE SEE SOME DOCTORS RUNNING TO HER, TRYING TO
BRING HER BACK. ALL WE CAN HEAR IS THE BEEPING MACHINE,
SAYING: BEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEP!
CUT TO:
INT. TAVERNER'S HILL CEMETERY. DUSK.
Javier is the only one there. He's on a black suit with a

white shirt and a black tie. He sees how they're putting his
Grandpa's grave down. His face? Saddened. He is destroyed. An
emotional, sad, melancholic music begins to sound as a
background music. It should sound beautiful and heart-
breaking. But what the hell, it's part of the soundtrack
anyways.
CUT TO:
Javier, still on his suit, walks on the neighborhood. He

enters his own house.
CUT TO:
INT. JAVIER'S HOUSE - DINING ROOM. MINUTES LATER.
As JAVIER, still on his suit, is sitting on the chair, he has

his hands on his eyes. He is crying.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. A FEW NIGHTS LATER. HALLOWEEN
NIGHT.
Luna, dressing up in a female Mil-Tec shirt, alongside with

some blue jeans and black boots, walks to the door of the
house.
VANIA
Hey, where do you think you are you
going, missy?
LUNA
Um, let's just say I'm going out on a
date.
VANIA
A date?
MATEO
What the fuck?
VANIA
A date with who?
LUNA
Someone special. Someone you will
really like. Bye.
She leaves the house. Vania and Mateo are left there,
confused.
CUT TO:
EXT. MAGDALENA'S HOUSE. HALLOWEEN NIGHT.
LUNA knocks on the door.

She patiently waits for a moment.
Then, the door opens. She smiles, but her smile quickly fades
away when she sees Bastian, who opened the door. He grins at
her.
BASTIAN
Yes? May i help you?
LUNA
Hi -- Uh -- I was just looking for
your daughter MAGDALENA.
BASTIAN
And why would that be?
LUNA
I -- I'm going out with her -- The
Halloween School Ball Dance?
He can't stop grinning and smiling at her.
BASTIAN
You want to ask my daughter out?
LUNA
Yeah, is she here?
MAGDALENA (O.S)
I'm coming!
Bastian enters back into the house.
FRONT-FRAMING: WE SEE LUNA'S FACE, THAT CHANGES FROM A RELIEVED FACE TO AN

AMAZED FACE. SHE LOOKS AT US AND SEES SOMETHING THAT AMAZES HER, STUNS HER,
SOMETHING THAT MAKES HER FALL IN LOVE INSTANTLY:
SHE SEES MAGDALENA, ON A CUTE Little Red Riding Hood Halloween

costume. she walks to LUNA.
MAGDALENA
Hi.
LUNA
Hi. Uh, ready to go?
MAGDALENA
Sure.
MAGDALENA and LUNA walk off.
CUT TO:
INT. STREET. MINUTES LATER.
LUNA and MAGDALENA walk together, they talk with each other.
JUAN (O.S)
OK. Alright, wait, hold on.
CUT TO:
INT. FRIENDS' APARTMENT - MAIN ROOM. LATER.
JUAN is putting some make-up on Luna's face. Luna has her eyes
closed.
JUAN
Look up, up. There we go. That's it.
And, done.
He's done. He's finished. He opens a small mirror to make Luna

look at herself. He hands it to Luna.
JUAN
What do you think?
But the problem is that: Luna can't look at her face in the
small mirror. She is a vampire. Vampires can't look at
themselves on the mirrors.
Luna has a SKULL MAKEUP on her Face. A beautiful skull makeup.
Luna closes the small mirror and hands it back to JUAN.
JUAN
Well, how is it? Is it good?
LUNA
(pretending she saw herself
on the small mirror)
It's very pretty. How did you learn
to do this?
JUAN
I don't know. I guess my talent is
being so good at doing something like
makeup. I guess. You like it?
LUNA
It's amazing. Yeah.
MAGDALENA (ON BATHROOM)

I'm definitely not going like this!
JUAN walks to the bathroom. Luna looks at him, going there.
JUAN tries to open the door of the bathroom, but it's locked.
JUAN
You even locked the fucking door?
MAGDALENA
Don't open it. I look ridiculous.
JUAN
How the fuck do you expect me to open
the door if the door's fucking
locked?!
Luna walks around. She rests her back on a wall. ADRIANO,

nervous, awkwardly approaches to her.
ADRIANO
Hi.
Luna gets to notice him.
LUNA
Hi.
ADRIANO
You're -- Magdalena's friend, right?
LUNA
That's me.
JUAN
(turns to adriano)
Jesus Christ, Adriano!
ADRIANO
What?
JUAN
Stop trying to flirt with her! It
won't work!
MAGDALENA (ON BATHROOM)

Is Adriano flirting with her?!
LUNA
(to adriano)
You were trying to flirt with me?
ADRIANO
(to luna)
What?! No!
JUAN
Aren't you supposed to -- You know
what? Get the fuck away from her. Go
see if there are any kids at the
door.
ADRIANO
I don't think kids come on apartments
on Halloween night.
JUAN
Yes, they do! Go check if there are
any.
Adriano sighs.
He walks to the front door. Luna lets out a tender chuckle.

She looks at the bathroom door. JUAN turns and keeps knocking
on the bathroom door.
JUAN
Come on, Magda! Come on, have you
ever seen the EVIL DEAD films? You
saw how those guys had zombie makeups
to look like it was completely real?
MAGDALENA finally opens the door. Luna looks. Then, LUNA'S

FACE, THAT CHANGES FROM A NORMAL FACE TO AN AMAZED FACE. SHE
LOOKS AT US AND SEES SOMETHING THAT AMAZES HER, STUNS HER,
SOMETHING THAT MAKES HER FALL IN LOVE INSTANTLY:
She sees MAGDALENA, with a Little Red Riding Hood costume, and
zombie makeup on her face.
MAGDALENA
Yes, i saw them, alright? I saw the
films. I don't think the EVIL DEAD
guys wore makeup like the one I'm
wearing right now. I don't think
those guys ever wore makeup like this
in their entire life.
JUAN
Trust me. They did.
MAGDALENA
I look ridiculous.
JUAN
You look great.
(turns to luna)
Right?
LUNA
Yeah. Yeah, she looks -- She looks
great.
MAGDALENA smiles. A blush can be noticed on her face. And on

Luna's face too. ISIDORA, with a Michael Myers mask and suit,
walks to the trio.
ISIDORA
Are we ready to go?
They all nod.
ISIDORA
Alright then. Let's go.
JUAN, Isidora, MAGDALENA and Luna walk to the main door.
JUAN
(to the others in the
apartment)
See you guys later!
The foursome finally exits the apartment.
CUT TO:
INT. CRAWFORD'S APARTMENT - BEDROOM. SAME.
CRAWFORD and DON are kissing passionately and erotically while

lying on Crawford's bed.
INT. CRAWFORD'S APARTMENT - HALLWAY. MINUTES LATER.
Exiting the emergency stairs, Mateo walks faster to Crawford's

door. He walks with such fiery anger and fury on his red eyes.
As he arrives to Crawford's door, he knocks on it three times.
No answer. He knocks on it three times again, and no answer.
Then -- HE STRONGLY BANGS ON IT SEVERAL TIMES. HE KICKS IT AND
STRONGLY PUNCHES ON IT SEVERAL TIMES.
An OLD MAN, probably on his 70s, exits his own door.
OLD MAN
God damn you. God damn you. What the
hell is your problem?
MATEO
What do you mean what's my problem
you fucking old bastard? I'm here to
see a friend you sick old fuck.
The OLD MAN is taken aback by those words. He doesn't defend
himself, he just lets those words sink in.
OLD MAN
Oh. Alright then.
He walks back to his own place. Crawford opens his door. He

realizes about the guy knocking on his door.
CRAWFORD
Mateo?
Mateo looks at him.
CUT TO:
INT. CRAWFORD'S APARTMENT - MAIN ROOM. SECONDS LATER.
Crawford lets Mateo in. Crawford closes the door behind him.
Mateo just enters into the apartment and begins to walk
around.
CRAWFORD
MATEO
I just wanted to say hello. I wanted
to see how you were, that's all.
CRAWFORD
Well, i'm fine here. I'm fine. And
you? How are you?
MATEO
I'm good, you know. I've never felt
better.
CRAWFORD
Alright.
(silence)
Listen, i think you've arrived on a
very bad time, because --
MATEO
Why?
CRAWFORD
Because i've --
Crawford notices his boyfriend, Don, exiting the room. He is

wearing his boxers and Crawford's jacket. Nothing else. Mateo
notices it too.
MATEO
Ah, i see why.
DON
Who is this guy?
CRAWFORD
Nobody, he's just a friend --
MATEO
(looks back at Crawford)
Just a friend? After what we've done
together you just consider me as a
friend?
DON
Ford, what is he talking about?
MATEO
Yeah Ford, explain to him what am i
talking about.
Crawford stutters.
CRAWFORD
Look, Mateo. Whatever happened
between us was just an accident. That
was just some thing from the past.
I'm with someone else now. I just
want you to understand that --
MATEO
Yeah, yeah --
CRAWFORD
-- I'm with somebody else. And I
really hope that we, well, we --
MATEO
I know --
CRAWFORD
-- we can still be friends, you know.
MATEO
I know. I know. I understand.
CRAWFORD
Good. Thank you. It's good you
understand. I didn't wanted to hurt
you.
MATEO
You didn't. You didn't. In fact, you
know something?
CRAWFORD
Sure, what is it?
MATEO
You just broke something.
CRAWFORD
Really? I did? And what's that?
MATEO
My fucking heart.
Then, MATEO PUTS HIS HAND ON CRAWFORD'S CHEST! CRAWFORD

SCREAMS AS MATEO EXTRACTS SOMETHING FROM CRAWFORD'S CHEST --
HIS OWN BLOODY BEATING HEART!
Don watches, horrified.
DON
Oh God. What the fuck?!
Crawford keeps screaming, grunting and exclaiming in pain and

in agony. Mateo proceeds to take a bite from Crawford's heart.
Then, he throws it somewhere else. Mateo grabs Crawford by the
hair and walks to Crawford's own room. He places Crawford on
the place where the door closes. Mateo uses the door to SMASH
CRAWFORD'S HEAD SEVERAL TIMES! MATEO SMASHES THE HEAD SO
STRONGLY, SO SADISTICALLY, SO VIOLENTLY. He smashes the door
until CRAWFORD'S HEAD BREAKS IN HALF! CRAWFORD'S HEAD IS
SMASHED OPEN IN HALF, ONLY LEAVING HIS MOUTH IN HALF WITH THE
REST OF HIS BODY!
Mateo pants. Don cries.
DON
Why would -- Why the fuck would you
do that?! Oh God. Oh God.
Mateo doesn't answer. Don walks to the bedroom. He begins to

be both horrified and disgusted by seeing his boyfriend's dead
corpse whose face is smashed and cut in half in a gory graphic
way.
DON
Oh God. Oh fuck. Fuck. Fuck!
MATEO
I know, right? Fuck. Fuck fuck.
Fucking fuckity fuck fuck.
Motherfucking fucking fucking fucky
fuck fuck. Fuck, fuck, FUCK! FUCKING
FUCK!
He slowly turns to Don. MATEO smiles to him. But Don is

terrified and horrified. I think he just shit his pants out of
so much extreme fear.
CUT TO:
INT. CRAWFORD'S APARTMENT - BATHROOM. MINUTES LATER.
Mateo is washing his face. We see wet splattered blood falling

to the washer. As he finishes washing his face, he walks out
of the bathroom.
INT. CRAWFORD'S APARTMENT - MAIN ROOM. SECONDS LATER.
On the ground, we see DON'S DEAD BODY. He has his two eyes
torn from his face.
We slowly turn up to see --
-- Mateo, who walks out of the bathroom. He walks to a phone

that's on the wall. He dials the police number. The call
dials. Then, Mateo lets go of the phone, and lets it hanging.
ON PHONE
Taverner's Hill Police Department,
what is your emergency?
Mateo doesn't pay much attention to it. He just walks to the

main door. He exits Crawford's apartment.
CUT TO:
EXT. SCHOOL. LATER.
LUNA, JUAN, ISIDORA and MAGDALENA arrive at the school.
INT. SCHOOL GYM. SECONDS LATER.
All the disguised school kids are surrounded on the school

gym, where there’s the song TRANSMISSION by JOY DIVISION
sounding on the loudspeakers. Everyone is dancing, talking,
and chatting, all at the same time. IT’S THE HALLOWEEN BALL
DANCE.
LUNA is stunned. She is amazed. She has never been to a school

dance before.
MAGDALENA
Do you like it?
LUNA
Uh-huh! It's pretty! So this is what
a school party looks like, huh?
MAGDALENA
Come on, let's dance.
MAGDALENA and LUNA step into the crowd, into the dance floor.
MAGDALENA begins to be teaching LUNA how to dance. After a
moment of teaching LUNA how to dance, she begins to dance
well, she dances well to the rhythm of the song.
MAGDALENA
There you go. You got it. Don't let
go to that feeling.
MAGDALENA dances with her. The two dance happily and freely at
the rhythm of the song.
On the speakers, we hear the voice of Ian Curtis of Joy

Division.
JOY DIVISION
Dance, dance, dance, dance, dance, to
the radio
the radio
the radio
the radio
A moment of MAGDALENA and LUNA as they dance together,

laughing.
LUNA seems to be enjoying this. She hasn't felt this good in

her entire life.
CUT TO:
LATER:
Some are dancing, some are talking to each other, some are
sitting their asses on the seats.
Magdalena is looking for some drinks for her and for Luna.
Then, as she grabs two glasses with fruit punch, she turns to
Luna, and sees something that horrifies her:
She sees Federico approaching to her and trying to talk with
her. Luna obviously denies his enchantments towards her. She
sees Federico, trying to talk to Luna, trying to flirt with
Luna, trying to do everything with Luna.
Magdalena sees this as her chance. Her chance to stop this

once and for all. She leaves the drinks she prepared for her
and for Luna on a table.
She walks faster to the scene.
On Luna, she's having the worst time of her life. And why?
Because a rapist is talking to her.
FEDERICO
What's your name?
But Luna doesn't answer. She is strictly annoyed.
FEDERICO
Not talking, huh?
Luna tries to walk away, but Federico stops her.
Then, finally, Magdalena comes to the rescue. She aparts Luna

away from Federico.
MAGDALENA
(annoyed)
What the fuck do you think you're
doing, you fucking rapist?!
Federico is stunned and surprised to see Magdalena.
FEDERICO
Magdalena? What the fuck are you
doing here? What are you doing with
this girl? Is she your girlfriend or
something?
MAGDALENA
No! She's...She's my friend!
(to luna)
Come on, let's go.
The two try to walk out of the party, but Federico stops them.
FEDERICO
Where do you two think you're going?
MAGDALENA
What do you think we are going to,
asshole? We're going out.
As the two try to get out of Federico's way, he stops them.
They get annoyed. Magdalena and Federico start to argue. Luna
and Magdalena try to get out of his way again, and again, and
again. Until, on the last try:
FEDERICO
Me and my friends are gonna lead you
to the exit of this party, how about
that? It can be our little secret.
Says Federico, almost in a

convincing, seductive way.
MAGDALENA
You know what? Here's my secret to
you: Fuck you, Federico!
Magdalena immediately kicks Federico on the balls.

The same place that he used to penetrate Magdalena on that
night on the forest. Luna gets shocked and stunned. Federico
grunts in pain. He gets on his knees, both of his hands on his
crotch, looking down. Magdalena grabs Luna by the hand. They
walk out.
They walk out of the party.
INT. FOREST. LATER.
LUNA and MAGDALENA walk together on the forest.
LUNA
Sure you know there's a shortcut in
here?
MAGDALENA
Trust me, we're good. Don't be
scared.
They keep walking.
LUNA
You didn't mean it seriously, right?
MAGDALENA
Didn't meant what seriously?
LUNA
What you've said earlier. To that
guy.
MAGDALENA
What did i said to that guy?
LUNA
You know, that "friends" thing.
MAGDALENA
What "friends" thing?
Silence.
LUNA
Forget about it.
They keep on walking.
LUNA
Man, that guy. That guy was an
asshole. He couldn't leave us alone.
But you gave him a lesson.
MAGDALENA
Yeah, i guess i did.
The two chuckle.
Then, they hear some sounds. Some laughing noises. They turn
and see ELIZABETH AND HER GOONS WALKING, LAUGHING. They spot
MAGDALENA and LUNA.
ELIZABETH
Well, well, well. Look what we have
here. It's MAGDALENA. And she's with
a girl.
The goons begin to surround the two girls. There's no way out
for them.
MAGDALENA
What do you want now?
Elizabeth pushes MAGDALENA. LUNA pushes Elizabeth.
LUNA
Leave her the fuck alone!
ELIZABETH
Owww, look at this guys! She is
defending her girlfriend! Probably
because she is more stronger than
this piece of shit!
MAGDALENA pushes Elizabeth again.
MAGDALENA
Fuck you.
Elizabeth punches MAGDALENA in the face. All of Elizabeth's
goons say "Oooooohhhhhhh". MAGDALENA yells and exclaims in
pain. She falls to the ground. LUNA gets on her knees, and
tries to comfort MAGDALENA.
ELIZABETH
Say "fuck you" one more time, and
I'll make everyone here to knock your
fucking teeth out.
LUNA then rises and slaps Elizabeth in the face. All of

Elizabeth's goons say "Oooooohhhhhhh". Elizabeth also slaps
LUNA on the face.
ELIZABETH
What's the matter you little bitch?
Did that hurt? Do you want to call
daddy to get you?
Then, LUNA grabs THE SAME HAND THAT ELIZABETH USED TO SLAP HER
AND BREAKS IT. ELIZABETH SCREAMS LIKE HELL!
MAGDALENA notices. She is confused but at the same time,

amazed.
LUNA
Owwww, what's the matter you little
bitch? Did that hurt? Do you want to
call daddy to get you?
ELIZABETH
She broke my arm! My fucking arm!
LUNA
Get the fuck out of here before i
knock your fucking teeth out, you
fucking dumb fucking bitch!
Elizabeth pants and grunts in pain.
ELIZABETH
Let's go!
GUILLERMO
Are you sure--?
ELIZABETH
Yes, i'm sure! Let's go right now!
Elizabeth and her goons run away. LUNA pants, she walks off.
LUNA
Let's go, MAGDALENA.
MAGDALENA walks off too.
LATER:
The two are walking together. MAGDALENA still can't believe

what she just saw.
MAGDALENA
How did you do that?
LUNA
Did what?
MAGDALENA
You know, you broke her fucking arm.
How did you do it?
LUNA seems like this is the perfect time to confess her true
nature to her.
LUNA
There are a lot of things that you
don't know about me, MAGDALENA.
MAGDALENA
Oh yeah? Like what? What, are you a
vampire or something?
LUNA stops. MAGDALENA stops, wondering and confused.
MAGDALENA
What? What is it? Is there something
wrong?
LUNA doesn't want to talk. If she talks about it, it might

sound weird to MAGDALENA, and she (MAGDALENA) will think that
LUNA is crazy or something.
LUNA
I don't know. But, can we please,
just, not talk about it? Please.
MAGDALENA
Look, if you don't want to talk about
it, we don't have to talk about it.
LUNA
Good, I don't want to talk about it.
MAGDALENA
Fine.
CUT TO:
INT. STORE. LATER.
MAGDALENA & LUNA are on the store. They're walking around.
MAGDALENA
Sure you don't want anything?
LUNA
I'm OK, thank you.
MAGDALENA looks around. Then, she stops her eyes on THE

CASHIER, who has the appearance of a criminal. He attends a
buyer. MAGDALENA walks to LUNA.
MAGDALENA
Can i ask you something?
LUNA
Sure.
MAGDALENA
You see the cashier? The one over
there?
LUNA turns and sees the cashier.
LUNA
Yeah.
MAGDALENA
He used to be a criminal. He robbed
here. Once.
LUNA
((stunned))
What? Shut up.
MAGDALENA nods.
MAGDALENA
It's true.
LUNA
When?
MAGDALENA
A long time ago.
LUNA
Really? what did he stole from here?
MAGDALENA
From what i remember, he stole the
money from the register. I heard that
a week after the robbery, he got
arrested. Now he's back here. As the
cashier. Attending someone. Probably
he's here because he's forced to work
here or something.
LUNA
Whoa.
MAGDALENA then grabs a bag of Red Original Skittles. The Two

Girls walk to the cashier.
CUT TO:
EXT. STORE. LATER.
THE TWO GIRLS start to walk out the STORE.
MAGDALENA
Want some?
LUNA
No thanks. I'm not hungry.
MAGDALENA
I just forgot you're not supposed to
eat those kinds of stuff.
LUNA
Thanks for the offer though.
They keep walking.
MAGDALENA
There's a park nearby. You want to
sit on the swingers?
LUNA
Sure.
They approach to the swingers. LUNA starts to swing while

MAGDALENA starts eating the Skittles.
All the lights are out. Darkness.
LUNA enters inside the house. She closes the door.

MATEO
Now i guess it's the time to talk.
The kitchen light goes on. MATEO turns it ON. He looks at LUNA
with a disappointment face.
LUNA
What is it?
MATEO
(shows written note to her)
What is this?
LUNA looks at her, watches with beat and fear. She freezes.
MATEO
You made a promise to me LUNA. What
does this note says?
LUNA
MATEO --
MATEO
What does this note says?
LUNA
I'll be back at 11 PM.
MATEO
You know what time is it, don't you?
It's like 3 in the morning. You
promised to me, in this note, that
you would be here at 11 PM. You've
been outside for 5 hours. You know
how i felt? I almost called the cops.
LUNA walks to her room.
MATEO
Oh, so you're gonna do it like this?
(follows her)
No apologies for making your bullshit
note--?
She is about to close her door.
MATEO
Hey, hey. Don't--
As LUNA closes it, MATEO OPENS IT WITH SO MUCH FURY INSIDE OF

HIM. It opens.
MATEO
DON'T CLOSE THIS DOOR ON ME!
LUNA turns, mad at MATEO.
MATEO
We need to talk, LUNA. You've done
something so serious. Why did you
left the house without telling?
LUNA
I did told you.
MATEO
Yeah, but with real words. Why didn't
you told me personally? What were you
doing outside? What did you went out
to do? Huh? You went to see that girl
again?
LUNA
She didn't saw me.
MATEO
You did saw her. You went somewhere
with her?
LUNA
No, just me.
MATEO
Really? Cause i can ask her right
now. I can knock her door and ask her
if she went with you.
He's about to walk out the house, when--
LUNA
Ok, i did.
MATEO turns back at her.
MATEO
You realize what you just did? You
made me worried. If you didn't
appeared by the night -- I was about
to call the cops. You know what would
have happened if i called the cops? I
would put the family at risk! And if
we are at risk, we're all fucked! All
i ask of you is that you do exactly
what i say, but you know something?
YOU CAN'T EVEN DO A THING LIKE THAT!
MATEO takes from his pocket, THE DOLLARS LUNA HAS BEEN
COLLECTING FROM HER VICTIMS.
MATEO
What is this?
LUNA looks at THE DOLLARS, she freezes again. She asks to

herself, how did he got them?
MATEO
You're gonna tell me what this is all
about? Where did this money came
from?
LUNA
It's just savings.
MATEO
Savings? What, you work now?
VANIA
What's going on in here?!
MATEO
Ask her! She's been out for like
hours!
VANIA
LUNA, why would you do something like
that?
MATEO
In her words, she visited a friend.
VANIA
LUNA, you know we have rules--
LUNA
Look i don't want to live under your
fucking rules! OK?! Why don't you
just give me the money and leave me
alone?!
MATEO
Where did you get this money?!
MATEO looks at her. Then, he comes to realize something really

fucked-up:
MATEO
Oh my God. Oh my God. What have you
been doing outside? How did you got
this money?
LUNA
It doesn't matter!
MATEO
ANSWER MY QUESTION! Where did you got
the money? Someone else gave it to
you? Did that "friend" gave it to
you?
LUNA
Nobody gave me that money, alright?!.
MATEO walks to his room.
MATEO
I'm keeping this. From now on, you're
grounded! You're not seeing her
again!
LUNA
You're not my father, you idiot! You
can't even look like Dad! YOU'RE NOT
LIKE HIM, ALRIGHT?! He's gone! OUR
PARENTS ARE DEAD! WE HAVE NO FAMILY!
VANIA
LUNA! STOP IT! STOP IT NOW!
MARCO
GUYS! CUT IT OUT! CUT IT THE FUCK
OUT!
The baby starts to cry.
VINKO
Oh, goddamn it.
Vinko runs to the main bedroom, where he starts to comfort the

baby.
MATEO
ALRIGHT, ENOUGH!
He SLAPS THE LIVING HELL OUT OF LUNA! VANIA GASPS! LUNA

freezes. MATEO pants strongly. LUNA then turns back at MATEO,
with RED EYES OF FURY.
The two brothers begin to have this massive fight.
LUNA closes the door.
LUNA
YOU FUCKING IDIOT! YOU'RE NOT LIKE
DAD AND YOU WILL NEVER BE LIKE HIM,
YOU FUCKING PIECE OF FUCKING SHIT!
MATEO....OPENS IT WITH ALL HIS FURY AND WITH ALL HIS INNER-
DEMONS INSIDE HIM! He enters inside the room.
MATEO
WHAT DID YOU JUST SAID?!
(slaps her)
You piece of shit!
VANIA
JESUS FUCKING CHRIST, YOU GUYS! STOP!
He fights her. He gets her up, trying to make her fight. VANIA
tries to stop the battle. Chaos erupts on the house.
MATEO
Fight back! I said fight back!
LUNA, sick of all this, then forces MATEO and the two exit the
room. LUNA holds him and he walks backwards faster being
pushed by LUNA, who now STRANGLES HIM AS MATEO FACES HIS BACK
ON THE WALL. She strongly grunts, MATEO tries to exit her
nonstop force.
LUNA
I CAN FUCKING KILL YOU, DID YOU KNOW
THAT?!
MATEO
STOP! LET ME GO!
LUNA
--KILL YOU! KILL--!
She can't talk. MATEO starts to get weak. Like he can't move.
Then, LUNA THROWS HIM TO THE GROUND. He falls, he grunts. He
coughs wildly.
And LUNA? She feels strong, fearless, with a grim

determination through her action, though she knows she fucked
up. She turns at his brother, coughing and grunting weakly on
the ground. She OUTSIDE. Vania is left there, shocked. She
runs to his little brother.
VANIA
Mateo! Mateo, are you alright? Are
you okay?
KNOCK KNOCK KNOCK (OFF SCREEN)

CUT TO:
EXT. MAGDALENA'S HOUSE. SAME.
MAGDALENA, still wearing her skull makeup, knocks on the door

of Magdalena's house.
LUNA
MAGDALENA, are you here? MAGDALENA?
No answer. Luna sighs. She then decides to crawl up the house.
INT. MAGDALENA'S ROOM. SAME.
MAGDALENA, with the zombie makeup washed off of her face,

sleeps on the night.
Luna crawls up outside of the house and, on the window, sees

MAGDALENA sleeping. Luna taps on the glass.
LUNA
MAGDALENA...!
No answer. She tries again, but no answer.
As she realizes the window is open, she opens it.
LUNA
MAGDALENA?
But no answer whatsoever.
Luna then sighs and enters the room. She closes the window.
MAGDALENA briskly wakes up. Luna climbs on bed on front of

MAGDALENA.
MAGDALENA
(surprised)
Luna? What are you doing here...?
Luna shushes MAGDALENA...
...and kisses her. MAGDALENA is surprised. Luna kisses her

again. And again and again and again and again and again. Luna
kisses Magdalena's neck. MAGDALENA gasps, but at the same
time, she moans. That gasp she made is combined with a moan.
MAGDALENA gives up. She gives up to the endless pleasure. She
lies on the bed. Luna is atop of her. Luna kisses MAGDALENA on
her mouth and on Magdalena's neck, making MAGDALENA to moan
uncontrollably.
MAGDALENA wants to say something, but she's afraid she would
mess up the sexual tension or something.
LUNA
MAGDALENA?
MAGDALENA
Yeah? What is it?
LUNA
DO you -- Do you --
MAGDALENA thinks that she herself knows what Luna is about to

say. Something like "Do you like me?". But, instead:
LUNA
Do you -- Do you feel uncomfortable
right now?
MAGDALENA
Why? Why should i feel uncomfortable?
Is there a reason of why i should
feel uncomfortable right now?
LUNA
No, nothing. Just -- forget what i
said.
MAGDALENA
Oh. OK then.
LUNA begins to kiss MAGDALENA's neck. So softly, so slowly, in

such a delicate manner. MAGDALENA reacts to this with her eyes
closed, making moaning sounds.
MAGDALENA
Oh. Oh. Ah.
LUNA
I love those sounds, keep making
them.
MAGDALENA
Okay.
As Luna keeps kissing her neck, MAGDALENA keeps moaning.
LUNA stops. MAGDALENA wonders.
MAGDALENA
What is it? Why did you stopped? Is
there something wrong?
LUNA
No, it's nothing, it's just -- I'm
kind of nervous about it.
MAGDALENA thinks about what she just said. MAGDALENA takes her
face cheeks with her hands.
MAGDALENA
It's alright.
MAGDALENA kisses her on the lips. Again, and again, and again,
and again, and again and again, and again, and again, and
again.
LUNA
(stops, and looks at
MAGDALENA)
Want me to continue?
MAGDALENA thinks about it for a second.
MAGDALENA
Sure.
They kiss. They kiss again and again, and again, and again,
and again and again, and again, and again, and again. Without
stopping. Then, LUNA begins to undress MAGDALENA. Magdalena's
breasts are being visible for LUNA and for the public. LUNA
begins to suck on them, making MAGDALENA to moan. She moans
wildly this time. The pleasure is unavoidable for her.
MAGDALENA is now fully naked. Luna begins to undress herself.
Luna is now also naked. Now there's two naked girls on a bed.
LUNA begins to go down on Magdalena's body, giving kisses
everywhere she can on Magdalena's well-carved body.
Then, Luna begins to touch and do fingering on Magdalena's

private part. MAGDALENA grunts in pain for a while.
LUNA
It's alright. It begins to hurt
first, but then you start to feel the
pleasure of it.
Luna keeps doing it. MAGDALENA begins to moan in pleasure.

Luna then begins to do oral sex on MAGDALENA, as she moans.
We slowly turn to the window. As we hear how MAGDALENA is

doing nothing but moaning.
Then, after a few seconds of moaning -- we slowly turn back to

the scene, where we see --
-- the after sex scene. MAGDALENA is sleeping naked on the
bed, while a naked Luna is lying atop of her. Their bodies are
being covered by the sheets.
Luna can't sleep. She doesn't feel like in the mood for
sleeping. We already know the reason why.
She looks at MAGDALENA and kisses her on the mouth. MAGDALENA

wakes up. She smiles when she sees Luna.
MAGDALENA
Hey.
They kiss on the mouth.
SECONDS LATER:
Luna is lying on the right side of the bed. MAGDALENA is lying

on the left side of the bed. Their privates are being covered
by the sheets. Their breasts are being visible to the
audience.
LUNA
Is this your first time with a woman?
MAGDALENA nods, upset.
LUNA
Hey, it's alright. There's always
first times and last times. Actually,
I'm gld i was your first time.
MAGDALENA
(smiles)
Yeah?
LUNA
Yeah. You never had relationships
before?
MAGDALENA
I had a boyfriend once, but he ended
up cheating on me.
LUNA
How?
MAGDALENA
He slept with my best friend.
LUNA
What a fucking prick.
MAGDALENA chuckles.
LUNA
Do you feel uncomfortable with all of
this?
MAGDALENA
No, it's fine.
Silence.
MAGDALENA
How did you do it?
LUNA
DO what?
MAGDALENA
You know...How did you entered into
my room? This house has two floors.
How did you do it?
LUNA doesn't want to talk. If she talks about it, it might

sound weird to MAGDALENA, and she (MAGDALENA) will think that
LUNA is crazy or something.
LUNA
I don't know. I don't know what is
it, but i have to tell you something.
MAGDALENA
Alright.
LUNA takes a moment. She inhales and exhales. She sighs.
LUNA
My family, and Me, we're -- We are --
MAGDALENA
What? You guys are what?? What are
you guys, really.
LUNA
((looks at her))
I-I don't know. I don't know who we
are. I don't even know what we are.
I'll be asking myself those questions
for the rest of my life.
MAGDALENA
This -- This might sound ridiculous
but --
Fuck it. She has to ask her anyway. Even if it sounds
ridiculous and awkward and weird and fucked-up. She has to do
it. Fuck it.
MAGDALENA
Are you guys -- like -- vampires?
LUNA freezes.
LUNA
Do we kill to survive? We do. Do we
murder mercilessly? We do. Did we
lived forever? We did. Can i climb
walls like a fucking spider? I can.
MAGDALENA
So, all those missing people. All
those people found dead in the past -
-
Yep. It was them. All of it. LUNA looks down, sadly nods.
LUNA
For a very long time I've been
wanting to be someone else. I tried
to be someone else. But i couldn't
be. I tried to help people, but when
i do i end up killing them.
MAGDALENA can't believe what she's hearing. Is this all true?
MAGDALENA
Your teeth. Let me see them.
LUNA
Why?
MAGDALENA
So i can know that what you're saying
is true.
LUNA
What I'm saying is true.
MAGDALENA
Really? It is?
LUNA
Yeah.
MAGDALENA
Then, let me see your teeth.
LUNA sighs. She opens her mouth in a grotesque way. She shows
her fangs to MAGDALENA. MAGDALENA tries to look at the fangs.
Then, as she sees the fangs on Luna's teeth, MAGDALENA gasps.
MAGDALENA
Jesus Christ. Jesus. Fucking. Christ.
Are those real?
LUNA
They are.
MAGDALENA
Holy shit. SO, what you're saying is
--
LUNA
It's true, all of it.
MAGDALENA understands now what LUNA is now.
MAGDALENA
Oh. Wow.
LUNA
Oh. Wow.
MAGDALENA
...I mean...Holy fucking shit...
LUNA
...Yeah...Holy fucking shit...Want me
to go?
MAGDALENA
No, no, no. Stay. Please. I don't
want you to go.
LUNA
Okay. Are you afraid of me?
MAGDALENA
No. In fact, if i was, i would
already tell you right now.
LUNA
Alright.
There's an uncomfortable silence filling up the scene.
LATER:
Luna is dressing up. She turns and sees MAGDALENA, sleeping on
the bed, with her entire naked body covered by the sheets.
Luna smiles at the sight of this. Luna walks to the window,
opens it, and jumps out of the house.
CUT TO:
LATER - MORNING:
MAGDALENA, sleeping, slowly moves on the bed. She then slowly

wakes up. She looks around. Her hair, like the blankets, is
messy. Messy from all the action that happened last night. She
looks around, wondering where did Luna left. Then, she
realizes she's naked. She blushes. She sighs as she looks up.
She covers her face with her right hand.
CUT TO:
INT. SCHOOL HALLWAY. DAY.
MAGDALENA walks by herself on the school hallway. She can't

stop smiling. She's smiling uncontrollably. MAGDALENA walks
happy. ISIDORA walks with her.
Isidora
Hey, Magda.
MAGDALENA
Hey.
Isidora notices that she is smiling without any control.
Isidora
Why are you smiling??? What're you so happy about???
She stands in front of Magda.
ISIDORA
What happened???
(Beat)
What?
MAGDALENA sighs, relieved and in happiness.
Isidora
Magdalena. What happened?
MAGDALENA
Nothing, nothing. It's just...
Isidora
It's just what? What happened?
Then...
ISIDORA already realizes.
ISIDORA
Wait, so you....did it?
Magdalena doesn't say anything. She just nods.
Isidora
Wait, hold on a second, so YOU and THE GIRL...just...did

it????
MAGDALENA nods. She looks around to make sure nobody is

listening to them.
MAGDALENA
You want to know what she did to me?
She whispers something to Isidora's ear. After she finishes,

she aparts.
ISIDORA laughs.
ISIDORA
That's fuckin great, man. Congrats.
MAGDALENA
But don't tell anybody. I don't want
them to know.
ISIDORA
Trust me, everything you say
(Zips her mouth; clicks
tongue)
It's a secret.
MAGDALENA
(smiles)
Thank you. Thanks, man.
They start walking together..
Isidora
I'm so proud of you.

cut to:
INT. THE CAKE PALACE - LATER THAT DAY.
Magdalena is sitting as she's eating Strawberry Cake at The

Cake Palace. Carmen approaches to her.
CARMEN
Hey.
MAGDALENA
(looks at her)
Hey.
CARMEN
Long time no see.
MAGDALENA
Long time no see.
CARMEN
What's wrong?
MAGDALENA
What do you mean?
CARMEN
Nothing, it's just...you
look...happy. Why's that?
MAGDALENA
Oh yeah, happy.
She chuckles. She looks somewhere else, she blushes.
MAGDALENA
Truth is that that i now feel a lot
more happier than i felt before.
CARMEN
Really? And why is that? Why do you
feel happy?
MAGDALENA
(lunges at her)
See, i met this girl. This
mysterious-looking girl who happens
to be the most amazing girl you can
ever meet. She is literally the best
thing that has ever happened to me.
Carmen is more than happy to hear those news. She is happy to
hear that her dear friend is finally happy after a long long
time of pain and suffering.
CARMEN
Whoa. So you're happy with her?
MAGDALENA
A lot.
CARMEN
You really deserve to be happy. And
this girl, did you...you know...made
love to her?
MAGDALENA
(sighs in happiness,
relieved)
We had the most amazing sex. Like,
every night when i'm with her, when
we got nothing else to do, we go to
one of our houses and we really hit
it off. She's really good in bed.
Carmen laughs at such a provocative and controversial comment.
CARMEN
(laughs)
Jesus Christ.
MAGDALENA
Yeah. Jesus Christ.
CARMEN
I have to admit it. I think i'm
jealous of you. I mean, you met a
girl for like, what, months ago, and
every night, you decide to destroy
your bed?
MAGDALENA
Well, we don't do scissoring, yet. We
haven't arrived to that part yet. She
basically ate up my vagina. The next
thing i expect is for us to eat each
other's vaginas.
Carmen then cracks up laughing. Magdalena smiles.
CARMEN
Yep. I feel like i'm 100% jealous of
you.
(taps her arm)
Congratulations, man. I'm so happy
for you. Have you told anyone else?
MAGDALENA
Just Isidora. Nobody else. Promise
you're not gonna tell anyone else.
CARMEN
Trust me. It's a secret.
MAGDALENA
Thank you.
CARMEN
You're welcome.
cut to:
INT. MAGDALENA'S HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. SAME.
She enters the house and sees her father, sleeping and snoring
on the couch with the TV on. She just leaves her stuff on the
ground and walks out of the house, closing the door. But where
is she going? Does she have an appointment with someone that
she knows?
INT. LUNA'S ROOM. SAME.
The curtains are closed. Sealed with cardboards and pieces of

newspapers.
LUNA is sleeping on her bed like an angel, with her face with
her closed eyes on the wall. She is sleeping comfortable.
Then, A HAND RISES on THE WINDOW. It taps on the window.

Knocking is emitted from her own window. She briskly wakes up.
She realizes about the knocking outside her window. She
wonders. Who can it be??
She approaches to the window and removes a tiny piece of

newspaper, only to see --
-- MAGDALENA, outside her room, knocking on her window. LUNA

thinks about this for a moment.
MAGDALENA
LUNA, are you there?
She unlocks the window and opens it. She covers herself from
the sunlight. Luckily, no sight of sunlight is hitting her.
As the window is open, the two girls look at each other.
MAGDALENA
Hi.
LUNA
MAGDALENA
I thought i could spend some time in
here. With you.
LUNA
Why? What is it?
MAGDALENA
I don't know. But i just need to
spend some time in here. Can i do
that? Please?
LUNA can't say no to her, right?
LUNA
Ok, get in.
LUNA helps MAGDALENA to get inside.
MAGDALENA
Get inside, I'll undress.
LUNA
Ok.
LUNA climbs onto bed. MAGDALENA takes her shoes, socks,

jacket, shirt, panties and pants off. She basically undresses
herself until she is barefoot and fully naked. She climbs on
bed with LUNA.
LUNA, eye-opening, confused, wondering, a bit shocked, only

hears how MAGDALENA climbs onto bed with her.
MAGDALENA looks at her side of the bed, LUNA does the same.
They're not looking at each other. An awkward, uncomfortable
silence fills the scene.
LUNA
Why did you come here?
MAGDALENA
My Dad was sleeping. I thought i
could spend some time in here to not
get bored.
LUNA
What will happen when he wakes up and
realizes you didn't arrived?
MAGDALENA
I'll figure it out. It's ok. I won't
tell him anything.
LUNA
Wait...
She realizes about something important. Something that makes

her blush and something that makes her feel uncomfortable,
something that also shocks her.
LUNA
You took off your clothes?
MAGDALENA
Mm-hm.
LUNA
Like, all of them?
MAGDALENA
I'm sorry. I know it's embarrassing.
If you want, i can leave-
LUNA
No, no. Stay.
MAGDALENA
Ok.
Silence.
LUNA
Why did you took of all your clothes?
MAGDALENA
Why did you think i did it?
LUNA
The heat of the sun?
MAGDALENA
No. Not really. Do you want to know
why i really did it?
LUNA
Alright. Tell me.
MAGDALENA
I did it because you're the only
person i can share my body with.
You're the only person who i can show
my body to. You saw my body, so now
it's yours. All yours. That's why i
did it.
Luna flushes from such a comment like that.
LUNA
Wow.
MAGDALENA
Yeah.
Wow.
LUNA
I mean, holy shit. Nobody has ever
said something like that to me.
MAGDALENA
Is it too embarrassing?
LUNA
No, it’s fine. It actually feels good
to hear that from you.
MAGDALENA smiles. Then, she closes her eyes and gets

comfortable on the bed. She feels it. The experience of being
dead and sleep on the day. She doesn't let go of that
experience and that nice feeling.
MAGDALENA
So this is what it feels like.
LUNA
What?
MAGDALENA
Sleep on the day. Feel dead on the
day. This is what it feels like.
LUNA
Yeah. This is what it feels like. Are
you uncomfortable now?
MAGDALENA
Why?
LUNA
You know -- Two girls sleeping with
each other.
MAGDALENA thinks about this for a moment.
MAGDALENA
Truth?
LUNA
Truth.
MAGDALENA
No.
LUNA
No?
MAGDALENA
No. And you? Do you feel
uncomfortable?
LUNA
Truth?
MAGDALENA
Truth.
LUNA
No.
MAGDALENA
No?
LUNA
(admits it)
Well, a little bit.
MAGDALENA
It's ok to feel uncomfortable. It
happens sometimes.
LUNA
So it's ok for me to feel
uncomfortable?
MAGDALENA
Yeah.
LUNA
Good.
Silence.
LUNA
I don't want to sleep.
MAGDALENA
Why?
LUNA
What if i have nightmares and i push
you out of bed?
MAGDALENA
Do you have nightmares?
LUNA nods.
MAGDALENA
It's alright if you have nightmares.
We all do.
LUNA
You -- You have nightmares too?
MAGDALENA
Yeah. Like all humans do.
Silence.
MAGDALENA
LUNA, do you - like me?
LUNA thinks about this for a moment. Uhhhhh.
LUNA
Uh, hello. We just had sex.
MAGDALENA
I mean, did you liked me before we
had sex?
LUNA
What is that supposed to mean??
MAGDALENA
Do you -- like me as more than just
friends?? Were you in love with me
before we made love to each other?
Did you liked me as more than just
close friends?
LUNA
I -- I don't know.
MAGDALENA
Oh. You know something? You know,
it's ok if you don't like me. I
understand that. I understand if you
don’t want to be friends with me
anymore. I can take that. So you
don’t have to be so busy about
everything--
LUNA
No no no no. I - I did.
MAGDALENA
What?
LUNA
I did liked you.
MAGDALENA
Really?
LUNA
Yeah. Like, a lot.
MAGDALENA smiles. Truth is that nobody else has felt the same
thing about her. Not a boy or a girl from her school has felt
the same thing about her. And now, a girl who belongs to a
murderous family feels love for her. She feels happy because
of it. And now, since she's hearing those wonderful happy
news, she can only express her happiness with a single:
MAGDALENA
Wow.
CUT TO:
LATER:
LUNA is sleeping comfortable. MAGDALENA looks at her sleep,

she grabs her hand. Then, a sleeping LUNA grabs her hand.
MAGDALENA smiles at her. She then puts her arm around her. She
still looks at her. She starts sleeping. They’re sleeping
comfortable. Like an angel and a devil.
Then, we’re focusing on LUNA’s face, she’s probably having

another nightmare. We can notice it by her eyes, moving
around, even though they’re closed.
LUNA'S DREAM:
WE SUDDENLY SEE FLASHES OF A DREAM, OF A VISION...OR OF A

NIGHTMARE:
We hear LUNA QUIETLY BREATHING as we see -- A GIRL, sleeping

on bed, comfortable. Someone slept next to her, that spot is
empty, marked on the bed.
Then, a HAND reaches on the BED.
Then, TWO DEMONIC EYES STARE AT US FROM THE DARKNESS OF THE

NIGHT. THE TWO EYES ARE BATHED IN RED, RED LIKE BLOOD, RED
LIKE HELL, RED LIKE FURY. A WILD RED COLOR ON THE TWO EYES.
Suddenly, THE GIRL, who is MAGDALENA, wakes up and sees the

figure. She asks "WHAT'S WRONG?". THE FIGURE doesn't answer
and lunges at her, AND BEGINS TO ATTACK HER.
THE FIGURE starts BITTING MAGDALENA'S NECK AND EVERYWHERE THE

FIGURE CAN AS THE GIRL CAN'T HELP SCREAMING IN PAIN! THE GIRL
PRESSES HER HAND ON THE BED SHEET OUT OF SO MUCH PAIN DUE TO
THE WOUNDS THE FIGURE IS GIVING TO HER.
THE GIRL has TEARS STREAMING DOWN HER FACE. A look for
SADNESS, FEAR AND UNSPEAKABLE PAIN.
Then, THE FIGURE is REVEALED: LUNA HERSELF!
BACK TO SCENE:
INT. LUNA'S ROOM. SAME.
We see MAGDALENA’s face, looking at LUNA. Like, being a

guardian to her.
Then, MAGDALENA leans in, and - kisses LUNA on the mouth. She
aparts. LUNA reacts to this. And seems to be getting calm from
her nightmare. A sweet moment.
cut to:
LATER:
MAGDALENA, dressed up, finishes a
letter for LUNA. As she's fully
finished with the letter, she leaves
it on the furniture. MAGDALENA
unlocks the window, and as she is
about to exit, she watches LUNA one
more time. MAGDALENA smiles. Then,
she exits.
cut to:
LATER:
Night.
LUNA wakes up. She rises from the bed, and notices MAGDALENA
is gone. She then notices the note on the furniture next to
her bed.
She takes the note and sees it.
HAD TO LEAVE
COULDN'T STAY FOR MUCH LONGER
MY DAD WOULD HAVE KILLED ME IF I
STAYED FOR MUCH LONGER
DO YOU WANT TO GO OUT TONIGHT?
MAYBE VISIT SOME SITE WE HAVEN'T
VISITED YET?
WHEREVER YOU WANT TO GO TONIGHT, I'LL
BE MORE THAN HAPPY TO COME WITH YOU.
- (YOUR) LOVE, MAGDALENA
LUNA smiles. She puts the note on her heart with her hands.
CUT TO:
INT. WOODS. MIDNIGHT.
LUNA and MAGDALENA run on THE WOODS. MAGDALENA runs faster

than LUNA.
MAGDALENA
Come on!
LUNA
Where are we going?
MAGDALENA
You'll find out.
As the two keep running, MAGDALENA stops as she sees something

on front. LUNA stops next to her.
MAGDALENA
Look. There it is.
LUNA looks on front of them: A BIG ABANDONED HOUSE.
LUNA
Whoa. What are we gonna find there? A
corpse? A chest with gold?
MAGDALENA
I don't know.
They walk to it.
LUNA
I'll be your girlfriend if it's a
chest with gold.
INT. ABANDONED HOUSE IN THE WOODS. SAME.
The Two Girls enter the house.
LUNA
Whoa.
MAGDALENA grabs her flashlight and begins illuminating around

the place. She grabs another, for LUNA.
MAGDALENA
I brought one for you.
LUNA
Thanks.
She receives it. They illuminate the place together.
LUNA
This place looks insane. HELLO!
No answer. MAGDALENA grabs a rock and throws it somewhere,

emitting a strong sound.
By the way: The place looks abandoned, empty, desolated,

isolated, like the perfect scenario of the typical horror
movie with the haunted house. The place looks destroyed, it
looks like if it was burned down. But if it was burned down,
the trees surrounding it, the woods, would have been burned
out anyways. Will they find a ghost inside of the house? Maybe
a serial killer? Or a corpse? Maybe a chest full of gold
inside? It's not up to us to guess it. It's up to these two
girls to do it.
They walk around.
MAGDALENA
If there's any evil spirit in here
who wants to kill us, clap your
hands!
No answer.
LUNA
Let's look around.
The Two Girls keep looking around. They search in everywhere

they can.
ON MAGDALENA:
She enters a BIG ROOM that used to be a DINING ROOM. The
windows are now all covered with wood. There's grass and
plants from outside, about to fill the room with the green
beauty.
She spots an old vinyl player, resting on a spot. The thing

looks old. Like it's not gonna work to play another song.
Then, she walks to a door that leads to:
THE BASEMENT.
She walks downstairs. She illuminated the dark, lonely, empty,

desolate basement.
MAGDALENA
No, nothing in here.
ON LUNA:
She walks upstairs. On those rotten, almost broken stairs. She

passes by the bathroom, a room that also is destroyed. She
enters the big bedroom. Then, she stops and looks at the
bedroom for as long as she can.
ON MAGDALENA:
She keeps looking.
MAGDALENA
Did you found anything?! A gold chest
maybe!
She notices that the girl who was with her this whole time
doesn't answer to her.
MAGDALENA
LUNA?
No answer.
MAGDALENA
LUNA?? LUNA?
We see how she walks upstairs, and we're left there, on the
dark. MAGDALENA keeps yelling her name.
ON LUNA:
MAGDALENA arrives to the second floor. To the bedroom.

MAGDALENA
There you are. What are you doing?
What-?
Then, she looks at the thing LUNA has been looking for this
whole time:
We see A BODY OF A MAN, lying on the bed. The BODY rests

there. In that messy, dirty, messed up bed. The Man holds a
gun on his hand. The wall behind his head is a circle of blown
blood. There's a giant hole on the back of his head, meaning
he came to the house only to commit suicide.
The Two Girls are shocked. They're frozen. They don't know
what to do. Until:
MAGDALENA
What do you think that happened to
him?
LUNA
I don't know.
MAGDALENA approaches to the BODY, slowly. She notices the gun

on his hand. She takes it off. She holds it.
MAGDALENA
I bet this doesn't work anymore-
She pulls the trigger, AND A BULLET IS QUICKLY FIRED OUT OF

THE GUN! IT'S SHOT TO THE WINDOW!
MAGDALENA
SHIT - !
MAGDALENA is shocked. She lets go of the gun. It clatters on

the ground.
MAGDALENA
What a dumb stupid fucking bad idea.
LUNA
Let's bury him.
MAGDALENA
What?
LUNA
I want to bury him. On the outside.
MAGDALENA
Are you sure? We don't even know who
this guy is.
LUNA
I know. But he needs to be buried. He
can't be left here just like that. He
deserved to be buried.
cut to:
EXT. ABANDONED HOUSE IN THE WOODS. LATER.
The BODY of the Man is already buried on the ground. The two
girls approach to the burial site.
MAGDALENA
Think somebody will find him someday?
LUNA
I don't know. I'm not sure. Nobody
comes to this part of the woods.
LUNA grabs the man's ID CARD.
LUNA
It says here that the man is called
Roger Mendez. He was born in 1949. He
was born in Maryland. He lived on a
course of 40, 30 years. May you rest
in peace Roger.
She leaves the ID CARD on the burial spot. The Two Girls walk
back inside.
cut to:
INT. ABANDONED HOUSE IN THE WOODS. SAME.
The Two Girls are lying on the ground, their flashlights

illuminating one another. Their faces looks thoughtful.
MAGDALENA
It's not the first time you see a
dead person, right? Since you and
your family kill people.
LUNA
I've seen a lot of things, i don't
even know where to begin. And believe
me when i tell you this, all of those
things i saw are not good.
MAGDALENA
Bad?
LUNA
Terrible. Horrible. And you? It's not
the first time you see a dead body,
right?
MAGDALENA
I mean, i've seen them in the movies.
But in real life -- Jesus. How does
it feel?
LUNA
What?
MAGDALENA
To be dead. To live forever.
LUNA
I don't know. I guess you feel like
you're the owner of this entire
world. You get to see great events
that happen on the future life
without aging, or without getting
older, without aging, without dying.
MAGDALENA
And how does it feel to be dead?
LUNA
I don't know. I don't know what dead
people can feel. I don't even know if
they can even feel. But, when you
die, you just -- die. That's it. I
don't feel dead. I feel alive. And
when i feel alive, i feel that the
other people are just -- dead.
MAGDALENA
And when you're dead, you feel that
the other people are alive?
LUNA
Yeah.
Silence.
MAGDALENA
My Mom once said that she wished to
be dead when she was around with my
Dad. Can i tell you something? I
rather die than keep being his
daughter.
LUNA
I can only imagine.
CUT TO:
INT. STREET. MIDNIGHT.
MAGDALENA and LUNA walk together on a street, thoughtful about

the events that happened on the abandoned house.
LUNA
(sigh)
Why walking when we can go flying?
MAGDALENA
What?
LUNA carries MAGDALENA while MAGDALENA has her head looking

back.
MAGDALENA
What are you doing?
LUNA
We are gonna have a flying session.
Ready?
MAGDALENA
What?
Suddenly -- LUNA STARTS TO FLY WITH MAGDALENA.
ON MAGDALENA AND LUNA: LUNA is flying with MAGDALENA while

MAGDALENA is screaming. LUNA flies and jumps on the roofs of
the houses and on the buildings. MAGDALENA screams, but at the
same time, she enjoys this. She wildly enjoys flying, jumping
and floating with LUNA.
INT. NEIGHBORHOOD. MOMENTS LATER.
LUNA and MAGDALENA arrive with a jump to the neighborhood.

MAGDALENA pants.
LUNA
You're okay?
MAGDALENA
What the fuck just happened?
LUNA
You want to know what happened? You
just flew.
MAGDALENA
I did?
LUNA
Yeah, you did. You just fucking flew.
MAGDALENA aparts from LUNA, with her hair now messy.
LUNA
Sorry about the hair,--
Suddenly, like a lightning, like a speeding car, MAGDALENA

EMBRACES AND HUGS LUNA SO STRONGLY. LUNA is surprised. She
gasps.
MAGDALENA
I don't want to lose you. I'm losing
everyone.
LUNA hugs MAGDALENA.
LUNA
I don't want to lose you too. You're
like the best thing that has ever
happened to me.
MAGDALENA
Whoa.
LUNA
Whoa what?
MAGDALENA
You're like the first person who ever
said that to me.
LUNA
Really?
MAGDALENA
Yeah.
They apart. They look at each other. They smile to each other.
CUT TO:
INT. MAGDALENA'S ROOM. MIDNIGHT.

Magdalena and Luna are kissing each other. They're doing it
silently, in order to not wake up the adults in the house.
They're kissing wildly, with tongue and with a romantic

sensual erotic passion.
They start to undress each other until the two of them are now
fully barefoot naked.
Magdalena throws Luna to her (Magdalena's) bed. Magdalena gets

atop of her.
Magdalena kisses Luna on the mouth repeated times. Then, she

kisses Luna's breast. Then, Magdalena goes down to kiss her
stomach.
We stay with Luna, as she begins to softly moan. It is implied

that Magdalena is giving her oral sex. Luna can't resist the
endless pleasure Magdalena is giving her.
MAGDALENA (O.S)
Did you liked it?
CUT TO:
LATER:
Magdalena is lying atop of Luna. The two are looking at each

other. Their eyes sparkle when they meet each other.
LUNA
I loved it. It was the best sex i
ever had in my life.
MAGDALENA
It wasn't just sex, it was love.
LUNA
Yeah. Love.
They kiss.
LUNA
You just made love to a vampire. How
do you feel?
MAGDALENA
Yeah, that sounds weird. But it feels
good. I never thought it would feel
this good.
LUNA
What is your dad gonna say about
this? I think he's gonna lose his
fucking mind when he sees this.
MAGDALENA
Don't worry, I'm not gonna tell him
anything. I promise that for as long
as i keep this a secret, you'll be
more safe from him.
Luna kisses her on the mouth, briefly.
LUNA
Thank you Magda.
MAGDALENA
You're welcome Luna.
LATER:
Magdalena watches how a fully naked
Luna begins to dress.
LUNA
Did we made any kind of noise?
MAGDALENA
My Dad didn't knocked on the door
while i was blowing you off, so that
means we're okay.
Luna then grabs her own shirt and tosses it to Magdalena.
MAGDALENA
(takes the shirt)
What's this for?
LUNA
Just in case. I mean...If you have a
memory of me. In case if i leave the
town, i want you to have a memory of
me, at least just one.
LATER:
Magdalena is sleeping on her bed, with her breasts lying on

the bed, and with the rest of her body being covered by the
messy sheets.
Luna is now wearing Magdalena's shirt.
Luna approaches to Magdalena and gives her a kiss on her

forehead. She smiles as she aparts.
Luna is now gone.
Magdalena is dreaming about something.
CUT TO:
INT. MAGDALENA'S HOUSE - DINING ROOM. DAY. FLASHBACK.
MAGDALENA and Bastian are having lunch. Bastian is eating

perfectly normal while MAGDALENA isn't eating perfectly
normal. She is heartbroken.
MAGDALENA
I don't know. Do i look okay?
BASTIAN
That doesn't count as a yes or a no,
now answer me, you okay?
MAGDALENA doesn't even answer.
Bastian then throws her his empty glass, it crashes on her

plate.
BASTIAN
You fucking crybaby! What, are you
gonna still cry for that bitch--?!
MAGDALENA
(punches table)
DON'T YOU SWEAR AT HER YOU SHIT!
DON'T YOU EVER DARE TO SWEAR AT HER!
SHE WAS YOUR WIFE! MY MOTHER! THE
MOTHER OF THE BABY YOU CREATED! All
she did was worry all the time about
if the baby was gonna be born good or
not! And you know what's your part in
the play?! You just fucking drink all
the time! I wish that you knew all
the pain that i'm going through right
now. I just want you to understand
that my mother, your wife, is dead!!
SHE IS DEAD! AND YOU JUST DON'T FEEL
SHIT FOR IT!
Bastian is on silence. MAGDALENA pants, crying.
BASTIAN
What do you think i do?? You think i
care?? I do care. I care a lot for
her--
MAGDALENA
No you don't! You never cared! You
didn't even said "i love you" to her!
Not even for fucking once! You - YOU
FUCKING LIAR! YOU DISGUSTING LYING
PIECE OF SHI--!
She tries to hit him, but he catches her hand. She gasps. She
tries to let go, but Bastian doesn't let her go
MAGDALENA
Let me go. Let me go!
Let me go, right now you filthy piece of shit!
BASTIAN
You want me to let you go? Insult me
one more time. Hit me. Come on.
She knows that if she does it, she'll get her ass kicked.
BASTIAN
You want me to be honest with you?
Alright, i'll be honest with you. I
don't like you. At all. I hate you.
You want to know something?! I ALMOST
PAID FOR YOUR ABORTION! I thought
that if your mother had you it would
kill her! I COULD HAVE PAID YOUR
ABORTION SO I COULD NOT SEE YOUR UGLY
FUCKING FACE! EVERYDAY I WAKE UP AND
MY ONLY WISH IS FOR YOU TO DIE! SO
HOW'S THAT FOR HONESTY YOU LITTLE
FUCKING BITCH?! HUH?! HOW'S THAT FOR
HONESTY!?
Beat. Bastian is red. MAGDALENA is scared.
BASTIAN
SO HOW ABOUT YOU SHUT THE FUCK UP NOW
AND JUST -- Look, can we at least
have a normal family lunch-?
MAGDALENA
Family??? Family?!?!? YOU'RE NOT PART
OF THIS FAMILY!!!
BASTIAN
Magdalena, please...
MAGDALENA
YOU NEVER WERE PART OF THIS FAMILY!!!
You just wanted to have a child in
this family. That's why Mom is gone!!
She died because of your arrogance!!
It was your fault! If you didn't got
her pregnant, none of this would have
happened! THIS IS YOUR FAULT!
She begins to cry.
MAGDALENA
YOUR FUCKING FAULT! I already had a
family!!!! Until you arrived... I
already had a family!!! And you know
what you did?! You shredded it
apart!!! You destroyed my family! You
destroyed the thing that i cared for
in life! You---
She's running out of words.
MAGDALENA
You---
She ran out of words.
She walks out of the house.
BASTIAN
Yeah, go on! LEAVE! LEAVE LIKE YOUR
FUCKING MOTHER! LEAVE LIKE THAT
BITCH! I DON'T WANT TO SEE YOU AGAIN!
Bastian is left there. Instead, he starts to finish his food.
CUT BACK TO:
INT. MAGDALENA'S ROOM.
Magdalena wakes up from her dream.
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - DINING ROOM. SAME.
The family is drinking the blood from the bottles that Javier
brought. They're all sitting on the chairs in front of the
table.
Mateo is the first one to finish.

Mateo looks at Luna, who begins to finish her drinking. She
finishes drinking her blood. She looks at Mateo looking at
her.
LUNA
What?
MATEO
(shrugs)
I don't know. Is there something
supposed to be wrong at this exact
moment?
LUNA
(shrugs)
I don't know.
Silence.
MATEO
Hey, Lu....
LUNA
Mm-hm?
MATEO
I just wanted to apologize for how I
treated you the other night. That
wasn't me at the moment.
LUNA
Well then if it wasn't you, who was
it?
MATEO
I don't know. Someone evil. A
monster, maybe.
LUNA
Hmm.
MATEO
(sighs)
So, i know you're gonna get sad and
then mad at me.
LUNA
Why?
MATEO
We're leaving the town.
Beat. Luna freezes. She can't believe what she just heard.
LUNA
What?!
VANIA
We have to go away.
Luna still doesn't believe what she's saying.
MATEO
We will start a new life now. In
another town, or probably in another
city. I will give you tomorrow so you
can say goodbye to your girlfriend.
LUNA
Well, what about Javier? Isn't he
coming with us?
VANIA
I turned him.
LUNA
You what?
VANIA
I turned him. He's one of us now.
LUNA
Well, where the fuck is he?
VANIA
On his house, packing up clothes.
LUNA
Well, how the fuck did it happen?
CUT TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - VANIA'S ROOM. THE DAY BEFORE. FLASHBACK.
We see Javier and Vania, making love. She is sitting on his

lap while they kiss and fuck with passion.
Then, as the two of them are about to come to their climaxes,

Vania looks at Javier’s neck....
....and she STICKS HER FANGS ON MARCO’S NECK! The song erupts.
Javier’s feelings are a combination between the pleasure of
the climax and the pain of turning into a vampire.
They lie on the bed. Vania keeps feeding on his blood. Javier
then closes his eyes.
CUT BACK TO:
INT. THE RED HOUSE - DINING ROOM.
LUNA
Are you fucking kidding me, Vani?
VANIA
I'm sorry, alright? It was an
accident.
LUNA
(to mateo)
Well, can i bring Magdalena with me?
Please, she needs somewhere to stay.
She needs to stay somewhere where she
is not surrounded by grief or trauma.
MATEO
No, I'm sorry. We can't bring her
with us.
LUNA
Says who? Dad? Did Dad's spirit
transported into your soul?
MATEO
Luna, please. Behave.
LUNA
You see? You're just trying to act
like him. It doesn't even work for
you. It doesn't work.
MATEO
Alright. You want to know why we
can't bring her with us? She's a
distraction. She is distracting you
and probably turning you against us.
LUNA
Why the fuck would she do that to me?
She wouldn't do that.
MATEO
Look, we'll only bring Javier with
us, alright? We won't bring another
human into our family, alright? You
know why? We will not risk a human in
our getaway. Imagine if the police
end up searching for her. They’ll end
up searching for us. Is that too
clear enough for you, Luna?
Luna sighs.
LUNA
Well...Can I stay here?
MATEO
Lu...
LUNA
Please. I just....
(sighs)
I just want to be with her, alright?
She's everything that I love.
Mateo understands her pain.
MATEO
Staying is an option.
But this family remains united.
LUNA
The family, the family, the fucking
family. Look at us, we're not a real
family. You know what we are? A
family of freaks. A family of
monsters. We're not like the real
families out there.
MATEO
Oh yeah? And how are the real
families out there?
LUNA
They're....They're nice. They take
their dogs out for a walk. They have
birthdays, which we don't have.
MATEO
What else do they have that we don't
have?
LUNA
At least they're nicer with the
people outside. We are not nice to
the people outside.
Silence.
MATEO
Fuck, you're actually right about
that.
Silence.
CUT TO:
INT. MAGDALENA'S HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. THE NEXT NIGHT.
Bastian leaves the house. He goes to the bar. That's his

typical every-night routine.
INT. MAGDALENA'S ROOM. SAME.
MAGDALENA is thoughtful. She looks up.
Then --
-- THREE KNOCKS ON THE DOOR ARE EMITTED. She wonders.
cut to:
INT. MAGDALENA'S HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. SECONDS LATER.
MAGDALENA walks to the main door. He looks through the

peephole.
ANGLE: THROUGH THE PEEPHOLE. LUNA is standing right in front

of the main door.
MAGDALENA looks at her, surprised.
MAGDALENA opens the door. LUNA and MAGDALENA look at each

other.
MAGDALENA
Hi.
LUNA
Hey.
They smile to each other while an awkward silence fills the

scene.
LUNA
I've heard about what happened. To
your mother. I'm so sorry.
MAGDALENA
Yeah, thank you. I'm so sorry too.
LUNA
Yeah. I thought i could give you a
little visit so i could make you
happy, i guess. Do you like that
idea?
MAGDALENA
Yeah -- Well -- My Dad -- He's, Uh --
He's at the bar, he might get here
anytime soon, so -- If he sees you,
he will kill you and then he will
kill me -- So --
LUNA understands.
LUNA
Oh, uh -- Alright, i guess. I won't
bother you tonight --
As LUNA is about to walk off, MAGDALENA quickly regrets it.
MAGDALENA
Wait!
LUNA turns.
LUNA
What's wrong?
MAGDALENA
You can stay in here, for a while.
LUNA
Really?
MAGDALENA
Really.
LUNA
Alright.
MAGDALENA receives her. She lets LUNA in. LUNA walks around in
the house.
LUNA
I think i need to take a shower.
MAGDALENA
You can have some clothes of mine, if
you want.
LUNA
Really? You're giving me some of your
clothes?
MAGDALENA
Of course. Wait here.
MAGDALENA runs to her room. LUNA waits there. LUNA then looks
at a photo of LUNA WITH HER MOTHER, SMILING TO THE CAMERA.
LUNA smiles when she sees that photo, probably because it
reminded her of her past days and past moments with her
mother. MAGDALENA comes with some of her clothes.
MAGDALENA
Here. Here's the clothes.
LUNA
Why are you being so nice to me?
MAGDALENA
Because you're being nice to me.
LUNA smiles. She receives the clothes. She holds the clothes
on her hands.
LUNA
Where is the bathroom?
MAGDALENA
I'll guide you.
The two girls walk to the bathroom.
INT. BATHROOM. MOMENTS LATER.
As we're inside of the bathroom, we see the curtain is closed.

And we hear nothing but LUNA taking a shower as she hums a
song. Probably a song that she and her mother used to sing
back in the old good days when her mother was still alive.
cut to:
MAGDALENA walks around, in despair. A little bit in panic.
MAGDALENA
(to herself)
This is crazy. Am I crazy?? No, this
is crazy. I have a girl in my house,
and she’s taking a shower. And i just
gave her some of my clothes. I mean,
who does that? No one does that.
Freaks do that. I mean, am i a freak?
We can hear that, inside the bathroom, LUNA stops showering

herself. The shower stops.
seconds later:
MAGDALENA sits on the ground. She sighs.
Then, LUNA exits the room, wearing MAGDALENA's clothes. She

has her hair damp due to the shower water. She walks to
MAGDALENA.
LUNA
Hey.
MAGDALENA
Hey.
LUNA sits in front of her.
MAGDALENA
(looks at the clock;
realizes about something
important)
Shit!
LUNA
What?
MAGDALENA
You have to go.
LUNA
Why?
MAGDALENA
My Dad! If he finds out that i have a
girl in here, he'll kill me and then
he'll kill you.
LUNA
Oh. Okay. I can leave if you want.
The two arise.
MAGDALENA
So, see you tomorrow??
LUNA
No. Tomorrow i can't.
MAGDALENA
Okay, another day?
LUNA
No. I can't.
MAGDALENA
Alright, i get what you're trying to
do. When?
LUNA
I can't. I just can't.
MAGDALENA
Why not? What's wrong?
Then, LUNA spits the news out:
LUNA
The police already knows who me and
my family are. This town, they're all
searching for my family. And me.
MAGDALENA
LUNA, what's going on? What is it? Is
there something you want to tell me?
LUNA gets heartbroken.
LUNA
We have to leave the town.
By just hearing that, MAGDALENA gets worried.
MAGDALENA
What?
LUNA nods, saddened.
LUNA
Turns out we can't stay here for much
longer.
MAGDALENA
Well...Why can't you just hide in
here??
LUNA
Look, it's not up to you to decide!
Ok?
LUNA is worried. She's heartbroken too. She looks down.

LUNA
I'm sorry. But it's how things are
now. I wish i could change it all,
but i can't. I'm so sorry.
Tears stream down off of MAGDALENA's eyes. They land on the

floor.
MAGDALENA
That's it.
LUNA
What?
MAGDALENA
(looks at LUNA)
That's it. I'm done. I'm done having
to live in here forever. I'm done
trying not to repeat the same routine
every single day. I'm done. I swear
to God that i'm done.
LUNA
MAGDALENA, what are you doing?
MAGDALENA
I'm done living in a world where the
weak always has to be treated like
shit. I don't want to live in that
world anymore. I want to change it.
So that's why, i'm gonna tell you
this. I'm running away with you.
LUNA
What?!
MAGDALENA
I'm running away with you. I'm sick
of still be living in here.
LUNA
But...But...Your...Your Dad...
MAGDALENA
My Dad? MY DAD?! I never even worried
my Dad. All he did was sitting on
that fucking couch and drink beer
without even caring for me! Do you
think that i will worry him if i run
away with you? No! I won't worry him!
Not even a single fucking second!
LUNA
You know, you can run away with me,
but if they find out that we're
fugitives, if they find out you're
with me, we're both dead.
MAGDALENA
So what?! I'm already dead! I've been
dead ever since i was even born!
LUNA, please. I want you to get me
out of here. Please. Let me run away
with you.
LUNA suddenly starts to think her answer.
LUNA
Alright.
MAGDALENA
Alright?
LUNA
Yeah.
Alright.
MAGDALENA smiles. She laughs.
MAGDALENA
Alright? Really?
LUNA
Yeah.
Really.
MAGDALENA
(just to make sure)
I can run away with you?
LUNA
Yeah, you can--
After she says can, MAGDALENA, like a lightning, like a

speeding car, hugs LUNA with all her strength.
MAGDALENA
Thank you, thank you, thank you.
LUNA hugs her too as well. The two embrace with each other.
LUNA
I promise to you.
Everything will be alright from here
on now. I promise.
CUT TO:
INT. BAR. SAME.
BASTIAN walks in. He double taps on the table.
BASTIAN
Maestro!
BARTENDER
What will it be?
BASTIAN
Uhh, give me a good Jack Daniels.
Pale Ale.
THE BARTENDER goes to look at a beer for BASTIAN. The Town’s

Police Chief arrives at the bar. He walks to a sit, almost
tired. He sighs as he sits on the seat. Then, he watches
BASTIAN. The two exchange looks, almost uncomfortable ones.
THE BARTENDER gives him the beer.
BARTENDER
There you go.
BASTIAN
Thank you, I--
(searches on pockets;
realizes they're empty)
Oh man. I swear i had my money on my
pocket.
ANDRES stands up from his seat and walks to BASTIAN.
BASTIAN
I don't know what happened--
ANDRES
(puts dollar on table)
I'll pay it for him.
BASTIAN looks at ANDRES, surprised and stunned. THE BARTENDER

accepts the dollar.
ANDRES
(takes another dollar; puts
it on table)
And another one for me, same one he
asked, please.
BARTENDER
Coming right up, sir.
BARTENDER walks off to get the beer. BASTIAN looks at ANDRES,

BASTIAN looks shocked, stunned surprised, confused?
BASTIAN
Let me guess. Am i under arrest?
ANDRES
No. I just wanted to save you from
not having a bad night.
BASTIAN
Huh. Thanks.
ANDRES looks around.
ANDRES
God. What does someone do in a place
like this?
BASTIAN
I don't know. People come here to
clean the sadness of their faces,
they bitch about life, they complain
about today's modern world by
drinking just one beer that leaves
you drunk. By the way, why did you
paid me the beer?
ANDRES
What? I just saved your ass. You
saved mine by accepting our dinner
offering.
THE BARTENDER gives him the beer.
BASTIAN
So, what’s your case?
ANDRES
What?
BASTIAN
Why are you here?
ANDRES
I had my head on this case for as
long as i could remember. All these
killings, people gone missing. It
just -- It got me confused. Who would
have done it?
BASTIAN
You’ve been working on this killing
spree case for so long that now you
need a rest to make things out.
ANDRES
That’s right.
BASTIAN decides to keep on with the conversation.
BASTIAN
Jesus Mary and Joseph. What kind of
sick bastard would do such a thing?
Either it can be Jeffrey Dahmer,
Charles Manson, Freddy Krueger or
some other person trying to attract
the attention by making these things.
ANDRES
Yeah, maybe. Except the first two are
dead and the last one is a made up
character. What about you?
BASTIAN
Guess.
ANDRES
Rough day at the office? Because you
look like an office guy--
BASTIAN
School. Rough day at school. These
peers i'm working with. When they
become so bosy, they can’t always
shut up when i tell them to do. All
the time saying they rule and all.
(scoffs)
I mean, God. Anyway, thanks for the
beer.
ANDRES
Always treat your guests with honesty
and care. That's one of the words my
dad said to me.
BASTIAN
Funny. I never got to meet my dad so
well. I mean, he was so addicted to
work, he never got time to the
family. All i could do was staying in
home with daughter.
ANDRES
How is she? Your daughter?
BASTIAN
She's good. Yeah. She's doing fine.
Actually, uhh -- her mom passed away
a while ago.
ANDRES
I’m so sorry for that.
BASTIAN
I don't know how to help my daughter
to fight with this grief she has.
Good thing is that she’s starting to
go out, making new friends. When he
was around 14, she was very shy but
then, in time, she started to come
out of the house, he started to
reveal himself to everybody.
ANDRES
She deserves that. She deserves to go
out, make some friends. My son is
like your daughter. He was shy, but
in time, he got friends.
BASTIAN
How old is he? Your son.
ANDRES
Christ. Old enough to know better the
things of the world. 14.
BASTIAN
Kids grow faster. In the first day,
they turn from cute little toddlers
to kids who don't want to be with
their parents anymore. Everything
changes.
ANDRES
They are who they are. They want to
change, then let's let them do it. We
can't ask them to be something else
when they want to be themselves. We
can't infantile them.
BASTIAN
Maybe they -- Maybe the teenagers
don't want to try being like adults.
Maybe the adults want to try being
like the teens. They want to be more
alive, they want to have more energy,
they want to dress well, they want to
have great music taste, they want to
listen better, play instruments
better, love better, look more young
and beautiful, not having to deal
with that adults are dealing with
these days: Age changing and death.
ANDRES
Change. That's change. It happens all
the time. First you're the king of
the world, later you're falling down
the hill. I mean, what else is there
to do?
BASTIAN nods.
BASTIAN
I can't believe i'm about to say
this, but i think i'm -- jealous of
my daughter. I mean, sure, she's
young, she's free to do whatever she
wants. I want that energy that she
has. I wish i could be more free to
do whatever i want.
ANDRES
You still can. Just leave it all like
that. Give everything a rest. Have
more time for your family. Take your
family to a vacation if you have to.
Accept. That's the word. There’s no
better word in this world than
family.
BASTIAN thinks. Then, Andres's WALKIE sounds.
ANDRES
Simon. Yeah, I’ll be right there.
He finishes his beer and stands up.
ANDRES
I’m sorry, i have to--
BASTIAN
--save the world?? Go on. I won’t
stop you.
ANDRES walks out. BASTIAN is left there, thoughtful.

BASTIAN
Family.
CUT TO:
ON A VINYL PLAYER, MAGDALENA puts a VINYL DISC. When she

finishes, it begins to play. Then, the song Love Will Tear Us
Apart (12" Remix) (The 1980 Martin Hannett Version) by JOY
DIVISION starts to play.
As the song starts and erupts, MAGDALENA begins to dance.
On the Vinyl, Ian Curtis starts to sing:
JOY DIVISION
When routine bites hard
And ambitions are low
And resentment rides high
But emotions won't grow
LUNA approaches to a dancing MAGDALENA. LUNA smiles. MAGDALENA

notices her. They exchange a happy look.
MAGDALENA walks to LUNA and grabs her arms.
MAGDALENA
Come on. Dance with me. Come on.
Dance.
LUNA starts to dance with MAGDALENA.
MAGDALENA
There you go.
The two girls are dancing.
JOY DIVISION
Is my timing that flawed?
Our respect run so dry?
Yet there's still this appeal
That we've kept through our lives
A moment of them as they keep dancing to the song.
JOY DIVISION
But love, love will tear us apart
again
Love, love will tear us apart again
As they keep dancing, they look at each other. They exchange a
long look for a moment.
Then, they approach to each other, and they hold on each

other. They embrace, they hug.
JOY DIVISION
Do you cry out in your sleep?
All my failings exposed
Gets a taste in my mouth
As desperation takes hold
And it's something so good
Just can't function no more?
LUNA is dancing while holding on MAGDALENA. The two are

dancing slowly.
JOY DIVISION
Love, love will tear up apart again
Then, LUNA looks at Magdalena's neck. She looks at it. Eyes

full of wild hunger. MAGDALENA reacts to this with wonder. She
doesn't dare to speak. LUNA looks and admires her lover's
neck.
The whole scene becomes inaudible as the music keeps sinking

in.
Then -- WHAM!! Like a lightning, like a speeding car, like a

fast wild animal, LUNA STICKS HER FANGS ON MAGDALENA'S NECK.
JOY DIVISION
As LUNA does the action, MAGDALENA screams. But LUNA's hunger

can't stop. She doesn't apart her teeth from her. She doesn't
want to.
JOY DIVISION
Love, love will tear up apart again
Blood comes off the neck. Magdalena's clothes begin to get

stained with her own blood.
The two start to slowly get on their knees. Then, they lay
down to the ground.
MAGDALENA looks up. But for some reason she doesn't feel pain.
She feels some sort of relaxing esctacy. She slowly closes her
eyes as the music fades off, echoing off.
FADE TO WHITE.
INT. MAGDALENA'S ROOM. SECONDS LATER.
LUNA puts MAGDALENA on her own bed. She covers her with the
sheets.
INT. MAGDALENA'S HOUSE - BATHROOM. SECONDS LATER.
Luna washes off the blood off her mouth.
INT. BASTIAN'S ROOM. SECONDS LATER.
LUNA enters into the room. She decides to sleep on Bastian's

bed. She begins to sleep.
CUT TO:
INT. BASTIAN'S CAR. SAME.
THROUGH THE CAR'S BACKSEAT - HOLD
We see BASTIAN driving to the house. Driving on the

neighborhood, on the streets, about to ARRIVE.
CUT TO:
INT. MAGDALENA'S HOUSE/MAIN ROOM. SAME
VIEW THROUGH THE PEEPHOLE
BASTIAN walks to the door. A few seconds later, he is right

outside the door, a bit drunk. He picks his keys and begins to
open the door. He opens the door and he enters.
Then, he sees his room with the door open and THERE'S A FIGURE
LYING, SLEEPING ON HIS BED. He walks slowly to it.
INT. BASTIAN'S ROOM. SAME.
INSIDE THE ROOM.

BASTIAN slowly approaches to the figure. He checks the figure,
unwraps the figure from the blankets and sees -- LUNA,
sleeping comfortable on the bed.
BASTIAN wonders. He stares at her, with confusion and a sense

of dread revenge.
He walks back OUR OF THE ROOM.
Bastian HOLDS A KNIFE. He's slowly approaching to LUNA. He

emits a loud wood noise. LUNA wakes up, wondering. Bastian
realizes.
BASTIAN
How did you even get here?
LUNA
I -- I'm sorry. I -- I didn't knew
this was your house.
BASTIAN
You're sorry? You come in here, you
break into my house, you sleep in my
bed, and then you say sorry? I don't
know if you copied it from some kid's
book or something. How did you got in
here? There's no broken windows --
LUNA
I came through the back door. I
really think i should go--
BASTIAN
It's ok, look.
He puts the knife on a table, trying to look not menacing.
BASTIAN
It's just me. Alright? It's ok. God,
You scared me, you know. You're on
your own right now?
LUNA
Yes.
BASTIAN
What are you doing here? By your own
plus.
LUNA
I don't know. I really think i should
get going--
As she's about to leave, BASTIAN blocks her way.
BASTIAN
I know about you, you know. About
what you do with my daughter.
She seems too frightened to answer.
BASTIAN
Tell me everything. What you two have
been doing lately.
LUNA
We just talk, walk, we just hang out.
It's nothing else, i swear.
BASTIAN
Hey hey hey, it's alright. You know
something? I was just like you. I ran
off house, hang with other people in
secret. I guess we have something in
common. I think that makes us even.
Bastian holds on her hand. Luna doesn't even blush. She is

more than terrified.
LUNA
Let me go.
BASTIAN
I just need an answer. I just need to
know that what i think you've been
doing with her is true. You can just
tell me, you know. We can both keep
it a secret and just leave it all
like that.
He grabs her hand. She notices.
LUNA
What? What are you doing?
BASTIAN
What else have you been doing with my
daughter? All those times she went
out without my permission. Where did
you took her?
LUNA
Nowhere.
BASTIAN
What have you been doing with her?
The situation becomes serious, intense and menacing. LUNA,
despite being a part of a brutal vampire family, is scared.
BASTIAN
If you have something that you won’t
dare to tell me, you better tell me.
Are you hiding something from me??
Did you two did something??
LUNA
(shakes her head)
No.
BASTIAN
No, no, no. That’s ok. You can say
no. Classical answer. What is it
that’s between you two??? Do you have
desires for her or does she for
you??? Did you -- touched her or did
she touched you??
LUNA aparts Bastian's hand from her own hand. And Bastian
SLAPS HER. He forces her. She begins to scream. Now the
situation went from serious, intense and menacing, to more
serious, more intense, more menacing and more fucked up.
LUNA
LET ME GO!! LET ME GO!!
BASTIAN
Don't worry. It won't hurt much.
She struggles to release from Bastian, but he's the strongest

one in the room.
LUNA
Please!
BASTIAN
Do you know - that she is my little
girl--??
Before he can finish -- A VAMPIRESS MAGDALENA JUMPS TO

BASTIAN, BITING HIM IN THE NECK!
LUNA watches, surprised, how Bastian is attacked by his own

daughter. MAGDALENA screams savagely while Bastian screams in
pain. Blood starts to spray out of is neck. They begin to exit
the room.
BASTIAN
AAH! AAARGH!
MAGDALENA attacks her father in a vicious, savage, wild,
violent and gruesome way.
BASTIAN
GET OFF ME! FUCKING GET THE FUCK OFF
OF ME!
But she can't. She's like a wild beast preying on its victim.
She's like a wild animal. Yelling and screaming, MAGDALENA and
her father land to the bathroom.
BASTIAN falls to the ground. MAGDALENA feeds on her neck. Like

a wild feral dangerous beast. One beast that is savage and
unknown. But dangerous and deadly.
LUNA exits the room. She approaches slowly to the scene.
ON MAGDALENA --
She keeps feeding on Bastian's neck. Then, she stops. She

stands and looks at Bastian, who can barely speak. He coughs
blood. His bite mark fucked up. The ground begins to get
soaked with blood.
By the way, MAGDALENA has RED EYES. RED EYES OF BLOOD AND AN
EXTREME HELLISH FURY.
BASTIAN
Mag.....Magdalena....I think you
should send me to a hospital.
MAGDALENA leans in. It is obvious what she wants. She is not

going to send him to a hospital just like that.
BASTIAN
Please -- Please -- Why are you doing
this?
Bastian can barely speak. He's too hurt to say anything. He

begins to cry.
MAGDALENA
Are you going to cry? Really?
(mockingly:)
Ooooh, look at this. The little girl
is about to cry. Aww, she wants to
cry. Aww, does the little girl wants
to hug her mommy? Or maybe her dead
wife? Owww, he can't because they're
both dead! What a little child she
is. Look at him, let's all make fun
of him. Great idea!
Hahahahahahahahaha!
(normal)
Oh, do you have something to say?!?
Come on, say it!!! Do you have
anything to say??
(beat)
Grow up.
BASTIAN
Please.
MAGDALENA
I don't think i ever warned you. I
don't think i ever told you of what
would happen if i decided to turn the
tables at you. You have no idea of
what I'm capable of doing to you. No
idea of the things i can do to you. I
can crush you, i can destroy you. I
can break you, tear you apart, turn
you into little pieces. And i won't
stop. I can take your heart out of
your chest and feast on it, and break
it till there's nothing left of it.
It will happen. One of these days,
when you less expect it, you will see
it. You will see, with your own eyes,
that moment coming to you. You will
ask for mercy, and you will see how i
tear it apart. When have you ever
cared about me?! Huh?! You make jokes
about me all the time! If I go
outside and something happens to me,
you won’t help me!!! You just stay
here and laugh every time!!! When?!?
If you cared about me, you wouldn’t
ask me to bring you beer all the
time. You got legs, you can grab it
by yourself. Lazy ass bastard!
(Getting emotional)
I can go out there, and I can never
go back. And let’s see how worried
you are. OK, let’s be honest here.
Why are you so jealous about
everything?
BASTIAN
I just wanted to get this family
together.
MAGDALENA
(mockingly)
Really? Oww. That's so sad.
(normal)
Well, guess what. This family is
dead. It has always been this way. My
mom, your wife, passed away a few
years ago!! And YOU DON’T EVEN
FUCKING CARE!! Now I think that’s
what you’ll do if something happens
to me: You’ll just say you don’t
care. You know something? You always
lied to me. You always lied to me,
you always told me lies after lies
after lies after more dumb fucking
lies! You may not realize it. I
remember every single one of them.
(mocking him)
Oh no, Magda. I just got a little
uncontrolled with my alcohol. I
promise it won't happen again. Oh
Magda, i love you. I care about you.
Oh please Magda, don't go. I don't
want to lose my little girl.
We've never heard MAGDALENA like this. Seriously. Never.
Bastian looks like if he just got punched hard in his heart,

because he just received it.
MAGDALENA
Do you remember the names you called
me when you were angry? All the
punishments you made to me, and made
me did? Do you even remember that one
time, that one fucking time when you
told me that I was a mess and you
were very sorry I was born?? Do you
even remember? I think you don't, you
old stupid fucking asshole! You piece
of shit! How dare you?!
BASTIAN
I'm sorry...
MAGDALENA
This is the last straw. The last
mistake you've ever done in your
life, because you'll be dead in a
while later.
BASTIAN
MAGDALENA...
Then, he opens his mouth and doesn’t move anymore. MAGDALENA
approaches and takes his pulse. It’s not beating. Bastian is
dead. His eyes lifeless, his heart not beating, his hands and
feet not moving.
Then, MAGDALENA takes Bastian's head and --
-- TWISTS IT! She twists her father's head on a graphic way to

see.
She finally lets go, she pants.
LUNA
MAGDALENA?
A blood soaked MAGDALENA (who has been blood soaked since she
killed her dad) turns at LUNA.
MAGDALENA
LUNA.
They embrace. They hug. They hold on each other so strongly.

LUNA starts crying.
LUNA
He tried -- He tried to --
MAGDALENA
It's ok. I got you now. I know, I
know. It’s ok. It’s over. I got you
now. I got you.
LUNA
MAGDALENA...
MAGDALENA
It’s ok. It’s fine. It’s over. He is
not alive, not anymore.
The whole scene becomes inaudible. LUNA begins to cry.

MAGDALENA comforts her.
CUT TO:
Luna arrives with Magdalena to the house. Mateo notices this.
MATEO
Luna? Who is this? Is this your girlfriend? Luna, for fuck’s
sake, we talked about it! We accorded that we are not gonna
risk a human into our getaway!
LUNA
No, no, no! She’s not human anymore! Look! Look at her teeth!
Magdalena opens her mouth, to reveal her fangs. Mateo

realizes.
MATEO
Luna. What the fuck did you just do?
LUNA
I’m sorry. It was an accident.
MATEO
Look at what you’ve done. Now what? Do we have to bring her
with us? Is that your plan, huh?
MAGDALENA
I wanted her to do that to me!
All eyes lock on Magdalena.
MATEO
What?
MAGDALENA
I wanted your sister to bite me. I let her do that. I didn’t
fucking stopped her. I can actually be free now.
MATEO
But, what about your dad?
MAGDALENA
I killed him.
Mateo is shocked.
MATEO
You did what?
MAGDALENA
I had to. To save myself. To save Luna. To release me from
this shit-hole town. Please, just let me stay with you guys. I
promise i won’t tell the police. I won’t tell anybody else
about you guys. Please.
Mateo thinks about this. He sighs.

MATEO
Alright. You can stay with us.
Magdalena smiles. She sighs in relief. So does Luna.
MAGDALENA
Thank you so much.
ELIZABETH (o.s)
Come on! Move!
cut to:
INT. FOREST. ONE NIGHT LATER.
Elizabeth, with a cast on her broken arm, walks on the forest

with her goons. She walks with Sebastian, her sometimes
boyfriend. They finally arrive to:
INT. QUARRY. SAME.
It's the same quarry from the beginning. Wait a minute. Could
it be?
Elizabeth and her goons admire the place.
guillermo
Well, how about this?
cut to:
LATER:
Guillermo and Franco are smoking cigarettes.
ON THE GROUND, far from them, Sebastian and Elizabeth are

wildly kissing. They make out. But sex is not implied.
Franco drops his cigarette and walks to the forest.
FRANCO
I'm gonna go peeing. You guys can
keep smoking if you want.
GUILLERMO
Why can’t you just fucking piss on
the water?
FRANCO
What if somebody drinks it? Plus, I'm
not that pig! Fuck off!
Franco walks to the forest.
INT. FOREST. LATER.
Franco is peeing on a tree. As he's about to finish, SOMEBODY

GRABS HIS HEAD! HE GASPS! THE PERSON WHO GRABBED HIS HEAD --
SMASHES HIS FACE ON THE TREE! FRANCO GRUNTS AND YELLS IN PAIN!
THE PERSON KEEPS SMASHING HIS HEAD IN THE TREE IN A WAY SO
STRONG, SO VIOLENT, SO IN-HUMAN, SO MONSTROUS, SO EXTREME AND
SO BRUTAL!
FRANCO'S NOSE LOSES A SHITLOAD OF BLOOD, BEING SOILED BOTH ON

HIS FACE AND ON THE TREE.
FRANCO'S NOSE IS BROKEN. AS THE PERSON FINISHES BANGING HIS

HEAD ON THE TREE FOR SEVERAL BRUTAL FUCKING TIMES, THE PERSON
GRABS FRANCO BY THE HAIR AND THROWS HIM IN THE GROUND.
Franco is now weak. His nose is broken. His face splattered

with his own blood. He can only see stars now.
THE PERSON APPROACHES TO HIM: IT'S MAGDALENA HERSELF! NOW AS A

BRUTAL, MINDLESS MONSTRUOUS VAMPIRESS!
She grabs Franco by the hair and begins to suck on his blood.
He can barely move his mouth or make a sound out of his mouth.
cut to:
INT. QUARRY. SAME.
SEBASTIAN and ELIZABETH are still on the ground. They're still

making out.
guillermo
Look at them. They are like two pigs wallowing in the mud.
sebastian
(got to notice what guillermo said)
Hey, cut it the fuck out! Can't you see i'm working in here?
guillermo
Yeah, working doesn't mean eating your girlfriend in front of
your friends, you fuckwad! Speaking of fuckwad, where's
Franco? What, did he went to the forest or something?
(at the forest; yells)
FRANCO! STOP FUCKING MASTURBATING IN
THERE AND COME BACK! THE PIGS ARE
WALLOWING IN THE MUD!
ELIZABETH
Fuck you, Guillermo!
GUILLERMO
No, you know what? Fuck you both, I'm
gonna go looking for him.
We follow Guillermo as he walks on the forest. We begins to be

walking deep on the forest.
GUILLERMO
Franco? You here? Yeah, real funny.
Stop playing the quiet man and come
back here, you little shit-!
After a couple of minutes without finding

anything, Guillermo gives up and returns to the
water quarry.
Now we're back at the quarry, where Sebastian and Elizabeth

keep kissing while Guillermo is now smoking.
SEBASTIAN
What? You didn’t found him?
GUILLERMO
No, he probably ran away--
Then, out of the forest, RAYMOND, VICTOR and BRUCE approach.
VICTOR
What the fuck are you pair of fucking losers doing in here?
The group turns, surprised.
ELIZABETH
We should ask the same to you. What
the fuck are you doing in here?
BRUCE
We didn't ask you to make the same question you fucking bitch!
We asked you to answer our question!
sebastian
Hey! Don't talk like that to my girlfriend!
RAYMOND/VICTOR/BRUCE
Owwwwww.
raymond
Girlfriend? Really? You're really in love with this piece of

shit?
sebastian
Say that again.
raymond
Say what again?
sebastian
What you've just said?
raymond
What did i just said?
sebastian
You called my girlfriend a piece of shit, didn't you?
Silence.
Raymond
I did?
sebastian
Listen, you two fucking weirdos, you better get the fuck away
from our zone.
VICTOR
Fuck you, this is our zone!
bruce
Yeah! Or what?
raymond
Yeah, what are you and your bitch and this little faggot over
there gonna do to us?
Silence. The stare-down is beginning to get awkward.
raymond
I knew you fucking bastards didn't had the courage--
Then, JAVIER’S TWO BULLIES APPEAR.
BULLY #1
Well, well, fucking well. Look what we fucking have in here.
BULLY #2
It’s the losers club? More like the retards club.
ELIZABETH
Oh shut up, you loser!
BULLY #1
Did you heard that, Cris? The retard just spoke.
The two bullies laugh. The others are annoyed.
BULLY #1
Beat it you retards. This is our zone.
ELIZABETH
Oh yeah? Or what? WHat if we don’t want to leave---?
Then, SPLASH! A BODY IS THROWN TO THE WATER. ALL TEENAGERS

GASP AND EXCLAIM! They look at the body.
sebastian
WHat the fuck was that?
guillermo
More like what the fuck is that?
ELIZABETH
That's a body you dumb fuckwad.
sebastian
I'll go check it.
ELIZABETH
Baby, please be careful.
Sebastian walks to the body. He swims on the water. And

finally holds on the body: IT'S FRANCO’S FUCKED UP, TORN OFF,
BROKEN BODY. Sebastian gasps. He backs off slowly.
sebastian
Oh shit!
ELIZABETH
What? What is it? Who's that?
Then, the teenagers hear something on the woods. They gasp as

they begin to be scared.
WE SLOWLY TURN UP, TO THE TREES, TO SEE HOW BEAUTIFUL-LOOKING

THEY ARE.
Then, we start to hear --
-- SOME SCREAMS!
-- SCREAMS OF PAIN!
-- INHUMANE GRUNTING!
-- SCREAMS OF PAIN AND AGONY!
We hear some people tearing apart some kind of human flesh as

the three teenagers are beginning to scream like hell for
help. They scream in pain and in agony. As the screams ends,
we SLOWLY TURN DOWN, only to see --

these parts used to belong to the bullies.
With the bodies, we see JAVIER, who's now a red-eyed VAMPIRE,

previously turned by Vania when they were having sex, Vania,
MATEO, LUNA, MARCO, VINKO and MAGDALENA. The group, with their
hands and mouths and faces splattered in blood, look at the
bodies. MAGDALENA looks at the dead, torn off, dismembered
bodies of her bullies.
Then, PAINFUL GRUNTING IS HEARD BY MAGDALENA. She turns down

to see --
-- ELIZABETH, with her two legs torn off, spitting blood out
of her mouth, tries to crawl away. Crying silently. Tears
Magdalena slowly approaches to her. She puts her own foot on
Elizabeth's back. Elizabeth gasps. She stops crawling. She
cries.
Magdalena turns her. Their eyes meet with each other.
Elizabeth prays for her life to be saved.
ELIZABETH
(crying; weakly)
Please...Please, just....Just....Let
me go....please....take me to a
hospital....Stop, please, stop!!! I
beg you please!!! I don’t want to
die. Please. They came and killed my
friends!!! I don’t want to be the
next one! Please, I’m sorry. For
everything I did, I’m sorry. Just
have mercy on me, alright? At least
just once.
And Magdalena?
She just smiles. She smiles at the sight of this. She then
begins to laugh. She cracks up laughing. She thinks this is
funny. In fact, this looks like the funniest thing she has
ever seen in her life: Her bully dying in front of her.
Then, Magdalena takes Elizabeth's broken arm --
-- and RIPS IT OFF! Elizabeth screams in a ghoulish endless

pain.
Then, Magdalena grabs Elizabeth's other arm --
-- and RIPS IT OFF TOO! Elizabeth can't stop screaming in

pain. She just doesn't stop.
Magdalena takes Elizabeth's dismembered body --
-- and throws it to the quarry water. Elizabeth is now gone.

Magdalena looks at Elizabeth drowning on the water. Magdalena
smiles.
MATEO
Come on. We have to go.
The group begins to leave.
smash to black.
OVER BLACK:
A rain drop falls from the sky, and
lands on the ground. Then, another
one, lands on a house's roof. Then,
another one. Then, another one. Then,
another one. The rain strongly pours
on the ground. With some thunder and
light storm with it. The rain hits
hard on wherever it falls into, it
hits hard like rocks.
SMASH TO:
THE RAIN
is strongly pouring on us, and on the
dark night. Lightning is emerged. The
sky shines briefly in white as
thunder sounds are strongly emitted.
We slowly go down and see we're on a
deserted FOREST ROAD.
The DREADFUL, MOANING, HOWLING WIND is now BLOWING.
Then, HAZY, BLURRY GLOWS of RED AND BLUE are being illuminated
on the BACKGROUND, far from us. It's A COP CAR. It races
through the rainy night with all speed. The siren sounds out
loud. The COP CAR -- RACES on THE DESERTED FOREST ROAD.
cut to:
EXT. COP CAR. SAME.
As we follow the COP CAR, the RAIN FLIES TO US WITH SUCH FURY
AND SPEED, as the COP CAR expells water and dirt on its path.
INT. COP CAR. SAME.
THROUGH THE COP CAR WINDSHIELD,
the car's driving through a dark, rainy night. Rain strongly

pours and falls to the windshield. HEAVY BREATHING is heard.
THE DRIVER, who drives with a hell of a speed, BREATHS HARD
AND OUT LOUD. The RADIO starts to beep. Interference is
emitted. Voices are heard on the radio.
LUIS (on radio)
Andres! Andres -- Where are you? Tell me you're getting

closer!
The DRIVER, ANDRES, grabs THE RADIO WALKIE and starts to talk.
ANDRES
I'm right here Luis! Is the ambulance
there?
LUIS (on radio)
They already arrived. The others are on their way. Where are
you?
ANDRES
I don't -- I don't know. I'm in the
middle of fucking nowhere!
LUIS (on radio)
Please hurry up!
Then, he sees some floodlights on a crime scene, on a quarry.

It seems like he's getting closer to wherever he's going.
ANDRES
Hold on! I think i found you! I'm
close to the scene! I'm approaching!
cut to:
INT. QUARRY. SAME.
ANDRES arrives. THE COP CAR arrives to A CRIME SCENE on a

QUARRY.
INT. COP CAR. SAME.
THROUGH THE WINDSHIELD,

Andres pulls over the car next to an
ambulance. A group of people are
outside. Something's happening.
ANDRES
Jesus Christ.
He RUSHES OUT of the car, into --
INT. QUARRY. SAME.
ANDRES rushes out of the COP CAR, and runs to THE QUARRY with
the OTHER COP, his sidekick and partner: LUIS, 38 years old.
ANDRES runs front, then stops and pants. He gets shocked. The
lights flash on the scene. Andres walks around as he sees --
these parts used to belong to various teenagers.
ANDRES
(shocked)
Then he turns.
ANDRES
Is that him? Is he alive? Please tell
me he's alive.
cut to:
UNDERWATER.
The lights flash on a blurry way. Then, A HAND -- floats on

us. A LIFE-LESS HAND of a TEENAGER.
Then, A BODY -- OF A TEENAGER floats on us. A LIFE-LESS

TEENAGER! Like 18 years-old.
Then, THE BODY is being dragged to the surface by a couple of

people. It's being PULLED OUT OF THE WATER.
ON THE SURFACE.
The BODY of the TEENAGER is being put
on a small boat as TWO PEOPLE start
taking the boat to the edge.
Andres and Luis are devastated, shocked, horrified by just

looking at this event.
luis
What do you think it happened? A wild creature?
No answer.
smash to black.
INT. SCHOOL GYM. THE NIGHT LATER.
It's the night of the senior prom. The school is full of

excitement. Everybody is there. Students and even the teachers
couldn't fail to come.
Sitting on a spot, there's FEDERICO with DENISE, a cute girl

on her 18s.
There's some classical 80s or 70s music sounding on
loudspeakers. Those kind of songs you use on every prom. But
it's not modern.
CUT TO:
OUTSIDE THE GYM - SAME:
Marco, Vania, Mateo, Luna and Magdalena are walking to the gym
entrance.
MAGDALENA
Alright, i'm going in.
LUNA
Sure you can do this? I can kill him
for you, if you want.
MAGDALENA
No, no, no, no. I need this. Please.
I need to kill him myself. Please.
LUNA
Alright, babe. Kill him with all your
strength.
MATEO
You guys! We don't have much time!
MAGDALENA
Right. Sorry.
(to luna)
I'll see you inside.
LUNA
Inside will be.
They give a brief kiss on the mouth. Everyone, except for

Magdalena, climb the walls of the gym. They rise up to the
rooftop.
Magdalena enters the gym.
INT. SCHOOL GYM. SAME.
Magdalena enters. She looks around to the crowd, to find

Federico.
Then, SPUD, another student, approaches to the stage. He walks

up to the microphone.
spud
Attention! If i please could have your attention! May i have
your attention please? Lower the music please...
The music pauses.
spud
Thank you. Now, we've got the winners of the night. It's
Denise Vergara and Federico Volpe.
Suddenly, the entire room EXPLODES into a huge round of

APPLAUSE.
Federico and Denise rise up from their seats. They walk to the
stage. They're both surrounded by smiling faces.
Magdalena looks at him go to the stage and feels disgust.
After a few moments of claps and happy smiling faces, Denise

and Federico arrive to the stage. They smile to the big-ass
crowd.
Suddenly, MAGDALENA APPEARS FROM THE CROWD AND RUNS TO THEM!

Federico's smile fades away. He turns his smiling face to a
worried face.
Magdalena runs to him and...
...STABS HER WHOLE FIST ON HIS GUTS! Everyone, the teachers,

the students, including Denise, scream!
Magdalena finally extracts something from his insides: HIS OWN

RED BLOODY BEATING HEART! It should be shown in a gruesome,
excruciating, graphic way, even though it's an animated film.
Magdalena throws it to the crowd. Federico expels his last

breath out of his mouth, as he falls to the ground. He dies.
Denise screams in sheer terror. Everyone else screams in sheer
terror.
Magdalena, without any remorse on her, walks to the

microphone.
MAGDALENA
Good evening, ladies and gentlemen!
Everyone stare to her with sheer terror on their faces and

expressions.
MAGDALENA
My name is Magdalena!
DENISE
We already know who you are, you
fucking bitch!
Magdalena slaps the living fucking shit out of her. Denise

grunts as she falls to the ground. Magdalena turns back to the
microphone.
MAGDALENA
Now, as i was saying, for those who
don't know me and obviously don't
want to, my name is Magdalena. And
tonight, i'm gona bring you some
news.
(points at federico's dead
body)
This young man, Federico Volpe, is a
rapist. That night when we went to
camp, he put me to the ground...and
he raped me.
There's a horrified gasp from the audience.
MAGDALENA
Oh yes. Oh yes. He raped me. He raped
me in a moment where i was weak.
Where i couldn't defend myself
because he was the strongest one--
SPUD approaches.
spud
Alright, that's enough. Somebody call the police--
Magdalena steals the microphone off him.
MAGDALENA
It was in a forest. He raped me on a
forest. While all his other friends
held me down. And couldn't do
nothing...but laugh.
Federico's friends watch the scene.
MAGDALENA
That's right.
She points at them.
MAGDALENA
Those friends.
All eyes lock on Federico's friends.

federico's friend #1
That's not true! She's faking it! She's faking it all up!
Suddenly, MAGDALENA ERPUTS IN STRONG LAUGHTER. All eyes lock

on her. After a moment, she stops.
MAGDALENA
Look. I'm laughing. The same way you
guys did when your dearest friend
raped me.
Suddenly, the whole audience starts to boo, but not at

Federico's friends, but at her. She just killed somebody in
front of them.
MAGDALENA
Seriously? SERIOUSLY?! YOU'RE ON HIS
SIDE NOW!
(scoffs)
I thought you guys would help me on
this. But you really didn't. If it
was me who died in front of you, it
wouldn't matter anyway. I never
matter to you guys. To you guys, you
just consider me to be a failure!
Maybe you're right. Maybe that's what
i am. A dumb stupid fucking failure.
(then:)
Did you guys ever got the chance to
help me?
cut to:
QUICK FLASHBACKS OF MAGDALENA BEING BULLIED MERCILESSLY. FROM

BEING PUSHED DOWN THE STAIRS TO BE LOCKED INSIDE A CLOSET. BUT
NOBODY ELSE HELPED HER.
CUT BACK TO:
INT. SCHOOL GYM. SAME.
MAGDALENA
Everyone of you just didn't got the
chance to help me. You're all such
inconsiderate people! You know what i
would do if any one of you just dies?
I would laugh. That's right. I would
laugh to how free i am that i am
liberated from such a group of
douchebags and literal scumbags!
spud
Alright, that's it you fucking cunt. Give me back the

microphone!
MAGDALENA
(into the microphone, still)
One last thing. To you, Spud. To you,
Denise. To everyone in this room. I
haven't even said what i...what
we...are about to do to you.
spud
"We"? "We" who? Who is "We"?
MAGDALENA
My friends. My new family. You know
what we are about to do to you?
Then, the climax:
MAGDALENA
We're gonna kill everyone in this
room.
Suddenly, CRASHING DOWN FROM THE ROOF OF THE GYM, MARCO,

VANIA, LUNA, JAVIER and MATEO crash down and arrive to the
gym.
THey land on the floor, eyes red. Everyone looks at them. They
all scream.
Let The Prom Night Massacre begin:
Luna, Vania, Magdalena, Marco and Mateo (The Vampires)

violently attack as many prom night guests as they can. They
attack, torture and kill teachers and students in such a
merciless way.
A MONTAGE OF:
Every Vampire member viciously
attacking, killing, dismembering and
ripping the parts off of many humans.
They're basically killing every human
on the room.
This is shown in such a brutal, bloody, gory, grotesque,

extreme, horrifying, graphic, horrendous, disturbing and
terrifying way to see. It's enough to make the film itself to
get an NC-17 rating.
AS THE MONTAGE ENDS, we see Mateo using various glass bottles
of whiskey. He pours them on the ground. He then grabs a
lighter off his pocket and decides to turn the flames on.
The place is now on fire.
MAGDALENA, who's feeding on a dead person, suddenly rises up

and watches the chaos that she and her new family have formed.
She looks everywhere she can. The walls are now on fire. She
looks at the chaos. People screaming in sheer terror. Some are
running away and some are dying.
Magdalena smiles. For the first time in her life, she's

finally happy. Her school is now burning and she feels happy.
Luna approaches to her. And the two kiss while the place is on
flames.
We slowly PUSH BACK to reveal a grotesque, disturbing but

beautiful shot of two girls kissing on a fiery, hellish place.
fade to black.
INT. MARCO’S HOUSE - BEDROOM. MINUTES LATER.
We see GRANDPA sleeping on the bed of the bedroom. Then, out

of the shadows, Marco emerges. He’s got these blazing red
eyes.
MARCO
Hello, Alfonso. Guillermo Alfonso Byrt Vitalich. That’s your
real name, isn’t it? Grandpa, remember how you used to tell me
that you loved me? That you wouldn’t cause any sort of damage
to me? That you wouldn't hurt me? Well, look at me now. Look
at what you’ve done. Look at what you’ve turned me into. This
is all your fault. How could you? After all those fake
promises? After all those lies? After all that fucking rape
you caused to me? I can still feel it, you know. I can still
feel the pain.
He finally approaches to the sleeping Grandpa.
MARCO
You want to feel it? You want to feel pain? Ok. You’re gonna
feel it. And don’t worry. It’s gonna be just one small bite.
Then, you die.
He lunges to his Grandpa’s neck.

MARCO
Everything’s gonna be OK. I promise you that.
Then....Marco bites him on the neck. Grandpa gasps, as he

tries to wake up. He coughs blood.
As Marco finishes feeding on his Grandpa’s blood, he aparts

from his neck and looks at Grandpa. Then, he takes his
head....and STRONGLY RIPS IT OFF HIS BODY! He spits on the
head and throws it to the ground. Marco strongly steps on it
and the head explodes into a lake of blood and gore.
Marco turns to the door. He stops and looks up. He inhales and
exhales. He exits the room.
smash to:
INT. NEIGHBORHOOD. THE NEXT NIGHT.
Outside of THE RED HOUSE, we see Mateo and LUNA about to leave
the house.
INT. JAVIER HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. SAME.
Javier walks around his house. He walks by every room of his

own house.
JAVIER
(to vania)
Can I tell you something?
VANIA
Sure, what is it?
JAVIER
I don't need to come back. I needed to get out of here as soon

as possible.
Vania walks to him. Javier turns to her. They hold on each

other's cheeks.
vania
Sorry about the bite, i didn't mean to--

Javier
No, no, no, no, no. It's fine. It hurt, yeah. But at the same
time, it felt good.
Vania smiles. Javier kisses her forehead. Then, the two kiss
on the mouth.
vania
Promise me that you won't leave us. Or me.
Javier
I promise, with all my heart and soul, that i will never leave
you, and your family. I'm gonna be right here for you.
vania
Thank you, Javier.
Javier
For what?
vania
For being the best thing that has ever happened to me.
The two kiss again on the mouth.
MAGDALENA packs up her clothes in a bag. LUNA approaches to

her.
LUNA
Need help with that?
MAGDALENA
I'm okay. Thank you, though.
Silence.
LUNA
I don't know if this is gonna sound
cheesy to you.
MAGDALENA
Why cheesy?
LUNA
Look, i know i hurt you that night.
Alright?
MAGDALENA finishes packing up. She looks at LUNA.
MAGDALENA
You didn't hurt me. You released me.
You saved me. If i didn't met you, i
would have died. You set me free.
LUNA
I promise that when we're together, i
promise that i will protect you and i
will take care of you for as long as
i'm still breathing.
MAGDALENA smiles.
MAGDALENA
You know something? It doesn't matter
the place where i'm going. It matters
the people who i'm going with.
Then, a sweet moment: MAGDALENA approaches and KISSES LUNA ON

THE LIPS. LUNA GASPS. MAGDALENA backs off, embarrassed.
LUNA
(nervous laughter)
What -- What was that?
MAGDALENA
I don't know. A "thank you" kiss.
LUNA
Thank you? Thank you for what?
MAGDALENA
For releasing me. I've been trapped
in here for so long. And all i needed
was for someone to release me out of
this place. So, thank you.
Luna smiles. She kisses Magdalena on the mouth.
LUNA
You're welcome.
cut to:
INT. BASTIAN'S CAR. LATER.

Javier drives as Vania is on the front seat. On the backseat,
there's Mateo, Marco, Vinko, MAGDALENA and LUNA who are
sitting together.
MATEO
Where are we going?
Javier
I don’t know it yet. Maybe we need to see in our way. If we’re

chased, maybe we should go to a place where they don’t find
us.
MATEO
Just us?
Javier
Just us.
MAGDALENA rests her head on LUNA's shoulder, eyes closed.
MAGDALENA is now comfortable as LUNA looks at the window, with

a calm, solemn, thoughtful, but determinate look on her face.
Maybe she’s thinking a better future for the family and for
her and MAGDALENA. She rests her head on the window and she
closes her eyes as we slowly move to the window, seeing the
town passing by as the car still drives by the town.
EXT. TOWN. SAME.
The car passes by the sign: NOW LEAVING Taverner's Hill, come
back soon. The car drives away from the town.
INT. BASTIAN'S CAR. SAME.
Vania looks at the window. Javier puts his hand on her

shoulder. She reacts to this with a smile.
Javier, on the other hand, looks at front, with a determinate

look on his face. Where they are going is still a question.
But any danger that will threaten Javier new family, he's not
gonna do it alone. They're all gonna have to face that danger
that will threaten the family.
Marco is free now. He has his new family by his side now.
Javier is not gonna hunt for them. He's gonna hunt with them.
And where are they going? Well, i would like to call it "a
better place" and just leave it all like that.
Marco smiles. Eyes deep red. Looking forward. Without looking

back.
CUT TO:
INT. APARTMENT - MAIN ROOM. NIGHT. 2 NIGHTS LATER.
Marco plays a vinyl on a vinyl player. It’s the song “LOVE

WILL TEAR US APART” By Joy Division.
He moves to the main room where he and Vania, and Luna and
Javier and Magdalena and Vinko start to dance. They start to
dance with each other.
They dance to their freedom.
- Magdalena dances with Luna

- Vania dances with Javier
- Marco dances alone
- Vinko dances alone
Now there’s a vampire family dancing. Except for Mateo, who’s

not dancing.
Mateo is watching this scenario. Then, he smiles. For some
reason, this scenario reminds him of his family, with his
parents, dancing. That’s why he’s smiling.
He just smiles.
SMASH TO BLACK.
FADE OUT.
WE ARE MONSTERS
By
Ivo Byrt

WE ARE MONSTERS - The Full Screenplay PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

WE ARE MONSTERS - The Full Screenplay PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

An Original Screenplay Written for The Screen

Based On The Stories:

IMPORTANT NOTE: It is the author's intention that this film

A white wall. It's almost decomposing. Like if we're inside of

On the wall, we see nothing but a drawing. We see six figures,

On top of the male monster figure, we see the message:

On top of the female monster figure, we see the message:

On top of the oldest monster figure, we see the message:

On top of the oldest monster figure, we see the message:

On top of the first youngest monster figure, we see the

On top of the youngest monster figure, we see the message:

is strongly pouring on us, and on the dark night. Lightning is

The DREADFUL, MOANING, HOWLING WIND is now BLOWING.

EXT. COP CAR. SAME.

INT. COP CAR. SAME.

THROUGH THE COP CAR WINDSHIELD,

the car's driving through a dark, rainy night. Rain strongly

LUIS (ON RADIO)

LUIS (ON RADIO)

LUIS (ON RADIO)

Then, he sees some floodlights on a crime scene, on a quarry.

INT. QUARRY. SAME.

ANDRES arrives. THE COP CAR arrives to A CRIME SCENE on a

INT. COP CAR. SAME.

THROUGH THE WINDSHIELD,

Andres pulls over the car next to an ambulance. A group of

He RUSHES OUT of the car, into --

INT. QUARRY. SAME.

-- TORN BODY PARTS! TORN LEGS, TORN ARMS, A TORN TORSO, A

The lights flash on a blurry way. Then, A HAND -- floats on

Then, A BODY -- OF A TEENAGER floats on us. A LIFE-LESS

Then, THE BODY is being dragged to the surface by a couple of

The BODY of the TEENAGER is being put on a small boat as TWO

Andres and Luis are devastated, shocked, horrified by just

INT. MORGUE. LATER.

OUTSIDE OF THE ROOM, THE MOTHER OF THE TEENAGER watches

INT. HOSPITAL HALLWAY.

ANDRES and LUIS walk to a coffee spot. They start ordering

He pulls a cigar from his pocket. He's about to light it. A

ANDRES walks out.

EXT. HOSPITAL. MOMENTS LATER.

FRONT OF HOSPITAL - WIDE SHOT.

ANDRES exits the hospital. It stopped raining like a while

ANDRES stops and lights a cigar. He smokes, the smoke is

Then, he looks at the sky, at the dark night sky.

WE SLOWLY MOVE, like CRANE UP to THE NIGHT. And from the

INT. SNOWY NORTH TOWN. NIGHT.

The wind is slowly and softly blowing. That serves as an

So quiet. So peaceful. So beautiful. Bathed in the most

Anyways, where were we?

Snow is slowly falling to the town. This looks like a peaceful

The small graveyard with the tombstones are also covered in

Told you it wasn't Christmas.

INT. HOUSE. SAME.

ON THE LIVING ROOM, we see a big window that makes us look at

Then, VROOOOOOOM! A BLACK FIGURE! A SHADOWING FIGURE! It

INT. HOUSE - PARENTS'S ROOM. SAME.

A MAN and A WOMAN, probably on their 40s, obviously HUSBAND

INT. HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. SAME.

EXT. HOUSE. SAME.

He opens it, and sees nothing. He wonders. He walks outside.

INT. HOUSE - MAIN ROOM. SAME.